BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. filed this S-1 on Jun 01, 2017
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (Form: S-1, Received: 06/01/2017 16:57:03)

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2017.
    Registration No. 333-              

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   5961   81-4777373
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
(347) 719-4312
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Matthew B. Salzberg
President and Chief Executive Officer
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
(347) 719-4312
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mark G. Borden, Esq.
David A. Westenberg, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Telephone: (617) 526-6000
Telecopy: (617) 526-5000
  Benjamin C. Singer, Esq.
General Counsel and Secretary
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.
5 Crosby Street
New York, New York 10013
Telephone: (347) 765-1896
Telecopy: (646) 627-8815
  Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.
Gregg L. Katz, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Telephone: (617) 570-1000
Telecopy: (617) 523-1231

            Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

            If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

            If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  ý

            If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)
 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590.00

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated                                          , 2017.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                        Shares

GRAPHIC

Class A Common Stock

                                      

           This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. All of the                          shares of Class A common stock are being sold by us.

           Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $             . We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN."

           We have two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock are identical, except for voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote, and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Shares of Class C capital stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, and each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders. In addition, all outstanding Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, upon the date which is nine months after the death or disability of Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, or when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 5% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock. All outstanding Class C capital stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, on the date fixed therefor by our board of directors that is between 31 and 90 days following the conversion of all outstanding Class B common stock into Class A common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will collectively hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Matthew B. Salzberg will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

           As an "emerging growth company," we are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

                                      

           See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of Class A common stock.

                                      

           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                      

  Per Share   Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $   $  

Underwriting discount (1)

  $   $  

Proceeds, before expenses

  $   $  

                   

(1)          See "Underwriting" beginning on page 164 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation paid to underwriters.

           To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                          shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                          shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

                                      

           The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2017.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Morgan Stanley   Citigroup   Barclays

 

RBC Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   Stifel

 

Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company   Oppenheimer & Co.   Raymond James   William Blair

                                      

Prospectus dated                          , 2017.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

The Offering

  10

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

  13

Risk Factors

  16

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  48

Use of Proceeds

  49

Dividend Policy

  49

Capitalization

  50

Dilution

  52

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  55

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  59

Business

  92

Management

  118

Executive Compensation

  126

Related Person Transactions

  141

Principal Stockholders

  146

Description of Capital Stock

  149

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  156

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock

  159

Underwriting

  164

Industry and Other Data

  170

Legal Matters

  170

Experts

  170

Where You Can Find More Information

  170

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



          No dealer, salesperson, or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

          For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit our initial public offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 16, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Blue Apron Holdings," "Blue Apron," "our company," "we," "us," and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.


BLUE APRON

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          We believe that sharing home-cooked meals with our families and loved ones is an important way to demonstrate our values and affection. It is at our kitchen tables, over a meal, where we often celebrate our milestones, acknowledge our setbacks, and appreciate the comfort of each other's company. Modern life has made this more difficult—many of us are too busy to grocery shop, lack the skills or confidence to cook, or cannot easily find the quality ingredients that make home cooking enjoyable.

          By creating unique cooking experiences built on original recipes, high-quality, pre-portioned ingredients, and engaging content, we make incredible home cooking accessible. Along the way, as we introduce new flavors, new ingredients, new techniques, and tried-and-true cooking fundamentals, our customers keep learning. That's why we named our company Blue Apron: chefs around the world wear blue aprons when learning to cook. To us, that apron symbolizes lifelong learning, a value that permeates everything we do.

          Our vision for the future is ambitious: to build a better food system. We are transforming the way that food is produced, distributed, and consumed. We believe a better food system will benefit not only consumers and stockholders, but also the planet, and we manage our business for the benefit of all three.

Overview

          Blue Apron was founded in 2012 premised on a simple desire—our founders wanted to cook at home with their families, but they found grocery shopping and menu planning burdensome, time consuming, and expensive. This problem inspired Blue Apron's first delivery: a box with three recipes—seared hanger steak, barbecue Cornish game hen, and lemongrass shrimp with soba noodles—and the pre-portioned ingredients needed to cook them. Since that initial delivery, we have scaled rapidly, developing our expertise and an ever-more ambitious vision. From inception through March 31, 2017, we have delivered over 159 million meals to households across the United States, which represents approximately 25 million paid orders.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, and we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens where we create new recipes.

          Our customers often cook with us multiple times each week, and they trust us to craft delicious recipes and to select interesting, high-quality ingredients to feed their families and loved ones. Hailing from 48 states, our customers span ages, geographies, income brackets, and culinary expertise. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and

1


Table of Contents

empty nesters. Our passionate, committed, and engaged community of home cooks tell us, through emails, phone calls, and social media, how much Blue Apron has changed their lives.

Our Business Model

          We have reimagined the traditional grocery business model and developed an integrated ecosystem that employs technology and expertise across many disciplines. Our supply-demand coordination activities—demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing—drive our end-to-end value chain. We gather and infer information about our customers' tastes, food preferences, and order behavior to forecast near-term and long-term demand. We also manage and influence demand, including through our content, proprietary software tools, and e-commerce experience. For example, our flexible recipe design process allows us to adjust recipes close to the time of delivery, enabling us to coordinate customer preferences with expected ingredient supply to help mitigate supply chain risks. Because our customers select recipes instead of specific ingredients, we can make adjustments while maintaining a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our innovative direct-to-consumer business model enables us to:

    eliminate middlemen and work in a direct, coordinated manner with our suppliers to reduce costs so we can make our products available affordably and at scale;

    provide consumers with differentiated, specialty ingredients, many of which are not widely available and are exclusive to us;

    develop and implement proprietary technology across our fulfillment operations to effectively manage our frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory; and

    design and optimize a cost-effective delivery network capable of reaching over 99% of the U.S. population.

          Our greatest strength is our highly collaborative and multidisciplinary team, which includes agricultural scientists, software and industrial engineers, data scientists, brand and direct marketers, quality and fulfillment associates, operations specialists, photographers, customer experience representatives, recipe writers, and world-class chefs. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

2


Table of Contents

Our Value Proposition

          The benefits of our innovative business model extend to multiple stakeholders—our customers, our stockholders, and the planet.

GRAPHIC

          For descriptions of how we define and calculate Customers, Orders and Average Order Value, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics."

Selected Financial Results

          In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we generated $77.8 million, $340.8 million, and $795.4 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated $172.1 million and $244.8 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 42%. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million,

3


Table of Contents

$(47.0) million, and $(54.9) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our adjusted EBITDA was $(26.5) million, $(42.9) million, and $(43.6) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our adjusted EBITDA was $5.0 million and $(46.3) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(16.9) million, $(26.4) million, and $(23.5) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $6.0 million and $(19.0) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Our Products

          Meals.     We create original recipes that we develop every week. Our customers can choose the recipes they would like to receive from each week's menu, and we deliver those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook them.

          Our customers can plan their orders to complement their individual tastes and lifestyles, making their order selections on our website or through our mobile application. We design our recipes to evoke a sense of discovery for our customers and to be both accessible to new home cooks and interesting for experienced ones. Our culinary team begins the recipe creation process with various seasonal ingredients grown by our farm suppliers. Our chefs apply to these raw ingredients their expertise and insights from our customer feedback and recipe ratings to create new offerings every week. Some recipes offer comfort foods with a twist while others involve less familiar culinary traditions. Every week our chefs go back to the kitchen, inventing original recipes to deliver variety to our customers.

          Wine.     For many people, a good glass of wine makes dinner better, so in September 2015 we launched Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. We work directly with vineyards and acclaimed winemakers, including our in-house winemaker, to create custom Blue Apron wines that pair with our meals. Blue Apron Wine uses an integrated supply chain and proprietary sourcing relationships to deliver high-quality wines at compelling values.

          Market.     To better equip our customers to excel as home cooks, in November 2014 we launched Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace featuring a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items recommended by our culinary team. All of our recipe cards feature cooking tools and utensils from Blue Apron Market, creating an integrated brand experience for our community of home cooks and repeated merchandising opportunities for our company.

Our Market Opportunity

          Our market opportunity is broad, as we believe our customers choose to buy Blue Apron meals instead of shopping at grocery stores, ordering takeout, or eating at restaurants.

          In 2016, according to a Euromonitor study commissioned by us, aggregate sales in the U.S. grocery market were $781.5 billion, and aggregate sales in the global grocery market were more than eight times larger. For purposes of this study, the grocery market includes retail sales of fresh foods, packaged foods, hot drinks, soft drinks, and alcoholic drinks across grocery retailers, variety stores, warehouses clubs, mass merchandisers, and Internet retailers. According to this study, online sales in 2016 represented only $9.7 billion, or approximately 1.2%, of the overall grocery market in the United States, but are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate

4


Table of Contents

(excluding the impact of price inflation), or CAGR, of 8.5% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader grocery market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.3% in the same period.

          We believe an opportunity exists to increase online grocery penetration to the level of penetration that exists in many other retail markets. Conventional grocery stores currently face many of the same challenges online as they do offline. They have high inventory counts, compete in the sale of commodity products, and confront considerable waste. In addition, conventional grocery stores generally have relatively low gross margin structures and are highly capital-intensive given their large retail footprints, making it difficult for them to invest in technology and innovation.

          In 2016, according to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, aggregate sales in the U.S. restaurant market were $543.1 billion and aggregate sales in the global restaurant market were almost five times larger. According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, online sales in 2016 represented only $12.0 billion, or approximately 2.2%, of the overall U.S. restaurant market, but are expected to grow at a CAGR of 22.6% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader restaurant market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.6% in the same period.

          We believe that our business is poised to capture share from the grocery and restaurant markets and to benefit from shifts in consumer preferences, including a growing interest in cooking, prioritization of experiences over goods, and increasing interest by consumers in where their food comes from.

Our Strengths

          Our strengths as a company include the following:

    Powerful and emotional brand connection.   Many of our customers cook Blue Apron meals, drink Blue Apron wine, use tools from Blue Apron Market, and share these cooking experiences with their families and loved ones multiple times each week. We believe that we have developed a powerful and emotional connection with our customers through the frequency of these touchpoints and the experiential nature of our products. Our customers share their culinary triumphs through email, social media, blogs, and phone calls, telling us how Blue Apron has changed their lives.

    Superior products at compelling values.   We provide our customers with distinct cooking experiences centered on original recipes that our professional culinary team crafts each week, frequently around specialty ingredients cultivated or produced exclusively for us.

    Constant product innovation.   We invent new, differentiated products every week by designing new recipes, incorporating varied ingredients, and creating original content that tells compelling stories. Our constant product innovation process enables us to deliver the type of variety that our customers expect with the quality that they deserve.

    Attractive unit economics.   We benefit from favorable customer acquisition costs due to our strong customer relationships and engagement. Once we have acquired a new customer, we have historically had efficient payback periods on our marketing expenses as reflected by our Orders per Customer, Average Order Value, and a high rate of Repeat Orders, which we define as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period. As we have continued to scale our business, grow our direct supplier relationships, and introduce increased automation into our fulfillment centers, we have reduced our cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue. Our operating cash flow benefits from our favorable working capital dynamics.

    Hard-to-replicate value chain.   We have made substantial investments in direct supplier relationships, talent, infrastructure, technology, and data to build an interconnected value chain. We work with over 300 different suppliers and the majority of our food purchases are

5


Table of Contents

      from suppliers who have entered into exclusivity arrangements with us. These efforts enable us to deliver high-quality food at compelling values, utilizing ingredients that are often unique to us. We have built a diverse team and developed the processes to coordinate closely between such functions as professional chefs, technologists, and supply chain experts. Our value chain is supported by custom-built fulfillment and logistics operations to manage frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory.

    Proprietary technology and data.   Technology and analytics underpin every part of our business. We have ongoing interactions with our customers through our website, recipe and delivery calendar tools, and mobile application, through which customers tell us, and from which we can infer, their tastes and preferences. We then combine this data and information with our proprietary software systems, using forecasting tools and data science to predict orders for specific recipes and to optimize our culinary, supply chain, and logistics operations.

    Expertise across diverse competencies.   Our business model requires competencies across a wide range of industries and expertise, including developing a lifestyle brand, building a direct-to-consumer Internet business, curating engaging content, managing and forecasting demand, sourcing ingredients of all types, inventing new recipes weekly, pioneering developments in agricultural science, and building an end-to-end value chain. We have scaled our organization by attracting top talent in all of our functional areas, and our business model relies on, and our culture encourages, collaboration across these teams.

Our Growth Strategy

          We have grown rapidly since our founding, but we believe we have only scratched the surface in terms of the role we can play in consumers' homes and around their dinner tables. Our growth strategy includes the following:

    Increase market penetration with our core product.   As a relatively young brand, we believe we have an opportunity to grow awareness and to attract new customers to our core product, and relatively modest increases in penetration represent large revenue growth opportunities for us.

    Expand our core product to fit more lifestyles.   We are developing product expansion initiatives to fit the lifestyles of a broader customer set in order to continue to expand our addressable market and drive greater satisfaction among current customers, thereby increasing their Average Order Value and rate of Repeat Orders.

    Broaden our product portfolio.   We are focused on opportunities to launch new products that further create an integrated brand experience.

    Develop new brands and new channels.   We believe we have a powerful brand that we can leverage to develop new brands and channels.

    International expansion.   We have built a trusted brand, proprietary technology, processes, and a diverse set of competencies that we believe would enable us over time to pursue attractive opportunities outside of the United States.

Risks Associated with Our Business

          You should consider carefully the risks described under the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks, which include the following, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow, and

6


Table of Contents

prospects, which could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline and could result in a partial or total loss of your investment:

    We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

    We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

    If we fail to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    Food safety and food-borne illness incidents may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits or enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs, and reducing demand for our product offerings.

    Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and any failure to maintain, protect, or enhance our brand could materially adversely affect our business.

    Changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending and other economic or financial market conditions could materially adversely affect our business.

    Changes in food and supply costs and availability could materially adversely affect our business.

    If we fail to successfully develop new product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings, our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers, and our business, financial condition, and operating results, may be materially adversely affected.

    Our historical revenue growth has masked seasonal fluctuations in our operating results. In the future, our seasonal patterns may become more pronounced and seasonality could have a material impact on our results.

    Increased competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

    If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers and logistics channels, including by expanding our use of automation, our business could be materially adversely affected.

    If we lose key management or fail to meet our growing need for qualified employees with specialized skills, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

    Our tri-class capital structure has the effect of concentrating voting control with our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, and the other holders of Class B common stock.

Our Corporate Structure

          Blue Apron, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on December 5, 2011 under the name Petridish Media, Inc. and changed its name to Blue Apron, Inc. on August 29, 2012. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., the issuer in this offering, was incorporated in Delaware on December 22, 2016 to enable Blue Apron, Inc. to implement a holding company organizational structure, effected by a merger conducted pursuant to Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as described below. We refer to this transaction as our corporate reorganization.

          Immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron, Inc., and Blue Apron Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware

7


Table of Contents

corporation which we refer to as Merger Sub, was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub were organized for the sole purpose of implementing our corporate reorganization. On December 28, 2016, Merger Sub merged with and into Blue Apron, Inc., with Blue Apron, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceased and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. owned by Blue Apron, Inc. were automatically canceled and retired. As a result of our corporate reorganization, each stockholder of Blue Apron, Inc. became a stockholder of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., holding the same proportional equity interests and voting power as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, and Blue Apron, Inc. became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were amended and restated to be identical to those of Blue Apron, Inc. as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization, and the initial directors and executive officers of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were the same individuals who were directors and executive officers of Blue Apron, Inc. as of immediately prior to our corporate reorganization. On December 28, 2016, immediately after the merger, Blue Apron, Inc. converted into Blue Apron, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to as Opco.

          In connection with our corporate reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. We refer to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, Inc.'s obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in May 2015. The other liabilities of Blue Apron, Inc., including under its revolving credit facility, were not assumed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. in our corporate reorganization and therefore continue to be obligations of Opco, and the assets of Blue Apron, Inc. were not transferred to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and continue to be assets of Opco.

          In connection with our corporate reorganization, we also implemented a tri-class capital structure consisting of two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. To implement the tri-class capital structure, all then-outstanding shares of common stock, each then having one vote per share, were reclassified into shares of Class B common stock, having ten votes per share, and all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock became convertible into or exercisable for Class B common stock. For a description of our tri-class capital structure, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class A, Class B and Class C Stock."

Our Corporate Information

          Our principal executive offices are located at 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013, and our telephone number at that address is (347) 719-4312. Our website address is www.blueapron.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

          "Blue Apron," our logo, and other trademarks or trade names of Blue Apron, LLC appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols,

8


Table of Contents

but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies, including:

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

    exemption from the requirements to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments; and

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

          We may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

9


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered

                        shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Total Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

                      shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                      , assuming an initial public offering price of $                      per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for the Class A common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital.

 

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $        million of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit agreement. We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate purposes. Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Underwriting."

Voting rights

 

We have two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Shares of Class C capital stock have no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law.

10


Table of Contents

 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will collectively hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction.

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5% of the shares of Class A common stock in this offering for sale to persons designated by us at the initial public offering price. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the directed shares in the program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby. See "Underwriting."

Dividend policy

 

We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"APRN"



          The number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C capital stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering), no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017, and excludes:

    11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of April 30, 2017, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per share;

11


Table of Contents

    546,819 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of April 30, 2017;

                          shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering;

           shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering; and

             shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on our convertible promissory notes, or the convertible notes, upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans.

          Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    the issuance of                  shares of Class B common stock upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                          shares from us.



          All share information contained in this prospectus has been adjusted to reflect the following stock splits as if they had been in effect during all periods presented:

    On July 22, 2013, we effected a forward stock split pursuant to which (1) each then-outstanding share of common stock became ten shares of common stock and (2) the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock was increased by a factor of ten and the exercise or conversion price therefor was reduced by a factor of ten.

    On February 11, 2015, we effected another forward stock split pursuant to which (1) each then-outstanding share of common stock became five shares of common stock and (2) the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all then-outstanding securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock was increased by a factor of five and the exercise or conversion price therefor was reduced by a factor of five.

12


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

           The following table presents summary consolidated financial data for our business for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such information for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general, and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

13


Table of Contents

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

 

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

    (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

14


Table of Contents

 

  As of March 31, 2017    

    (in thousands)
(unaudited)
 

 

Actual  

  Pro Forma(3)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(4)
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,167   $                 $    

Working capital(5)

    (84,826 )            

Total assets

    322,465              

Total liabilities

    311,477              

Convertible preferred stock

    194,869              

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (183,881 )            

(1)
Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share have been calculated assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $                  per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(2)
See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation of such measures to their most directly comparable GAAP equivalents.

(3)
The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock in connection with our initial public offering and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes into             shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(4)
The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above also reflects our sale of                          shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders' equity (deficit) on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

(5)
We define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities.

15


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

          We have a limited operating history and a novel business model, which make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter in seeking to execute on our strategies. These risks and difficulties include our ability to:

    forecast our revenues and plan our operating expenses;

    attract new customers and retain existing customers;

    manage rapid growth in our personnel and operations;

    expand our product offerings;

    maintain and grow the value of our brand and reputation;

    scale our supply chain while avoiding material disruptions or adverse incidents in our operations;

    maintain relationships with our existing suppliers and secure relationships with new suppliers to supply quality ingredients for use in our product offerings;

    scale and adapt our supply chain, production, operations and expenses, including marketing expenses, in response to customer demand and seasonal trends;

    adapt to evolving trends in the ways consumers purchase, prepare and consume food, as well as in how consumers interact with technology;

    comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business, including food safety, employment and health and safety regulations; and

    hire, integrate, and retain talented employees with a broad and varied range of skills and expertise.

          If the demand for our products does not develop as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of our customers or fail to maintain relationships with our suppliers, our business would be materially harmed. The cumulative effects of these factors or our inability to manage any of the risks and challenges identified above and elsewhere in this section could result in, among other things, large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results, meaning that comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful and that we might fail to meet industry, financial analyst or investor expectations for any period. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.

16


Table of Contents

We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

          We have experienced net losses in each year since our inception. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million, $(47.0) million and $(54.9) million, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. We anticipate that our operating expenses and capital expenditures will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to increase our customer base and supplier network, expand our marketing channels, invest in our distribution and fulfillment infrastructure, hire additional employees and enhance our technology and infrastructure capabilities. Our expansion efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue and margins sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We incur significant expenses in developing our technology, building out our fulfillment centers, obtaining and storing ingredients and other products, and marketing the products we offer. In addition, many of our expenses, including the costs associated with our existing and future fulfillment centers, are fixed. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

If we fail to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, or if we fail to derive revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          Our success, and our ability to increase revenue and operate profitably, depends in part on our ability to cost-effectively acquire new customers, to retain existing customers, and to keep existing customers engaged so that they continue to purchase products from us. If we are unable to cost-effectively acquire new customers, retain our existing customers or keep existing customers engaged, our business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. Further, if customers do not perceive our product offerings to be of sufficient value and quality, or if we fail to offer new and relevant product offerings, we may not be able to attract or retain customers or engage existing customers so that they continue to purchase products from us. Many of our new customers originate from referrals from existing customers, and therefore we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals.

          Our new customers typically evaluate whether our product offerings fit their lifestyles, tastes and preferences before deciding whether to continue purchasing our product offerings and, if so, the frequency at which they make purchases. Our net revenue in any period is essentially a function of our ability to attract and retain customers and the frequency and size of the orders placed by those customers. While an increase in order frequency or size could potentially offset losses of customers and, similarly, an increase in the number of customers could potentially offset a reduction in the frequency or size of the orders placed by our customers, any inability by us to continue to derive net revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We spend significant amounts on advertising and other marketing activities, such as television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, and email, to acquire new customers, retain and engage existing customers, and promote our brand, and we expect our marketing expenses to continue to comprise a significant portion of our operating expenses. For 2014, 2015 and 2016, our marketing expenses were $14.0 million, $51.4 million and $144.1 million, respectively, representing approximately 17.9%, 15.1% and 18.1% of net revenue, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, our marketing expenses were $25.4 million and $60.6 million, respectively, representing approximately 14.8% and 24.8% of net revenue,

17


Table of Contents

respectively. Despite our focus on marketing activities, we may fail to identify cost-efficient marketing opportunities as we scale our investments in marketing or fail to fully understand or estimate the conditions and behaviors that drive customer behavior. If any of our marketing activities prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new customers or retaining existing customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, our cost to acquire new customers may increase, and our existing customers may reduce the frequency or size of their purchases from us. In addition, our third-party marketing partners may not provide adequate value for their services. Any of the foregoing events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          We have grown rapidly since inception and anticipate further growth. For example, our net revenue increased from $77.8 million in 2014 to $340.8 million in 2015 and to $795.4 million in 2016, and from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The number of our full-time employees increased from 1,051 at December 31, 2014 to 2,997 at December 31, 2015, to 5,028 at December 31, 2016 and to 5,202 at March 31, 2017. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources. The anticipated growth and expansion of our business and our product offerings will place significant demands on our management and operations teams and require significant additional resources to meet our needs, which may not be available in a cost-effective manner or at all. We are also required to manage relationships with various suppliers and other third parties, and expend time and effort to integrate new suppliers into our fulfillment operations. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents or advertising or product mislabeling may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.

          Selling food for human consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents (including food tampering or contamination) caused by products we sell, or involving suppliers that supply us with ingredients and other products, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers, or otherwise result in increased operating costs or harm to our reputation. Shipment of adulterated products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources.

          The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs and a reduction in our sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not caused by our products, could subject us or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the Food Safety Modernization Act of the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and comparable

18


Table of Contents

state laws. Food recalls could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or as a result of an adverse impact on our brand and reputation.

          In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. In the near future, FDA requirements will require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of product tampering, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business depends on a strong and trusted brand, and any failure to maintain, protect or enhance our brand, including as a result of events outside our control, could materially adversely affect our business.

          We have developed a strong and trusted brand that has contributed significantly to the success of our business, and we believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of the Blue Apron brand. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend on, among other factors, the success of our food safety, quality assurance, marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Any negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, could materially adversely affect our business. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and any incident that erodes the loyalty of our customers or suppliers, including adverse publicity or a governmental investigation or litigation, could significantly reduce the value of our brand and significantly damage our business.

          We believe that our customers hold us and our products to a high food safety standard. Therefore, real or perceived quality or food safety concerns or failures to comply with applicable food regulations and requirements, whether or not ultimately based on fact and whether or not involving us (such as incidents involving our competitors), could cause negative publicity and lost confidence in our company, brand or products, which could in turn harm our reputation and sales, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In addition, in recent years, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to broad audiences, and the availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate, as can be its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Furthermore, other Internet-based or traditional media outlets may in turn reference or republish such social media content to an even broader audience. Information concerning us, regardless of its accuracy, may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may materially harm our brand, reputation, performance, prospects and business, and such harm may be immediate and we may have little or no opportunity to respond or to seek redress or a correction.

          The value of our brand also depends on effective customer support to provide a high-quality customer experience, which requires significant personnel expense. If not managed properly, this expense could impact our profitability. Failure to manage or train our own or outsourced customer

19


Table of Contents

support representatives properly could compromise our ability to handle customer complaints effectively.

Changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending and other economic or financial market conditions could materially adversely affect our business.

          Our operating results may be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer tastes. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate the tastes, eating habits and lifestyle preferences of consumers and to offer products that appeal to consumer tastes and preferences. Consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time and can be affected by a number of different trends and other factors that are beyond our control. For example, our sales could be materially adversely affected by changes in consumer demand in response to nutritional and dietary trends, dietary concerns regarding items such as calories, sodium, carbohydrates or fat, or concerns regarding food safety. Our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to these changes than we can. We cannot provide any assurances regarding our ability to respond effectively to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to adapt our product offerings to trends in eating habits. If we fail to anticipate, identify or react to these changes and trends, or to introduce new and improved products on a timely basis, we may experience reduced demand for our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In addition, the business of selling food products over the Internet is dynamic and continues to evolve. The market segment for food delivery has grown significantly, and this growth may not continue. If customers cease to find value in this model or otherwise lose interest in our product offerings or our business model generally, we may not acquire new customers in numbers sufficient to grow our business or retain existing customers at rates consistent with our business model, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

          Furthermore, preferences and overall economic conditions that impact consumer confidence and spending, including discretionary spending, could have a material impact on our business. Economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income such as employment levels, business conditions, changes in housing market conditions, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates, fuel and energy costs, the effect of natural disasters or acts of terrorism, and other matters could reduce consumer spending or cause consumers to shift their spending to lower-priced alternatives, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in food costs and availability could materially adversely affect our business.

          The success of our business depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs and availability. We are susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, market changes, increased competition, general risk of inflation, exchange rate fluctuations, seasonal fluctuations, shortages or interruptions, weather conditions, changes in global climates, global demand, food safety concerns, generalized infectious diseases, changes in law or policy, declines in fertile or arable lands, product recalls and government regulations. In particular, food deflation could reduce the attractiveness of our product offerings relative to competing products and thus reduce our sales growth and overall sales, while food inflation, particularly periods of rapid inflation, could reduce our profitability as there may be a lag between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to increase the price of our product offerings. We generally do not have long-term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase commitments with our food suppliers, and we do not hedge our commodity risks. In limited circumstances, we may enter into strategic purchasing commitment contracts with certain suppliers, but many of these contracts are relatively short in duration and may provide only

20


Table of Contents

limited protection from price fluctuations, and the use of these arrangements may limit our ability to benefit from favorable price movements. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate, react to or mitigate against cost fluctuations which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our recipes, or scarcity of such ingredients, such as vegetables, poultry, beef, pork and seafood, would adversely affect our operating results. Alternatively, in the event of cost increases or decrease of availability with respect to one or more of our key ingredients, we may choose to temporarily suspend including such ingredients in our recipes, rather than paying the increased cost for the ingredients. Any such changes to our available recipes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to successfully develop new product offerings and enhance our existing product offerings, our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers, and our business, financial condition and operating results, may be materially adversely affected.

          Our customers have a wide variety of options for purchasing food, including traditional and online grocery stores and restaurants, and consumer tastes and preferences may change from time to time. Our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and increase customer engagement with us will depend in part on our ability to create successful new product offerings and to improve upon and enhance our existing product offerings. As a result, we may introduce significant changes to our existing product offerings or develop and introduce new and unproven product offerings. If our new or enhanced product offerings are unsuccessful, including because they fail to generate sufficient revenue or operating profit to justify our investments in them, our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, new customer demands, tastes or interests, superior competitive offerings or a deterioration in our product quality or our ability to bring new or enhanced product offerings to market quickly and efficiently could negatively affect the attractiveness of our products and the economics of our business and require us to make substantial changes to and additional investments in our product offerings or business model.

          Developing and launching new product offerings or enhancements to our existing product offerings involves significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to the reception of such product offerings by our existing and potential future customers, potential increases in operational complexity and increased strain on our operational and internal resources (including an impairment of our ability to accurately forecast demand and related supply) and negative publicity in the event such new or enhanced product offerings are perceived to be unsuccessful. In addition, developing and launching new product offerings and enhancements to our existing product offerings may involve significant upfront capital investments and such investments may not prove to be justified. Any of the foregoing risks and challenges could materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our historical revenue growth has masked seasonal fluctuations in our operating results. As our growth rate moderates or seasonal patterns become more pronounced, seasonality could have a material impact on our results.

          Our business is seasonal in nature, which impacts the levels at which customers engage with our products and brand, and, as a result, the growth trends of our revenue and our expenses fluctuate from quarter to quarter. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have

21


Table of Contents

less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. In addition, our marketing strategies, which may be informed by these seasonal trends, will impact our quarterly results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." These trends may cause our cash requirements to vary from quarter to quarter depending on the variability in the volume and timing of sales. We believe that these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results. Our historical revenue growth has masked the impact of seasonality, but as our growth rate moderates or seasonal spending by our customers becomes more pronounced, seasonality could have a more significant impact on our operating results from period to period.

Increased competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

          We expect competition in food sales generally, and with companies providing food delivery in particular, to continue to increase. We compete with other food and meal-delivery companies, the supermarket industry, a wide array of food retailers (including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount and other food retail formats), conventional supermarkets, other food retailers, and online supermarket retailers. We also compete with a wide array of casual dining and quick-service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurants industry, as well as a broad range of online wine retailers, wine specialty stores and retail liquor stores. In addition, we compete with food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers. Any international expansion of our business will present additional challenges from competition unique to each new market, compounded by the fact that we currently do not have experience offering our products outside of the United States.

          We believe that our ability to compete depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

    the size and composition of our customer base;

    our reputation and brand strength relative to our competitors;

    consumer tastes and preferences;

    the flexibility and variety of our product offerings relative to our competitors;

    our selling and marketing efforts;

    the quality and price of products offered by us and our competitors;

    our ability to comply with, and manage the costs of complying with, laws and regulations applicable to our business;

    the convenience of the experience that we provide; and

    our ability to cost-effectively source, market and distribute the products we offer and to manage our operations.

          Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. In addition, some of our other current or potential competitors may be smaller, less regulated, and have a greater ability to reposition their product offerings than companies that, like us, operate at a larger scale. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to changes in consumer demand and tastes. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive

22


Table of Contents

pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate additional sales more effectively than we do.

If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers and logistics channels, including by expanding our use of automation, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          If we do not successfully build out and operate our fulfillment centers, we may experience insufficient or excess fulfillment capacity, increased costs, impairment charges or other harm to our business. We have encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, difficulty in hiring a sufficient number of employees to adequately staff our fulfillment centers, requiring us to use temporary workers through third parties at greater cost and with lower levels of performance. If we do not have sufficient fulfillment capacity or experience problems or delays in fulfilling orders, our customers may experience delays in receiving their meal deliveries, which could harm our reputation and our customer relationships and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any disruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our fulfillment centers, even on a short term basis, could delay or postpone production of our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We have designed and built our own fulfillment center infrastructure, including customizing third-party inventory and package handling software systems, which is tailored to meet the specific needs of our business. Furthermore, we are expanding the use of automated production equipment and processes in our existing fulfillment centers and are incorporating automated production equipment and processes into our new Linden, New Jersey fulfillment center that we are in the process of building out. As we continue to add capacity, capabilities and automated production equipment and processes to our fulfillment centers, our fulfillment operations will become increasingly complex and challenging. Any failure to hire, train or retain employees capable of operating our fulfillment centers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We also may be unable to procure and implement automated production equipment and processes on a timely basis, and they may not operate as intended or achieve anticipated cost efficiencies. For example, suppliers could miss their equipment delivery schedules, new production lines and operations could improve less rapidly than expected, or not at all, the equipment or processes could require longer design time than anticipated or redesigning after installation, and new production technology may involve equipment and processes with which we are not fully experienced. Difficulties we experience in automating our fulfillment processes could impair our ability to reduce costs and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any disruption in the operation of our fulfillment centers, including due to factors such as earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, acts of war or terrorism, human errors and similar events or disruptions, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Assuming we continue to grow, we will need to continue to add additional fulfillment and storage capacity in order to meet customer demand. For example, we are in the process of building out a new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey and have entered into a lease for another new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California, which is currently under construction. See "Business—Facilities." We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future, primarily related to our new fulfillment centers. For a discussion of our projected future capital expenditures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity." The timing and amount of our projected capital expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, including the actual and forecasted growth in our business, and may vary significantly from our estimates, and we cannot assure you that these and any other new fulfillment

23


Table of Contents

centers will be timely constructed, that we will effectively integrate new facilities into our existing fulfillment operations, that our fulfillment software systems will continue to meet our business needs, or that we will be able to execute our expansion plans or recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel necessary to support our expansion plans. The expansion of our fulfillment capacity will put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational, technological and other resources.

          If we are unable to expand our fulfillment operations and increase our fulfillment capacity or to effectively control expansion-related expenses, or if we grow faster than we anticipate, we may exceed our fulfillment center capacity sooner than we anticipate, we may experience problems fulfilling orders in a timely manner or our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, any of which could harm our reputation and our relationships with our customers. Many of the expenses and investments with respect to our fulfillment centers are fixed, and any expansion of such fulfillment centers will require additional investment of capital. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future for our fulfillment center operations. We may incur such expenses or make such investments in advance of expected sales, and such expected sales may not occur.

Our ability to source quality ingredients and other products is critical to our business, and any disruption to our supply or supply chain could materially adversely affect our business.

          We depend on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional, national and international suppliers, and some of our suppliers may depend on a variety of other local, regional, national and international suppliers to fulfill the purchase orders we place with them. The availability of such ingredients and other products at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, including the number and size of farms, ranches and vineyards that provide crops, livestock and raw materials for making wine that meet our quality and production standards.

          We rely on our suppliers, and their supply chains, to meet our quality and production standards and specifications and supply ingredients and other products in a timely and safe manner. We have developed and implemented a series of measures to ensure the safety and quality of our third party-supplied products, including using contract specifications, certificates of identity for some products or ingredients, sample testing by suppliers and sensory based testing. However, no safety and quality measures can eliminate the possibility that suppliers may provide us with defective or out-of-specification products against which regulators may take action or which may subject us to litigation or require a recall. Suppliers may provide us with food that is or may be unsafe, food that is below our quality standards or food that is improperly labeled. In addition to a negative customer experience, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions if we incorporate a defective or out-of-specification item into one of our deliveries.

          Furthermore, there are many factors beyond our control which could cause shortages or interruptions in the supply of our ingredients and other products, including adverse weather, environmental factors, natural disasters, unanticipated demand, labor or distribution problems, changes in law or policy, food safety issues by our suppliers and their supply chains, and the financial health of our suppliers and their supply chains. Production of the agricultural products used in our business may also be materially adversely affected by drought, water scarcity, temperature extremes, scarcity of agricultural labor, changes in government agricultural programs or subsidies, import restrictions, scarcity of suitable agricultural land, crop conditions, crop or animal diseases or crop pests. Failure to take adequate steps to mitigate the likelihood or potential effect of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, particularly in circumstances where an ingredient or product is sourced from a single supplier or location.

24


Table of Contents

          In addition, unexpected delays in deliveries from suppliers that ship directly to our fulfillment centers or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs) could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry, long-term disruptions to the national transportation infrastructure, reduction in capacity and industry-specific regulations such as hours-of-service rules that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We currently source certain of our ingredients from suppliers located outside of the United States. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers located outside of the United States, including weather, drought, crop-related diseases, the imposition of import or export restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs, destination-based taxes, value-added taxes, quotas or increased regulatory requirements, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of our ingredients and the other materials required by our product offerings, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, our suppliers' operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions, each of which could adversely affect our access or ability to source ingredients and other materials used in our product offerings on a timely or cost-effective basis.

The reliable and cost-effective storage, transport and delivery of ingredients and other products and our product offerings is critical to our business, and any interruptions, delays or failures could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

          We maintain arrangements with third parties to store ingredients and other products, to deliver ingredients and other products from our suppliers to our fulfillment centers and to transport ingredients and other products between our fulfillment centers. Interruptions or failures in these services could delay or prevent the delivery of these ingredients and other products to us and therefore adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customers' orders. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of the third parties with whom we contract. In addition, we are in the process of expanding our internal capabilities with respect to storing ingredients and other products and transporting ingredients and other products both from our suppliers to our storage locations and fulfillment centers and between our storage locations and fulfillment centers. These expansion efforts may fail to meet our expectations and may not prove to be cost-effective or as operationally efficient as our current arrangements with third parties, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We also maintain arrangements with third-party transport carriers to deliver the food products we sell to our customers. Interruptions, delays or failures in these carrier services could prevent the timely or proper delivery of these products, which may result in significant product inventory losses given the highly perishable nature of our food products. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of these carriers, including adverse weather and natural disasters. If we are not able to maintain acceptable pricing and other terms with these carriers or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, we may not be able to deliver orders in a timely manner and meet customer expectations, and our business and reputation could suffer.

          We rely on third-party transport carriers for the delivery of our wines to our customers. State and federal laws regulate the ability of transport carriers to transport wine, and carriers may be required to obtain licenses in order to deliver wine to our customers. Changes in our access to those carriers, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with those carriers, changes in the laws allowing third-party transport of wine, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those carriers, could materially adversely affect our wine business.

25


Table of Contents

          Delivery of the products we sell to our customers could also be affected or interrupted by the merger, acquisition, insolvency, or government shut-down of the carriers we engage to make deliveries. If the products we sell are not delivered in proper condition or on a timely basis, our business and reputation could suffer.

Any failure to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Our ability to adequately store, maintain and deliver quality perishable foods is critical to our business. We store food products, which are highly perishable, in refrigerated fulfillment centers and ship them to our customers inside boxes that are insulated with thermal liners and frozen refrigerants to maintain appropriate temperatures in transit and use refrigerated third-party delivery trucks to support temperature control for shipments to certain locations. Keeping our food products at specific temperatures maintains freshness and enhances food safety. In the event of extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences, failures of the refrigeration systems in our fulfillment centers or third-party delivery trucks, failure to use adequate packaging to maintain appropriate temperatures, or other circumstances both within and beyond our control, our inability to store highly perishable inventory at specific temperatures could result in significant product inventory losses as well as increased risk of food-borne illnesses and other food safety risks. Improper handling or storage of food by a customer—without any fault by us—could result in food-borne illnesses, which could nonetheless result in negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we lose key management or fail to meet our growing need for qualified employees with specialized skills, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

          Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to retain key management, particularly Matthew B. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, Matthew J. Wadiak, our chief operating officer, and Ilia M. Papas, our chief technology officer. Messrs. Salzberg, Wadiak and Papas and our other executive officers are employees "at will" and could elect to terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance on the lives of Messrs. Salzberg, Wadiak or Papas or other executive officers.

          Our continued success is also dependent upon our ability to attract and retain other qualified employees possessing a broad range of skills and expertise. We may need to offer higher compensation and other benefits in order to attract and retain key personnel in the future, and, to attract top talent, we must offer competitive compensation packages before we have the opportunity to validate the productivity and effectiveness of new employees. Additionally, we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to meet our hiring needs or successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could all suffer. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast customer demand and to manage our supply chain, and any failure of this technology could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We rely on our proprietary technology and data to forecast demand and predict our customers' orders, determine the amounts of ingredients and other supply to purchase, and to optimize our in-bound and out-bound logistics for delivery and transport of our supply to our fulfillment centers and of our product offerings to customers. If this technology fails or produces

26


Table of Contents

inaccurate results at any step in this process—such as if the data we collect from customers is insufficient or incorrect, if we over or underestimate future demand, or if we fail to optimize delivery routes to our customers—we could experience increased food waste or shortages in key ingredients, the operational efficiency of our supply chain may suffer (including as a result of excess or shortage of fulfillment center capacity) or our customers may experience delays or failures in the delivery of our product offerings, for example by missing ingredients. Moreover, forecasts and predictions based on historical data, regardless of any historical patterns or the quality of the underlying data, are inherently uncertain, and unforeseen changes in consumer tastes or external events could result in material inaccuracy of our forecasts and predictions, which could result in disruptions in our business and our incurrence of significant costs and waste. Furthermore, any interruptions or delays in our ability to use or access our proprietary technology could lead to interruptions or delays in our supply chain. The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The termination of, or material changes to, our relationships with key suppliers or vendors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We currently depend on a limited number of suppliers for some of our key ingredients. We strive to work with suppliers that engage in certain growing, raising or farming standards that we believe are superior to conventional practices and that can deliver products that are specific to our quality, food safety and production standards. Currently, there are a limited number of meat and seafood suppliers that are able to simultaneously meet our standards and volume requirements. As such, these suppliers could be difficult to replace if we were no longer able to rely on them. We also work with suppliers that grow specialty or unique ingredients for us. It can take a significant amount of time and resources to identify, develop and maintain relationships with certain suppliers, including suppliers that grow specialty or unique products for us. In the event of any disruptions to our relationships with our specialty crop growers, the ingredients they grow for us would be difficult to replace. The termination of, or material changes to, arrangements with key suppliers or vendors, disagreements with key suppliers or vendors as to payment or other terms, or the failure of a key supplier or vendor to meet its contractual obligations to us may require us to contract with alternative suppliers or vendors. For example, the failure of a key supplier to meet its obligations to us or otherwise deliver ingredients at the volumes that meet our quality and production standards could require us to make purchases from alternative suppliers or make changes to our product offerings. If we have to replace key suppliers or vendors, we may be subject to pricing or other terms less favorable than those we currently enjoy, and it may be difficult to identify and secure relationships with alternative suppliers or vendors that are able to meet our volume requirements, food safety and quality or other standards. If we cannot replace or engage suppliers or vendors who meet our specifications and standards in a short period of time, we could encounter increased expenses, shortages of ingredients and other items, disruptions or delays in customer shipments or other harm. In this event, we could experience a significant reduction in sales and incur higher costs for replacement goods and customer refunds during the shortage or thereafter, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          In our wine business, we rely on the use of third-party alternating proprietorship winemaking facilities. We rely on the host or owner of such facilities to ensure that the facilities are operational and maintained in good condition. Changes in our access to those facilities, including changes in prices or changes in our relationships with the third parties who own and operate those facilities, or regulatory discipline against licenses held by those third parties, or any failure by such third parties to maintain their facilities in good condition, may impair our ability to produce wines at such facilities and could materially adversely affect our wine business.

27


Table of Contents

Higher labor costs due to statutory and regulatory changes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, overtime, family leave, workplace health and safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. As our employees are paid at rates set above, but related to, the applicable minimum wage, further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs. Significant additional government regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Unionization activities may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our profitability.

          Although none of our employees is currently covered under a collective bargaining agreement, our employees may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were to deviate significantly from our current compensation and benefits structure, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, a labor dispute involving some or all of our employees may harm our reputation, disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues, and the resolution of labor disputes may increase our costs.

Disruptions in our data and information systems could harm our reputation and our ability to run our business.

          We rely extensively on data and information systems for our supply chain, order processing, fulfillment operations, financial reporting, human resources and various other operations, processes and transactions. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between, and storage of personal data of, our personnel, customers and suppliers depends on information technology. Our data and information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches (including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that could result in the compromise of confidential customer data), catastrophic events, data breaches and usage errors by our employees or third-party service providers. Our data and information technology systems may also fail to perform as we anticipate, and we may encounter difficulties in adapting these systems to changing technologies or expanding them to meet the future needs of our business. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, suffer interruptions in our operations, incur liability to our customers and others or face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed. We also rely on third-parties for a majority of our data and information systems, including for third-party hosting and payment processing. If these facilities fail, or if they suffer a security breach or interruption or degradation of service, a significant amount of our data could be lost or compromised and our ability to operate our business and deliver our product offerings could be materially impaired. In addition, various third parties, such as our suppliers and payment processors, also rely heavily on information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could also cause loss of sales, transactional or other data and significant interruptions to our business. Any material interruption in the data and information technology systems we rely on, including the data or information technology systems of third-parties, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

28


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to data security risks, including security breaches.

          We, or our third-party vendors on our behalf, collect, process, store and transmit substantial amounts of information, including information about our customers. We take steps to protect the security and integrity of the information we collect, process, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite such efforts. Security breaches, computer malware, computer hacking attacks and other compromises of information security measures have become more prevalent in the business world and may occur on our systems or those of our vendors in the future. Large Internet companies and websites have from time to time disclosed sophisticated and targeted attacks on portions of their websites, and an increasing number have reported such attacks resulting in breaches of their information security. We and our third-party vendors are at risk of suffering from similar attacks and breaches. Although we take steps to maintain confidential and proprietary information on our information systems, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches and we rely on our third-party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the security and integrity of the information on those information systems. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage information systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent these attacks. In addition, a party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer's identification and password credentials may be able to access the customer's account and certain account data.

          Any actual or suspected security breach or other compromise of our security measures or those of our third-party vendors, whether as a result of hacking efforts, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering or otherwise, could harm our reputation and business, damage our brand and make it harder to retain existing customers or acquire new ones, require us to expend significant capital and other resources to address the breach, and result in a violation of applicable laws, regulations or other legal obligations. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to reimburse us for direct losses caused by any such security breach or indirect losses due to resulting customer attrition.

          We rely on email and other messaging services to connect with our existing and potential customers. Our customers may be targeted by parties using fraudulent spoofing and phishing emails to misappropriate passwords, payment information or other personal information or to introduce viruses through Trojan horse programs or otherwise through our customers' computers, smartphones, tablets or other devices. Despite our efforts to mitigate the effectiveness of such malicious email campaigns through product improvements, spoofing and phishing may damage our brand and increase our costs. Any of these events or circumstances could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks associated with payments to us from our customers and other third parties, including risks associated with fraud.

          Nearly all of our customers' payments are made by credit card or debit card. We currently rely exclusively on one third-party vendor to provide payment processing services, including the processing of payments from credit cards and debit cards, and our business would be disrupted if this vendor becomes unwilling or unable to provide these services to us and we are unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis. We are also subject to payment brand operating rules, payment card industry data security standards and certification requirements, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it more difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from customers, which would make our services less convenient and attractive to our customers and likely result in a substantial reduction in

29


Table of Contents

revenue. We may also incur losses as a result of claims that the customer did not authorize given purchases, fraud, erroneous transmissions and customers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in their accounts to satisfy payments owed to us.

          We are subject to, or voluntarily comply with, a number of other laws and regulations relating to the payments we accept from our customers and third parties, including with respect to money laundering, money transfers, privacy, and information security, and electronic fund transfers. These laws and regulations could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we were found to be in violation of any of these applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties and higher transaction fees or lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers or facilitate other types of online payments, which may make our services less convenient and less attractive to our customers and diminish the customer experience.

We may require additional capital to fund the expansion of our business, and our inability to obtain such capital could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          To support our expanding business, we must have sufficient capital to continue to make significant investments. We cannot assure you that cash generated by our operations will be sufficient to allow us to fund such expansion. If cash flows from operations are not sufficient, we may need additional equity or debt financing to provide the funds required to expand our business. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired, and our operating results may suffer. Debt financing increases expenses, may contain covenants that restrict the operation of our business, and must be repaid regardless of operating results. For example, covenants contained in our revolving credit agreement include limitations on our ability to pay dividends; create, incur or assume indebtedness or liens; consummate a merger, sale, disposition or similar transaction; engage in transaction with affiliates; and make investments. Equity financing, or debt financing that is convertible into equity, could result in dilution to our existing stockholders.

          Our inability to obtain adequate capital resources, whether in the form of equity or debt, to fund our business and growth strategies may require us to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our operations or the expansion of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our results could be adversely affected by natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.

          Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, earthquakes, droughts and other adverse weather and climate conditions; unforeseen public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics; crop or animal diseases; crop pests; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability or uncertainty; or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, could disrupt our operations or the operations of one or more of our suppliers. In particular, these types of events could impact our supply chain from or to the impacted region given our dependency on frequent deliveries of ingredients and other products from a variety of local, regional and national suppliers. In addition, these types of events could adversely affect consumer spending in the impacted regions or our ability to deliver our products to our customers. To the extent any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

30


Table of Contents

We may be unsuccessful in making, integrating and maintaining acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments.

          We expect to evaluate and consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, joint ventures, new technologies, services, products and other assets and strategic investments. Any of these transactions could be material to our business, financial condition and operating results. The process of integrating any acquired business or operating any joint venture may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. We may face difficulties in incorporating supply or distribution channels, technology and rights into our existing product offerings, and we may experience unanticipated expenses relating to these and other integration processes. We may also face known and unknown liabilities associated with a company we acquire or in which we invest.

          We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, joint ventures or investments in the time frame expected or at all. Valuations supporting our acquisitions and strategic investments could change rapidly. Following any such transaction, we could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments or other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results through the write-off of goodwill and other impairment charges.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

          We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

          To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our

31


Table of Contents

Class A common stock could be materially adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may be accused of infringing or violating the intellectual property rights of others.

          Other parties have claimed or may claim in the future that we infringe or violate their trademarks, patents, copyrights, domain names, publicity rights or other proprietary rights. Such claims, regardless of their merit, could result in litigation or other proceedings and could require us to expend significant financial resources and attention by our management and other personnel that otherwise would be focused on our business operations, result in injunctions against us that prevent us from using material intellectual property rights, or require us to pay damages to third parties. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have infringed or violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. In addition, we may not be able to obtain or use on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property that we do not own, which would require us to develop alternative intellectual property. To the extent we rely on open source software, we may face claims from third parties that claim ownership of the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seek to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. Similar claims might also be asserted regarding our in-house software. These risks have been amplified by the increase in intellectual property claims by third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims. As our business expands, we are likely to be subject to intellectual property claims against us with increasing frequency, scope and magnitude. We may also be obligated to indemnify affiliates or other partners who are accused of violating third parties' intellectual property rights by virtue of those affiliates or partners' agreements with us, and this could increase our costs in defending such claims and our damages. Furthermore, such affiliates and partners may discontinue their relationship with us either as a result of injunctions or otherwise. The occurrence of these results could harm our brand or materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

          We regard our customer lists and other consumer data, trademarks, service marks, domain names, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success. We cannot be sure that our intellectual property portfolio will not be infringed, violated or otherwise challenged by third parties, or that we will be successful in enforcing, defending or combatting any such infringements, violations, or challenges. We also cannot be sure that the law might not change in a way that would affect the nature or extent of our intellectual property ownership.

          We rely on registered and unregistered trademark, copyright and trade secret protection and other intellectual property protections under applicable law to protect these proprietary rights. While we have taken steps toward procuring trademark registration for several of our trademarks in key countries around the world and have entered or may enter into contracts to assist with the procurement and protection of our trademarks, we cannot assure you that our common law, applied-for, or registered trademarks are valid and enforceable, that our trademark registrations and applications or use of our trademarks will not be challenged by known or unknown third parties, or that any pending trademark applications will issue or provide us with any competitive advantage. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us or may be challenged by third parties. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights that may be displayed on or in conjunction with our website and other

32


Table of Contents

marketing media. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or retaining domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

          We also rely on confidentiality, supplier, license and other agreements with our employees, suppliers and others. There is no guarantee that these third parties will comply with these agreements and refrain from misappropriating our proprietary rights. Misappropriation of our proprietary rights could materially adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

          We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement or violation of our intellectual property or proprietary rights. Third parties also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or our reputation. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our proprietary rights or prevent third parties from continuing to infringe or misappropriate these rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of resources, the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to use information that we regard as proprietary to create product offerings that compete with ours.

          We currently operate only in the United States. To the extent that we determine to expand our business internationally, we will encounter additional risks, including different, uncertain or more stringent laws relating to intellectual property rights and protection.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of Our Food Operations

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, which require significant expenditures and ongoing compliance efforts.

          We are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations. Our food processing facilities and products are subject to inspection by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, the FDA and various state and local health and agricultural agencies. Applicable statutes and regulations governing food products include rules for labeling the content of specific types of foods, the nutritional value of that food and its serving size, as well as rules that protect against contamination of products by food-borne pathogens. Many jurisdictions also provide that food producers adhere to good manufacturing or production practices (the definitions of which may vary by jurisdiction) with respect to processing food. Recently, the food safety practices and procedures in the meat processing industry have been subject to more intense scrutiny and oversight by the USDA, and future outbreaks of diseases among cattle, poultry or pigs could lead to further governmental regulation of our business or of our suppliers. In addition, our fulfillment centers are subject to

33


Table of Contents

various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and workplace health. Failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations could subject us or our suppliers to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, product recalls or seizures and criminal sanctions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, compliance with current or future laws or regulations could require us to make significant expenditures or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Even inadvertent, non-negligent or unknowing violations of federal, state or local regulatory requirements could expose us to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, which governs the shipment of foods in interstate commerce, generally does not distinguish between intentional and unknowing, non-negligent violations of the law's requirements. Most state and local laws operate similarly. Consequently, almost any deviation from subjective or objective requirements of the FDCA or state or local law leaves us vulnerable to a variety of civil and criminal penalties. As a rapidly growing company, we often deploy new equipment, update our facilities or occupy new facilities. These activities require us to adjust our operations and regulatory compliance systems to meet rapidly changing conditions. Although we have adopted and implemented systems to prevent the production of unsafe or mislabeled products, any failure of those systems to prevent or anticipate an instance or category of deficiency could result in significant business interruption and financial losses to us. The occurrence of events that are difficult to prevent completely, such as the introduction of pathogenic organisms from the outside environment into our facilities, also may result in the failure of our products to meet legal standards. Under these conditions we could be exposed to civil and criminal regulatory action.

          In some instances we may be responsible or held liable for the activities and compliance of our third-party vendors and suppliers, despite limited visibility into their operations. Although we monitor and carefully select our third-party vendors and suppliers, they may fail to adhere to regulatory standards, or our quality standards or labor and employment practices, and we may fail to identify deficiencies or violations on a timely basis or at all. In addition, recent legislation in California called the Transparency in Supply Chains Act of 2010 requires us to audit our suppliers with respect to certain risks related to slavery and human trafficking and to mitigate any such risks in our operations, and any failure to disclose issues or other non-compliance could subject us to action by the California Attorney General.

          We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with any future laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes to law, regulation or policy applicable to foods could leave us vulnerable to adverse governmental action and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          The food industry is highly regulated. We invest significant resources in our efforts to comply with the local, state and federal food regulatory regimes under which we operate. However, we cannot assure you that existing laws and regulations will not be revised or that new, more restrictive laws and regulations will not be adopted or become applicable to us or the products we distribute. We also operate under a business model that is relatively new to the food industry, in which we rapidly source, process, store and package meal ingredients—including fresh fruits and vegetables, and poultry, beef and seafood, each of which may be subject to a unique regulatory regime—and

34


Table of Contents

ship them directly to consumers in the course of e-commerce transactions. Our business model leaves our business particularly susceptible to changes in and reinterpretations of compliance policies of the FDA and other government agencies, and some of our competitors may interpret the applicability of the same or similar laws and regulations to their businesses differently than we interpret them. Furthermore, certain recently promulgated FDA regulations, such as the requirements regarding food defense, are not yet in effect, and it is unclear how the FDA may interpret and enforce many other recent regulations, presenting considerable future uncertainty. The recent U.S. presidential election, bringing with it a change in senior federal government officials and policy priorities, creates additional uncertainty.

          Our existing compliance structures may be insufficient to address the changing regulatory environment and changing expectations from government regulators regarding our business model. This may result in gaps in compliance coverage or the omission of necessary new compliance activity. Furthermore, the expansion of our business internationally would require us to comply with foreign laws and regulations, including those related to food safety, employment and health and safety, each of which may be materially different than the laws and regulations applicable to us in the United States. In addition, and regardless of our prospective compliance status, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by future changes in applicable law and regulations.

          Furthermore, we recently began conducting livestock and poultry operations, which are subject to a variety of federal, state and local legal and regulatory requirements, including regarding the discharge of materials and pollutants and animal welfare.

Our facilities and operations are governed by numerous and sometimes conflicting registration, licensing and reporting requirements.

          Our fulfillment centers are required to be registered with the federal government and, depending on their location, are also subject to the authority of state and local governments. In some cases, disparate registration and licensing requirements lead to legal uncertainty, inconsistent government classifications of our operations and unpredictable governmental actions. Regulators may also change prior interpretations of governing licensing and registration requirements. Our relatively new business model leaves us particularly susceptible to these factors. If we misapply or misidentify licensing or registration requirements, fail to maintain our registrations or licenses or otherwise violate applicable requirements, our products may be subject to seizure or recall and our operations subject to injunction. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Similarly, we are required to submit reports to the FDA's Reportable Food Registry in the event that we determine a product may present a serious danger to consumers. The reporting requirement may be triggered based on a subjective assessment of incomplete and changing facts. Our inventory moves very rapidly throughout our supply and distribution chain. Should we fail, in a timely fashion, to identify and report a potentially reportable event which, subsequently, is determined to have been reportable, government authorities may institute civil or criminal enforcement actions against us, and may result in civil litigation against us or criminal charges against certain of our employees. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Good manufacturing process standards and food safety compliance metrics are complex, highly subjective and selectively enforced.

          The federal regulatory scheme governing food products establishes guideposts and objectives for complying with legal requirements rather than providing clear direction on when particular

35


Table of Contents

standards apply or how they must be met. For example, new FDA regulations referred to as Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Preventive Controls for Human Food require that we evaluate food safety hazards inherent to our specific products and operations. We must then implement "preventive controls" in cases where we determine that qualified food safety personnel would recommend that we do so. Determining what constitutes a food safety hazard, or what a qualified food safety expert might recommend to prevent such a hazard, requires evaluating a variety of situational factors. This analysis is necessarily subjective, and a government regulator may find our analysis or conclusions inadequate. Similarly, the standard of "good manufacturing practice" to which we are held in our food production operations relies on a hypothesis regarding what individuals and organizations qualified in food manufacturing and food safety would find to be appropriate practices in the context of our operations. Our business model, and the scale and nature of our operations, have relatively few meaningful comparisons among traditional food companies. Government regulators may disagree with our analyses and decisions regarding the good manufacturing practices appropriate for our operations.

          Decisions made or processes adopted by us in producing our meals are subject to after-the-fact review by government authorities, sometimes years after the fact. Similarly, governmental agencies and personnel within those agencies may alter, clarify or even reverse previous interpretations of compliance requirements and the circumstances under which they will institute formal enforcement activity. It is not always possible accurately to predict regulators' responses to actual or alleged food-production deficiencies due to the large degree of discretion afforded regulators. We may be vulnerable to civil or criminal enforcement action by government regulators if they disagree with our analyses, conclusions, actions or practices. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Packaging, labeling and advertising requirements are subject to varied interpretation and selective enforcement.

          We operate under a novel business model in which we source, process, store and package meal ingredients and ship them directly to consumers. Most FDA requirements for mandatory food labeling are decades old and were adopted prior to the advent of large-scale, direct-to-consumer food sales and e-commerce platforms. Consequently, we, like our competitors, must make judgments regarding how best to comply with labeling and packaging regulations and industry practices not designed with our specific business model in mind. Government regulators may disagree with these judgments, leaving us open to civil or criminal enforcement action. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          We are subject to detailed and complex requirements for how our products may be labeled and advertised, which may also be supplemented by guidance from governmental agencies. Generally speaking, these requirements divide information into mandatory information that we must present to consumers and voluntary information that we may present to consumers. Packaging, labeling, disclosure and advertising regulations may describe what mandatory information must be provided to consumers, where and how that information is to be displayed physically on our materials or elsewhere, the terms, words or phrases in which it must be disclosed, and the penalties for non-compliance.

          Voluntary statements made by us to our customers, whether on our packages, websites, in print, in radio, on television or in package inserts, can be subject to FDA regulation, Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, regulation, USDA regulation, state and local regulation, or any combination of the foregoing. These statements may be subject to specific requirements, subjective regulatory evaluation, or both. FDA, FTC, USDA and state- and local-level regulations and guidance can be confusing and subject to conflicting interpretations. Guidelines, standards and market practice for, and consumers' understandings of, certain types of voluntary statements, such as those

36


Table of Contents

characterizing the nutritional and other attributes of food products, continue to evolve rapidly, and regulators may attempt to impose civil or criminal penalties against us if they disagree with our approach to using voluntary statements. Furthermore, in recent years the FDA has increased enforcement of its regulations with respect to nutritional, health and other claims related to food products, and plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number of companies that market food products positioned as "natural" or "healthy," asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including claims related to such food being "all natural" or that they lack any genetically modified ingredients. Should we become subject to similar claims or actions, consumers may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded, and the cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. The occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of our Wine Business

If we do not comply with the specialized regulations and laws that regulate the alcoholic beverage industry, our business could be materially adversely affected.

          Alcoholic beverages are highly regulated at both the federal and state levels. Regulated areas include production, importation, product labeling, taxes, marketing, pricing, delivery, ownership restrictions, prohibitions on sales to minors, and relationships among alcoholic beverage producers, wholesalers and retailers. We cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable regulations or laws, that we will be able to comply with any future regulations and laws, that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with compliance with applicable regulatory and legal requirements, or that such regulations and laws will not materially adversely affect our wine business.

          Licenses issued by state and federal alcoholic beverage regulatory agencies are required in order to produce, sell and ship wine. We have state and federal licenses, and must remain in compliance with state and federal laws in order to keep our licenses in good standing. Compliance failures can result in fines, license suspension or license revocation. In some cases, compliance failures can also result in cease and desist orders, injunctive proceedings or other criminal or civil penalties. If our licenses do not remain in good standing, our wine business could be materially adversely affected.

          Our wine business relies substantially on state laws that authorize the shipping of wine by out-of-state producers directly to in-state consumers. Those laws are relatively new in many states, and it is common for the laws to be modified. Adverse changes to laws allowing a producer to ship wine to consumers across state lines could materially adversely affect our wine business.

Other Risks Related to Government Regulation

Government regulation of the Internet, e-commerce and other aspects of our business is evolving, and we may experience unfavorable changes in or failure to comply with existing or future regulations and laws.

          We are subject to a number of regulations and laws that apply generally to businesses, as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce and the marketing, sale and delivery of goods and services over the Internet. Existing and future regulations and laws may impede the growth and availability of the Internet and online services and may limit our ability to grow our business. These laws and regulations, which continue to evolve, cover taxation, tariffs, privacy and data protection, data security, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile and other communications, advertising practices, electronic contracts, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, consumer protections, the provision of

37


Table of Contents

online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites, and the characteristics and quality of product offerings that are offered online. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction, as it is not entirely clear how existing laws and regulations governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, consumer protection, libel and personal privacy apply or will be enforced with respect to the Internet and e-commerce, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and e-commerce and do not contemplate or address the unique issues they raise. Moreover, as e-commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation and enforcement efforts by federal and state agencies and the prospects for private litigation claims related to our data collection, privacy policies or other e-commerce practices become more likely. In addition, the adoption of any laws or regulations, or the imposition of other legal requirements, that adversely affect our ability to market, sell, and deliver our products could decrease our ability to offer, or customer demand for, our offerings, resulting in lower revenue, and existing or future laws or regulations could impair our ability to expand our product offerings, which could also result in lower revenue and make us more vulnerable to increased competition. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also require us to change our business practices, raise compliance costs or other costs of doing business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to comply with privacy-related obligations, including federal and state privacy laws and regulations and other legal obligations, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new privacy-related obligations could materially adversely affect our business.

          A variety of federal and state laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, transfer and security of customer data. We also may choose to comply with, or may be required to comply with, self-regulatory obligations or other industry standards with respect to our collection, use, retention, sharing or security of customer data.

          We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, policies and legal obligations relating to privacy, data usage, and data protection. It is possible, however, that these laws, regulations and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and which may conflict with other rules or requirements or our practices. We cannot guarantee that our practices have complied, comply, or will comply fully with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations.

          We have posted our privacy policy which describes our practice related to the collection, use and disclosure of customer data on our website and in our mobile application. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policy or with any federal or state laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, industry standards, or other legal obligations could result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers or others, or other liabilities, or could result in a loss of customers, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, a failure or perceived failure to comply with industry standards or with our own privacy policy and practices could result in a loss of customers and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Additionally, existing privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations are evolving and are subject to potentially differing interpretations. Various federal and state legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or enact new laws regarding privacy matters, and courts may interpret existing privacy-related laws and regulations in new or different manners. In addition, as we expand our business internationally we may be subject to non-U.S. privacy, data protection, consumer protection and other laws and regulations, which in some cases are more restrictive than those in the United States. For example, the European Union traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under such laws than the United States. Consequently, the expansion of our operations internationally may require changes to the ways we collect and use consumer information.

38


Table of Contents

          Changes in privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory obligations and other legal obligations, or changes in industry standards or consumer sentiment, could require us to incur substantial costs or to change our business practices, including changing, limiting or ceasing altogether the collection, use, sharing, or transfer of data relating to consumers. Any of these effects could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If government regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business change, we may need to alter the manner in which we conduct our business, or incur greater operating expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business.

          The adoption or modification of laws or regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business could limit or otherwise adversely affect the manner in which we currently conduct our business. In addition, the continued growth and development of the market for e-commerce may lead to more stringent consumer protection laws, which may impose additional burdens on us. If we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur additional expenses or alter our business model, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our failure to collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales, as well as penalties and interest, and our business could be materially adversely affected.

          We do not collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in any jurisdictions in which we do not have a physical presence, in reliance on court decisions or applicable exemptions that restrict or preclude the imposition of obligations to collect state and local sales, use and other similar taxes with respect to online sales of our products. In addition, we do not collect state or local sales, use or other similar taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we do have a physical presence in reliance on applicable exemptions. However, an increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws or administrative practices that attempt to impose obligations on remote sellers and online marketplaces to collect taxes on their behalf, and our reliance on such case law and exemptions in certain jurisdictions could be challenged. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we do not do so could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales as well as penalties and interest, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce could materially adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or, if we expand internationally, foreign countries, might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, Congress is considering various approaches to legislation that would require companies engaged in e-commerce to collect sales tax taxes on Internet revenue. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on e-commerce. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value-added taxes and similar taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to

39


Table of Contents

capture data and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability.

          We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $57.0 million and $62.9 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $35.8 million and $42.0 million, respectively. In general, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, limits the ability of a company that undergoes an "ownership change" (generally defined as a greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative change (by value) in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carry forwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, Section 383 of the Code generally limits the amount of tax liability in any post-ownership change year that can be reduced by pre-ownership change tax credit carryforwards. If we were to undergo an "ownership change," it could materially limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. In addition, our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will each expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial offering price.

          Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock. If a market for our Class A common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price, at the time that you would like to sell them, or at all. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after the offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our Class A common stock may fall.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

          The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate include:

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

    volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

    actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;

40


Table of Contents

    announcements of new service offerings, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

    departure of key personnel;

    litigation involving us or that may be perceived as having an adverse effect on our business;

    changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends;

    investors' general perception of us;

    sales of large blocks of our stock; and

    announcements regarding industry consolidation.

          In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

Our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline.

          Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may in the future fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

    the level of demand for our service offerings and our ability to maintain and increase our customer base;

    the timing and success of new service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;

    the mix of products sold;

    order rates by our customers;

    pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise;

    delays or disruptions in our supply chain;

    our ability to reduce costs;

    errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs;

    seasonal or other variations in buying patterns by our customers;

    increases in and timing of sales and marketing and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;

    levels of customer credits and refunds;

    adverse litigation judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs;

    food safety concerns, regulatory proceedings or other adverse publicity about us or our products;

    costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs;

    changes in consumer tastes and preferences; and

    general economic conditions.

41


Table of Contents

          Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

          The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of any analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

          Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds of this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit agreement and the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." Because we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our management may fail to apply these funds effectively, which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no analysts or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

          If you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and the outstanding principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, our outstanding convertible notes into Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. Moreover, to the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. See the "Dilution" section of this prospectus.

42


Table of Contents

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

          You should not rely on an investment in our Class A common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our Class A common stock.

Our tri-class capital structure has the effect of concentrating voting control with our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, and the other holders of Class B common stock. This structure will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

          We are offering shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, our capital structure will consist of three classes of stock: Class B common stock, with ten votes per share; Class A common stock, with one vote per share; and non-voting Class C capital stock. Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering: stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; our executive officers, directors, stockholders that own greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and their respective affiliated entities will together hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock; and our president and chief executive officer, Matthew B. Salzberg, will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between the Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, so long as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent at least 9.1% of the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including a change of control of our company, for the foreseeable future, and might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

          Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into Class A common stock, with limited exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas or Matthew J. Wadiak. The conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares of Class B common stock in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Salzberg retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. For a description of our tri-class capital structure, see "Description of Capital Stock—Class A, Class B and Class C Stock."

43


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

          If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could substantially decline. Based on shares outstanding as of April 30, 2017, on the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                          shares of Class A common stock,                           shares of Class B common stock, and no shares of Class C capital stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and the automatic conversion of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, our outstanding convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock (excluding the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). This includes the                          shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining                          shares of our Class A common stock and             shares of our Class B common stock, which together represent         % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations, under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales. Each of our directors, executive officers, and other holders of substantially all our outstanding shares have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which the holders of such securities have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, they will not dispose of or hedge any of their capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings. Upon each release of the foregoing restrictions, our securityholders subject to a lock-up agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to a release of the foregoing restrictions. For a description of the lock-up agreements, see the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting" sections of this prospectus.

          In addition, as of April 30, 2017, there were 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options and an additional 546,819 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 151,324,376 shares of our Class B common stock as of April 30, 2017, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144.

44


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

    establishing a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

    providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only with a vote of the holders of at least                          of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock;

    limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

    requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

    authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our Class A common stock; and

    limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers.

          As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding shares representing more than 15% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. Any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

          The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our restated certificate provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an

45


Table of Contents

alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

          Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

          As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

          We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating any deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to management's report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, which will be required after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

46


Table of Contents

          In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

          We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, subject to specified conditions. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we will incur additional costs in connection with complying with the accounting standards applicable to public companies at such time or times as they become applicable to us.

47


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

          In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," or "continue," or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

    our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, our ability to maintain and grow adjusted EBITDA, the sufficiency of our cash resources, and needs for additional financing;

    our ability to cost-effectively attract new customers and retain existing customers;

    our ability to expand our product offerings;

    our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand and reputation;

    our ability to manage our growth;

    our expectations regarding, and the stability of, our supply chain, including potential shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of ingredients;

    our ability to maintain food safety and prevent food-borne illness incidents;

    changes in consumer tastes and preferences or in consumer spending;

    our ability to effectively compete;

    our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

    our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

    our vulnerability to adverse weather conditions or natural disasters; and

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection.

          While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, whether as a result of any new information, future events, or otherwise, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law.

48


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in this offering, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $              million.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital.

          We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $              million of indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility. For a summary of the terms of our revolving credit facility, including the interest rate and maturity date, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility." Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting."

          We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. In addition, we believe that opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions of or investments in complementary products, technologies or businesses. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

          Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations, the anticipated growth of our business, and the availability and terms of alternative financing sources to fund our growth. Pending their use as described above, we intend to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit, bank deposits, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains covenants that could restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

49


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2017, as follows:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on our convertible notes into          shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (3) the restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (2) our sale of                           shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

    As of March 31, 2017
 

    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 

    (in thousands, except share and
per-share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 61,167   $     $    

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 17,371,402 shares authorized, 14,500,938 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    194,869              

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value: 177,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 177,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 177,000,000 shares authorized,                      shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

                 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value: 175,000,000 shares authorized; 67,156,678 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 175,000,000 shares authorized,                       shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 175,000,000 shares authorized,                        shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    7              

Class C capital stock, $0.0001 par value: 2,000,000 shares authorized; 42,687 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    6,860              

Accumulated deficit

    (190,748 )            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (183,881 )            

Total capitalization

  $ 10,988   $                $    

50


Table of Contents

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders' equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             , assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          The table above is illustrative only and excludes:

    10,846,745 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2017, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.23 per share;

    1,380,402 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2017;

                         shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering; and

                         shares of Class A common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering.

          In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the closing of this offering will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans.

51


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 was $             , or $         per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2017, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering and (2) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          After giving effect to (1) the sale of                          shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, and (2) the pro forma adjustments described in the preceding paragraph, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock.

          The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2017

  $                 

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value attributable to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering

           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

           

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $    

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering by approximately $             per share, and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

          If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing

52


Table of Contents

shares in this offering would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

          The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2017, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into Class B common stock, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of Class A common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us.

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 

    Number     Percent     Number     Percent     Per Share
 

Existing stockholders

                        % $                     % $                

New investors

                          $    

Total

          100 %         100 %      

          The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering. If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding after our initial public offering.

          The foregoing table is based on                  shares of Class B common stock and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 (which includes 67,156,678 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and which assumes the automatic conversion of (i) all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the convertible notes into                   shares of Class B common stock, assuming an initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)) and no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017, and excludes:

    10,846,745 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2017, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.23 per share;

    1,380,402 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2017;

                       shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan; and

                       shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

          To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, new options or other equity rights are issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or we issue additional shares of capital stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all outstanding options had been exercised as of March 31, 2017, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             per share, and the total dilution per share to new investors would be

53


Table of Contents

$             per share. In addition, the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plans, which may result in further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

          We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or securities convertible into equity, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

54


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

           The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, and 2016, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for those periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, and except as described in the notes thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such information for such periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands, except share and per-share numbers)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable Class B common and Class C capital stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

56


Table of Contents


    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

 

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 61,167  

Working capital(3)

    (27,581 )   (58,108 )   (84,826 )

Total assets

    164,973     273,407     322,465  

Total liabilities

    52,038     211,938     311,477  

Convertible preferred stock

    194,869     194,869     194,869  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (81,934 )   (133,400 )   (183,881 )

(1)
Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share have been calculated assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                                        shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $                  per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

(2)
See "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP equivalent.

(3)
We define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

          To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we monitor and have presented within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. This non-GAAP financial measure is not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and is not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

          We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings (loss) before interest and other income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

          We use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. We believe adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

57


Table of Contents

          Our adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP equivalent. Some of these limitations are:

    adjusted EBITDA excludes share-based compensation expense, as share-based compensation expense has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

    adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future;

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest, which reduces cash available to us;

    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us; and

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

          Because of these limitations, we consider, and you should consider, adjusted EBITDA together with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods presented.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Share-based compensation

    3,665     1,105     2,965     576     1,238  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Interest (income) expense, net

    4     6     (25 )   (57 )   470  

Provision for income taxes

        61     108     27     41  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

58


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled "Risk Factors." In this discussion, we use financial measures that are considered non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission rules. These rules require supplemental explanation and reconciliation, which is included elsewhere in this prospectus. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from or in substitution for, financial information presented in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the below discussion, we use the term basis points to refer to units of one-hundredth of one percent.

Overview

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, through Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. Through Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace, we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens. In addition, we sell the products of BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry and lamb, which we acquired in February 2017.

          We have grown our net revenue from $77.8 million for 2014 to $340.8 million for 2015 and to $795.4 million for 2016, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. Our net revenue increased from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, representing a 42% increase. From our inception through March 31, 2017 we have derived over 99% of our net revenue from sales of our meals. For a discussion of the key opportunities and challenges we face in growing our business, see "—Key Factors Affecting Our Performance."

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

          We use the following key financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business and operations, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, project our future performance, and make strategic decisions. You should read the key financial and operating metrics in conjunction with the following discussion of our results of operations and financial

59


Table of Contents

condition and together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (26,523 ) $ (42,876 ) $ (43,621 ) $ 5,048   $ (46,265 )

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (16,859 ) $ (26,396 ) $ (23,545 ) $ 5,955   $ (19,039 )

 

    Three Months Ended        

    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

Orders (in thousands)

    2,903     3,399     3,597     3,674     4,273  

Customers (in thousands)

    649     766     907     879     1,036  

Average Order Value

  $ 59.28   $ 59.40   $ 57.12   $ 58.78   $ 57.23  

Orders per Customer

    4.5     4.4     4.0     4.2     4.1  

Average Revenue per Customer

  $ 265   $ 264   $ 227   $ 246   $ 236  

Net revenue (in thousands)

  $ 172,098   $ 201,924   $ 205,452   $ 215,942   $ 244,843  

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)

  $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

Orders

          We define Orders as the number of paid orders by our Customers across our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in any reporting period, inclusive of orders that may have eventually been refunded or credited to customers. Orders, together with Average Order Value, is an indicator of the net revenue we expect to recognize in a given period. We view Orders delivered as a key indicator of our scale and growth. Orders has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers or the purchasing behavior of our customers. For example, we view Repeat Orders as a useful metric when evaluating revenue retention. We define a Repeat Order as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period, including the current period. Repeat Orders has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not measure the frequency or the value of Orders. Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Orders (and Repeat Orders) in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Average Order Value and Orders per Customer.

Customers

          We determine our number of Customers by counting the total number of individual customers who have paid for at least one Order from Blue Apron across our meal, wine or market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period. For example, the number of Customers in the first quarter of 2017 was determined based on the total number of individual customers who paid for at least one Order across our meal, wine or market products in the three months ended March 31, 2017. We view the number of Customers as a key indicator of our scale and growth. Customers has limitations as a financial and operating metric as it does not reflect the product mix chosen by our customers, Order frequency, or the purchasing behavior of our

60


Table of Contents

customers. Because of these and other limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Customers in conjunction with our other metrics, including net revenue, net income (loss), adjusted EBITDA, Orders per Customer and Average Revenue per Customer.

Average Order Value

          We define Average Order Value as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Orders in that period. We view Average Order Value as a key indicator of the mix of our product offerings chosen by our customers, the mix of promotional discounts, and the purchasing behavior of our customers.

Orders per Customer

          We define Orders per Customer as the number of Orders in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period. We view Orders per Customer as a key indicator of our customers' purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Average Revenue per Customer

          We define Average Revenue per Customer as our net revenue from our meal, wine and market products sold on our e-commerce platforms in a given reporting period divided by the number of Customers in that period. We view Average Revenue per Customer as a key indicator of our customers' purchasing patterns, including their repeat purchase behavior.

Adjusted EBITDA

          Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as earnings (loss) before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. We have presented adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of the use of non-GAAP financial measures and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

          We believe that our performance and future success depends on a number of factors that present significant opportunities but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and under "Risk Factors."

Customer Lifecycle Management and Marketing Efficiency

Customer Acquisition, Customer Retention, Customer Engagement and Brand Awareness

          Our growth will depend in part on our ability to cost-effectively launch marketing campaigns that attract and retain customers and successfully promote awareness of our brand. We use various offline paid advertising channels (such as television, direct mail, radio, and podcasts) and online paid advertising channels (such as digital and social media and email). We typically

61


Table of Contents

complement our paid advertising channels by offering promotional discounts to new customers for use on their first Order, a practice we began emphasizing in 2016. We also attract new customers by word of mouth, including through our customer referral program, through which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery. We intend to continue investing in marketing and offering promotional discounts to drive customer acquisition. We are also increasingly focused on using marketing to drive customer retention, customer engagement and brand awareness, and to support that effort we have expanded our investment in offline paid marketing.

          In addition to marketing, we continue to invest in our products, brand and overall customer experience, each of which further drives customer acquisition, customer retention and customer engagement and encourages repeat purchases. We also engage with our customers through social media, our website, blog, in-box content and mobile application, including through how-to videos, visual imagery and original stories about our ingredients and suppliers, to deepen our customers' connection with our brand. Our flexible platform allows customers to interact with us by either actively managing or passively receiving orders, and we believe this flexibility drives higher customer engagement, loyalty and retention over the long term.

Marketing Efficiency

          In managing our marketing expenses, we evaluate the efficiency of our marketing efforts in connection with our goal of maximizing customer lifetime value. We evaluate our marketing efficiency primarily from three perspectives: (1) our marketing spend per customer, or Cost per Customer, (2) our cumulative net revenue generated per Customer and (3) the associated cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue, which we view as a key measure of our operational efficiency.

          To illustrate the efficiency of our marketing initiatives, we compared in the chart below the cumulative net revenue per Customer over specific time increments from their first purchase with our cumulative Cost per Customer for the corresponding time period.

62


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


(1)
Cost per Customer, or CPC, is calculated as cumulative marketing expenses for the years 2014, 2015, 2016 and the first quarter of 2017, divided by the total number of Customers acquired during such period. The Cumulative Net Revenue columns reflect cumulative net revenue per Customer from Customers acquired between 2014 and 2016. Each column reflects cumulative net revenue for the Customers in the applicable cohort divided by the total number of Customers in that cohort. The chart presents the average cumulative net revenue generated by all Customers included in the applicable cohorts, including from Customers that ordered only once and then ceased ordering as well as those Customers that continued to order from us and thus ordered multiple times. For a Customer to be included in the calculation for a particular column, the length of time that has elapsed since the Customer first purchased from us must be at least as long as the time period indicated for such column. Accordingly, the number of Customers included in the cumulative net revenue per Customer columns decreases as the time intervals increase. For example, the six-month column is calculated using the cumulative net revenue during the first six months following a Customer's first purchase from all Customers who first purchased from us between January 1, 2014 and September 30, 2016 (i.e., Customers who first purchased at least six months prior to the end of the first quarter of 2017). Customers acquired after September 30, 2016 are not included in any Cumulative Net Revenue column calculations because their first purchase occurred less than six months before the end of the first quarter of 2017.

          Using the same methodology as above, cumulative net revenue per Customer for the six months after such Customer's first Order was $402 for 2014 cohorts, $451 for 2015 cohorts and $387 for 2016 cohorts. We believe Cost per Customer accurately represents our average marketing spend per Customer for the periods presented. Cumulative net revenue per Customer is driven by our ability to retain and engage Customers once we have acquired them, and therefore we believe cumulative net revenue per Customer accurately portrays Customer behavior relative to the costs incurred to acquire, engage and retain Customers.

          We believe the above cohorted cumulative net revenue per Customer analysis illustrates our historical costs to acquire, retain and engage customers and the efficiency of our marketing expenses. For example, as reflected above, our average Cumulative Net Revenue per Customer in the six-month period following the acquisition of such Customers was equal to more than four times our Cost per Customer of $94. The chart above also illustrates that, while we derive significant

63


Table of Contents

revenue from those Customers that continue to make purchases from us, over time our Customers on average order less frequently or sometimes cease ordering, as evidenced by the declining increases in cumulative net revenue per Customer over the time intervals presented.

          Our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percentage of net revenue has decreased from 93% in 2014 to 77% in 2015 and to 67% in 2016. Together with the information presented in the above chart, we view our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue as a measure of our operating efficiency and unit economics and thus important for understanding the efficiency of our marketing spend and the lifetime value of Customers.

          We chose to use a six-month interval following a Customer's first purchase to illustrate marketing efficiency because we believe that such presentation enables us to reflect the effects of the ordering behaviors both of those Customers who, during that relatively short period, determine that our product offerings do not fit their lifestyles, tastes or preferences, as well as those Customers who continue to order from us. We believe that any shorter period of time would not accurately account for Customers who cease purchasing after their first few purchases, while any longer period of time would, by definition, exclude our most recently acquired Customers and thus provide less visibility into recent trends.

          For the 2015 cohorts, our cumulative net revenue was positively impacted by the introduction of our Family Plan in the first quarter of 2015, which increased our ability to meet the needs of a wider range of customers and enabled us to introduce higher per Order price points. In addition, we opened our third fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas in the third quarter of 2015, which enabled us to expand our delivery capability to over 99% of the U.S. population and to more cost-effectively deliver products to customers located in the central United States.

          Over the course of the three-year period from 2014 to 2016, promotional discounts became an important part of our marketing strategy to attract new customers and accordingly have impacted our marketing efficiency. For example, the primary driver for the decline in cumulative net revenue per Customer for the six-months after such Customer's first paid Order from $402 to $387 from 2014 to 2016 was the increased use of promotional discounts to attract new Customers.

          We are currently in the process of introducing additional product expansions to increase both customer flexibility (the ability to select greater or fewer recipes per Order) and the number of recipe options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes each week). We expect that this product expansion will favorably impact our cumulative net revenue per Customer.

64


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

          During the period from 2014 to 2016, our marketing expenses increased from $14 million to $144 million, an increase of approximately 930%. As part of scaling our marketing strategy, we have increased marketing expenses related to all three of our major advertising channels (offline media, online media and our customer referral program). Beginning in 2016, however, a larger portion of our spending has been on offline channels. We believe increased emphasis on offline channels will drive stronger brand awareness, customer engagement and, ultimately, customer retention. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders, ranging from 89% to 93% across each of the four quarters of 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders.

          In addition, in 2016 we began adjusting our marketing strategies around seasonal trends in our business, and we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. See "—Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data—Marketing." As a result, we expect that the first quarter of 2017 will represent our highest levels of quarterly marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue in 2017 and that our quarterly marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue will decline during the balance of 2017.

Product Offerings

          Our ability to enhance our existing products and introduce new products will impact our revenue and results of operations. We make ongoing changes to our products intended to enhance the customer experience. Today, to accommodate various customer lifestyles, we offer both a 2-Person Plan and a Family Plan for our meals, each with flexibility in recipe selection. In addition, for certain customers, we offer increased flexibility (greater or fewer recipes per order) and additional options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes) in our product offerings, and we plan to make this increased flexibility and additional options available to all customers in the future. We are also focused on brand extensions that are complementary to our meal

65


Table of Contents

experience, such as Blue Apron Wine and Blue Apron Market. We believe that by introducing new products and increasing the choices available, we will better attract and retain customers. Our customers' choices from among our product offerings will impact our revenue and results of operations, and as we introduce additional products and increase flexibility in our existing products, our customers' behavior and engagement with us may change.

Operational Execution

          Our ability to effectively coordinate supply and demand and execute across our end-to-end value chain impacts our customer experience and our operating results. We begin by working with our suppliers, often months in advance of creating our menus. We then continue to forecast demand as well as monitor and evaluate our expected supply of ingredients, retaining flexibility to finalize recipes in the weeks leading up to shipment. We operate three technology-enabled, refrigerated fulfillment centers that collectively employ approximately 4,600 employees as of April 30, 2017. Each fulfillment center includes an operation that portions ingredients into exact quantities for each week's recipes using a combination of automated methods, manual labor, and warehousing, packaging and shipping operations. We utilize a company-managed, third-party delivery network that optimizes outbound logistics, including packing materials and the choice of carrier, on a zip code by zip code basis to ensure cost-effective, timely and safe delivery of our orders.

Capital Investment to Support our Growth

          Our strategic investments in our fulfillment center operations will significantly impact our ability to continue to grow our business, introduce new products, increase variety to customers, and create efficiencies in our cost structure. We have made significant investments to scale our operations and support the growth of our business, and we plan to continue this investment. In the near term, we plan to further invest in equipping our fulfillment centers with automated portioning and packaging equipment, which we believe will increase our operational efficiency. In 2016, we also signed leases and began building out two new fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California.

Seasonality

          We experience seasonality in our business that impacts the level at which customers engage with our products and brand. While we believe these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our results, our historical trajectory of rapid growth has masked these effects to date. We anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. Our marketing strategies, which are informed by these seasonal trends, will impact our quarterly results of operations. We expect the impact of these trends on our financial results to be more pronounced in the future.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Net Revenue

          We generate net revenue primarily from the sale of meals to customers through our 2-Person and Family Plans. We also generate net revenue through sales of Blue Apron Wine, which we began offering in September 2015, and through sales on Blue Apron Market, which we launched in November 2014. In addition, we generate net revenue through the sale of products of BN Ranch, which we acquired in February 2017. We deduct promotional discounts and customer credits and refunds expected to be issued to determine net revenue. Customers who receive a damaged meal

66


Table of Contents

or wine order or are dissatisfied with a meal or wine order and contact us within seven days of receipt of the order may receive a full or partial refund, full or partial credit against future purchase, or replacement, at our sole discretion. Credits only remain available for customers who maintain a valid account with us. Customers who return an unused, undamaged Blue Apron Market product within 30 days of receipt receive a full refund.

          Credit card charges are recorded in deferred revenue until the criteria for revenue recognition have been met. Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, our deferred revenue balance at the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based on the day of the week on which that period ends. Consequently, large changes in deferred revenue at any particular time are not meaningful indicators of our financial results or future revenue trends.

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, consists of product and fulfillment costs. Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for our meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine, Blue Apron Market, and BN Ranch. Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to our customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies. While we expect these expenses to increase in dollar amount to support our growth, we expect such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

Marketing

          Our marketing expenses consist primarily of costs incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness through various offline and online paid advertising channels, including television, digital and social media, direct mail, radio and podcasts, and email.

          Also included in marketing expenses are the costs of orders through our customer referral program, in which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery, as well as costs paid to third parties to market our products. The cost of the customer referral program is based on our costs incurred for fulfilling a complimentary meal delivery, including product and fulfillment costs. We expect to continue to incur marketing expenses to attract and retain customers as well as to promote brand awareness. We anticipate that our marketing strategies, which may be informed by the seasonal trends in our business and the competitive landscape of our market, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and impact our quarterly results of operations.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of our products and technology, general and administrative expenses and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of our platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs. While we expect these expenses to increase in dollar amount to support our growth, we expect

67


Table of Contents

such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation expense for our property and equipment and amortization expense for capitalized software development costs.

Interest and Other Income and Expense

          Interest and other income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our revolving credit facility and capital lease financings, offset by interest income on cash and short-term investments balances.

Provision for Income Taxes

          Our provision for income taxes and our effective tax rates are affected by permanent differences between GAAP and statutory tax laws, certain one-time items, and the impact of valuation allowances. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, we recorded a tax expense of $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively, resulting in an effective tax rate of (0.2)% and (0.1)%, respectively. This effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate as we established a valuation allowance which reduced the tax benefit of our operating loss. In addition, we recorded a state tax provision in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available.

          As of December 31, 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $62.9 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of $42.0 million. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized. See Note 14, "Income Taxes" in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses:

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017     (52,194 )

          The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated.

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (as a percentage of net revenue)  

Net revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    92.8 %   77.3 %   67.0 %   65.4 %   68.8 %

Marketing

    17.9 %   15.1 %   18.1 %   14.8 %   24.8 %

Product, technology, general and administrative

    28.0 %   20.6 %   20.8 %   17.3 %   25.8 %

Depreciation and amortization          

    0.8 %   0.9 %   1.0 %   0.9 %   1.7 %

Total operating expenses:

    139.6 %   113.8 %   106.9 %   98.3 %   121.1 %

Income (loss) from operations

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.7 %   (21.1 )%

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   0.0 %   0.0 %   (0.2 )%

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.8 %   (21.3 )%

Provision for income taxes

        (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%

Net income (loss)

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%   1.8 %   (21.3 )%

69


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net Revenue

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 172,098   $ 244,843     42 %

          Net revenue increased by $72.7 million, or 42%, from $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $244.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to the increase in Orders during the three months ended March 31, 2017 driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 112,523   $ 168,531     50 %

% of net revenue

    65.4 %   68.8 %      

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $56.0 million, or 50%, from $112.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $168.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased from 65.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 68.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    an increase of 290 basis points in labor costs primarily driven by wage increases in our California fulfillment center and increased headcount, such as in supervisor roles, in our fulfillment center operations in anticipation of an increase in product demand and to support our planned product expansion by offering greater flexibility in recipes;

    an increase of 150 basis points primarily due to an annual rate increase from shipping carriers and the expansion of our refrigerated shipping network, which enabled both a reduction in fulfillment packaging costs and improved delivery service to customers; and

    a decrease of 80 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by operational improvements and improved pricing with suppliers.

70


Table of Contents

Marketing

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 25,413   $ 60,605     138 %

% of net revenue

    14.8 %   24.8 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $35.2 million, or 138%, from $25.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $60.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by our continued investment in various offline and online paid advertising channels and our customer referral program to drive customer acquisition as well as an increasing focus on customer retention and brand awareness. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses increased from 14.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 24.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase as a percentage of net revenue primarily included an increase of 1080 basis points for advertising and promotional activity driven by our seasonal marketing strategies in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to increase marketing investment during a period of expected high customer engagement, partially offset by a decrease of 90 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders. In addition, this increase in advertising and promotional activity as a percentage of net revenue was driven by increased investment in offline media reflecting our increased focus on customer retention and brand awareness in the three months ended March 31, 2017. Throughout the remainder of 2017, we anticipate our quarterly marketing expense as a percentage of net revenue will decline from the seasonally high levels incurred in the first quarter of 2017.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 29,690   $ 63,210     113 %

% of net revenue

    17.3 %   25.8 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $33.5 million, or 113%, from $29.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $63.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business, including:

    an increase of $17.7 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

    an increase of $7.9 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent; and

    an increase of $7.7 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $1.4 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased from 17.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 25.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business

71


Table of Contents

and execute on key business initiatives, such as fulfillment center and other operational improvements and planned product expansion.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 1,485   $ 4,180     181 %

% of net revenue

    0.9 %   1.7 %      

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $2.7 million, or 181%, from $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our property and equipment in our fulfillment centers to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 to 1.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Income (Loss) from Operations

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
       

    2016     2017     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Income (loss) from operations

  $ 2,987   $ (51,683 )   (1,830 )%

% of net revenue

    1.7 %   (21.1 )%      

          Income (loss) from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $3.0 million and $(51.7) million, respectively. This decrease was due to an increase in operating expenses of $127.4 million, which more than offset the increase in net revenue of $72.7 million. As a percentage of net revenue, income (loss) from operations was 1.7% and (21.1)% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue primarily due to our seasonal marketing strategies and increased investment to support the growth in our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

72


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenue

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 340,803   $ 795,416     133 %

          Net revenue increased by $454.6 million, or 133%, from $340.8 million for 2015 to $795.4 million for 2016. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to a 133% increase in Orders during 2016 driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business. Substantially all of the growth in our net revenue from 2015 to 2016 was driven by new customers, as evidenced by the relatively narrow ranges in the quarterly amounts of Average Order Values ($57.12 to $59.40) and Orders per Customer (3.9 to 4.6) in 2015 and 2016. While our marketing expenses have historically been primarily focused on customer acquisition, we anticipate adding additional products and increasing the portion of our marketing expenses focused on brand awareness and customer retention in order to drive increased customer engagement and growth in our net revenue from existing customers.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 263,271   $ 532,682     102 %

% of net revenue

    77.3 %   67.0 %      

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $269.4 million, or 102%, from $263.3 million for 2015 to $532.7 million for 2016. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased from 77.3% for 2015 to 67.0% for 2016. The decrease in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    a decrease of 500 basis points in labor costs driven by operational efficiencies including production optimization, increased automation and more efficient labor planning, including less reliance on higher-priced temporary labor;

    a decrease of 290 basis points in shipping, fulfillment packaging and other direct fulfillment costs driven by operational and pricing improvements and increased use of more cost-effective shipping methods; and

    a decrease of 220 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by operational improvements and improved pricing primarily due to increased direct relationships with farms and other suppliers.

73


Table of Contents

Marketing

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 51,362   $ 144,141     181 %

% of net revenue

    15.1 %   18.1 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $92.8 million, or 181%, from $51.4 million for 2015 to $144.1 million for 2016. This increase was primarily driven by our continued investment in customer acquisition, including through direct mail, online and television campaigns and our customer referral program. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses increased from 15.1% for 2015 to 18.1% for 2016. This increase as a percentage of net revenue primarily included an increase of 400 basis points for advertising and promotional activity, partially offset by a decrease of 90 basis points in our customer referral program primarily driven by a decrease in cost per Order.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 70,151   $ 165,179     135 %

% of net revenue

    20.6 %   20.8 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $95.0 million, or 135%, from $70.2 million for 2015 to $165.2 million for 2016. This increase was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth in our business, including:

    an increase of $48.2 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

    an increase of $23.5 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent; and

    an increase of $22.8 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $9.3 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased from 20.6% for 2015 to 20.8% for 2016.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 2,917   $ 8,217     182 %

% of net revenue

    0.9 %   1.0 %      

74


Table of Contents

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $5.3 million, or 182%, from $2.9 million for 2015 to $8.2 million for 2016. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in our property, equipment, and technology to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.9% for 2015 to 1.0% for 2016.

Income (loss) from Operations

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2015     2016     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Loss from operations

  $ (46,898 ) $ (54,803 )   17 %

% of net revenue

    (13.8 )%   (6.9 )%      

          Loss from operations increased by $7.9 million, or 17%, from $46.9 million for 2015 to $54.8 million for 2016. This increase was due to an increase in net revenue of $454.6 million, which was more than offset by an increase in operating expenses of $462.5 million. As a percentage of net revenue, loss from operations decreased from 13.8% for 2015 to 6.9% for 2016. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by a decrease as a percentage of net revenue in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization as a result of the continued scaling of our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in 2015 and 2016 reflects state income taxes in certain jurisdictions in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net Revenue

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803     338 %

          Net revenue increased by $263.0 million, or 338%, from $77.8 million for 2014 to $340.8 million for 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in Orders driven by continued focus on customer acquisition and the continued scaling of our business. Substantially all of the growth in our net revenue from 2014 to 2015 was driven by new customers.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Goods Sold, excluding Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

  $ 72,223   $ 263,271     265 %

% of net revenue

    92.8 %   77.3 %      

75


Table of Contents

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased by $191.0 million, or 265%, from $72.2 million for 2014 to $263.3 million for 2015. This increase was driven by an increase in Orders. As a percentage of net revenue, cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased from 92.8% for 2014 to 77.3% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to:

    a decrease of 1090 basis points in shipping, fulfillment packaging and other direct fulfillment costs driven by improved pricing and operational improvements including packaging efficiencies as well as increased use of more cost-effective shipping methods;

    a decrease of 250 basis points in labor costs driven by more efficient labor planning, including less reliance on higher-priced temporary labor; and

    a decrease of 240 basis points in food and product packaging costs driven by pricing and operational improvements.

Marketing

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Marketing

  $ 13,960   $ 51,362     268 %

% of net revenue

    17.9 %   15.1 %      

          Marketing expenses increased by $37.4 million, or 268%, from $14.0 million for 2014 to $51.4 million for 2015. This increase was primarily driven by continued investment in customer acquisition, including through our customer referral program and direct mail, online and television campaigns. As a percentage of net revenue, marketing expenses decreased from 17.9% for 2014 to 15.1% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily the result of a decrease of 350 basis points in our customer referral program due to a decrease in the mix of customer referral orders versus total Orders as well as a decrease in cost per Order, partially offset by an increase of 100 basis points in advertising and promotional activity driven by an increase in direct mail campaigns.

Product, Technology, General and Administrative

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Product, technology, general and administrative

  $ 21,811   $ 70,151     222 %

% of net revenue

    28.0 %   20.6 %      

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased by $48.3 million, or 222%, from $21.8 million for 2014 to $70.2 million for 2015. This increase in product, technology, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased investment to support the growth of our business including:

    an increase of $19.5 million in personnel costs primarily driven by increased headcount in corporate and other managerial positions;

76


Table of Contents

    an increase of $15.5 million in corporate overhead and administrative costs, which includes an increase of $5.8 million in payment processing fees driven by the increase in net revenue; and

    an increase of $13.3 million in facilities costs for our corporate offices and fulfillment centers, including occupancy and rent.

          As a percentage of net revenue, product, technology, general and administrative expenses decreased from 28.0% for 2014 to 20.6% for 2015 primarily due to the continued scaling of our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 611   $ 2,917     377 %

% of net revenue

    0.8 %   0.9 %      

          Depreciation and amortization increased by $2.3 million, or 377%, from $0.6 million for 2015 to $2.9 million for 2015. This increase was primarily driven by increased investment in our property and equipment and technology to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of net revenue, depreciation and amortization increased from 0.8% for 2014 to 0.9% for 2015.

Income (loss) from Operations

    Year Ended
December 31,
       

    2014     2015     % Change
 

    (in thousands)        

Loss from operations

  $ (30,799 ) $ (46,898 )   52 %

% of net revenue

    (39.6 )%   (13.8 )%      

          Loss from operations increased by $16.1 million, or 52%, from $30.8 million for 2014 to $46.9 million for 2015. This increase was due to an increase in net revenue of $263.0 million, which was more than offset by an increase in operating expenses of $279.1 million. As a percentage of net revenue, loss from operations decreased from 39.6% for 2014 to 13.8% for 2015. This decrease as a percentage of net revenue was due to decreases in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, marketing and product, technology, general and administrative expenses primarily driven by the continued scaling of our business.

Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes recorded in 2015 reflects state income taxes due as a result of opening our fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas in 2015 in which net operating losses were not available to offset our tax obligations. We did not incur income tax expense in 2014.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data

          The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and other financial and operating data for each of the nine quarters beginning with the three months ended March 31, 2015, as well as, where applicable, the percentage of net revenue for each line item shown. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared

77


Table of Contents

on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and in the opinion of our management, reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our consolidated results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations to be expected for any future period.

    Three Months Ended
 

    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September, 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Net revenue

  $ 48,586   $ 73,271   $ 102,283   $ 116,663   $ 172,098   $ 201,924   $ 205,452   $ 215,942   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    37,579     54,999     83,705     86,988     112,523     127,322     145,644     147,193     168,531  

Marketing

    8,374     12,837     15,960     14,191     25,413     32,031     49,618     37,079     60,605  

Product, technology, general and administrative

    9,520     14,202     21,191     25,238     29,690     35,307     45,589     54,593     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    381     526     768     1,242     1,485     1,774     1,992     2,966     4,180  

Total operating expenses:

    55,854     82,564     121,624     127,659     169,111     196,434     242,843     241,831     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,268 )   (9,293 )   (19,341 )   (10,996 )   2,987     5,490     (37,391 )   (25,889 )   (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    6         (4 )   (8 )   57     71     59     (162 )   (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (7,262 )   (9,293 )   (19,345 )   (11,004 )   3,044     5,561     (37,332 )   (26,051 )   (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (1 )   (21 )   (39 )   (27 )   (28 )   (27 )   (26 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,262 ) $ (9,294 ) $ (19,366 ) $ (11,043 ) $ 3,017   $ 5,533   $ (37,359 ) $ (26,077 ) $ (52,194 )

    (as a percentage of net revenue)        

Net revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    77.3 %   75.1 %   81.8 %   74.6 %   65.4 %   63.1 %   70.9 %   68.2 %   68.8 %

Marketing

    17.2 %   17.5 %   15.6 %   12.2 %   14.8 %   15.9 %   24.2 %   17.2 %   24.8 %

Product, technology, general and administrative

    19.6 %   19.4 %   20.7 %   21.6 %   17.3 %   17.5 %   22.2 %   25.3 %   25.8 %

Depreciation and amortization

    0.8 %   0.7 %   0.8 %   1.1 %   0.9 %   0.9 %   1.0 %   1.4 %   1.7 %

Total operating expenses:

    115.0 %   112.7 %   118.9 %   109.4 %   98.3 %   97.3 %   118.2 %   112.0 %   121.1 %

Income (loss) from operations

    (15.0 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.4 )%   1.7 %   2.7 %   (18.2 )%   (12.0 )%   (21.1 )%

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    0.0 %       (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   (0.1 )%   (0.2 )%

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (14.9 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.4 )%   1.8 %   2.8 %   (18.2 )%   (12.1 )%   (21.3 )%

Provision for income taxes

        (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%   (0.0 )%

Net income (loss)

    (14.9 )%   (12.7 )%   (18.9 )%   (9.5 )%   1.8 %   2.7 %   (18.2 )%   (12.1 )%   (21.3 )%

Other Financial and Operations Data:

                               

Orders (in thousands)

    841     1,247     1,763     1,970     2,903     3,399     3,597     3,674     4,273  

Customers (in thousands)

    213     303     414     429     649     766     907     879     1,036  

Average Order Value

  $ 57.77   $ 58.74   $ 58.01   $ 59.21   $ 59.28   $ 59.40   $ 57.12   $ 58.78   $ 57.23  

Orders per Customer

    3.9     4.1     4.3     4.6     4.5     4.4     4.0     4.2     4.1  

Average Revenue per Customer

  $ 228   $ 242   $ 247   $ 272   $ 265   $ 264   $ 227   $ 246   $ 236  

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(1)

  $ (6,689 ) $ (8,525 ) $ (18,310 ) $ (9,352 ) $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as earnings (loss) before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. Please see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of the use of non-GAAP financial measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.

78


Table of Contents

    Three Months Ended        

    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September, 30,
2015
    December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
 

    (in thousands)        

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (7,262 ) $ (9,294 ) $ (19,366 ) $ (11,043 ) $ 3,017   $ 5,533   $ (37,359 ) $ (26,077 ) $ (52,194 )

Share-based compensation

    198     242     263     402     576     712     772     905     1,238  

Depreciation and amortization

    381     526     768     1,242     1,485     1,774     1,992     2,966     4,180  

Interest (income) expense, net

    (6 )   0     4     8     (57 )   (71 )   (59 )   162     470  

Provision for income taxes

    0     1     21     39     27     28     27     26     41  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (6,689 ) $ (8,525 ) $ (18,310 ) $ (9,352 ) $ 5,048   $ 7,976   $ (34,627 ) $ (22,018 ) $ (46,265 )

          Seasonality.     Our business is seasonal in nature and, as a result, the growth trends of our revenue and expenses fluctuate from quarter to quarter. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower customer engagement. While we believe these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our trajectory of rapid growth has masked these effects to date. As our growth rates begin to moderate, the impact of these seasonality trends on our results of operations will become more pronounced.

          Net revenue.     Our quarterly net revenue increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented primarily due to the increase in Orders driven by our continued focus on customer acquisition and retention and the continued scaling of our business. In addition, in the third quarter of 2016, we increased promotional activity, including discounts to new customers, in part in response to increased competitive promotional activity. This resulted in increased customer acquisition in the third quarter of 2016, while decreasing the Average Order Value, Orders per Customer and Average Revenue per Customer. In the future, we anticipate that net revenue will generally exhibit our business's seasonality trends discussed above and will also be impacted by the timing of our promotional and marketing activity.

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.     Our quarterly cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, primarily due to the increase in Orders during the periods. In addition to the seasonal trends driving our net revenue, the higher outside temperatures of the summer months require more expensive fulfillment packaging material for our meals in order to maintain the proper temperature during delivery to the customer. In the summer months, we also have increased access to seasonal produce for use in our recipes, including specialty ingredients, which is expected to result in increased food and product packaging costs during such periods.

          In addition to these seasonal trends, we have also experienced fluctuations from quarter-to-quarter in our costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as we have expanded our fulfillment center network, implemented process changes in our fulfillment centers in an effort to drive operational efficiencies, and made changes to our recipes and the suppliers from whom we purchase ingredients. During the three months ended September 30, 2015, the increase in our costs of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, was also due to higher labor and fulfillment costs, in part due to the recently opened fulfillment center in Texas. The increase in cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016, was also due to increased reliance on higher-priced temporary workers and an increase in shipping and other direct fulfillment costs in part due to the expansions within our New Jersey and California fulfillment centers. While these expenses as a percentage of net revenue may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter based on seasonality in our business and the other factors discussed above, we expect such expenses to decrease as a percentage of net revenue over time as we continue to scale our business.

79


Table of Contents

          Marketing.     Our marketing expenses have generally increased quarter-to-quarter for the periods presented, primarily due to increased marketing activities to attract new customers and retain existing customers. The increase in marketing expenses in the third quarter of 2016 was also in part in response to increased competitive promotional activity during this period as the competitive landscape grew throughout 2016. We anticipate that our marketing strategies, which may be informed by the seasonal trends in our business, (as was the case in the first quarter of 2017), as well as the competitive landscape, will fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and impact our quarterly results of operations. For example, we anticipate that the first quarter of each year will generally represent our strongest quarter in terms of customer engagement. Conversely, during the summer months and the end of year holidays, when people are vacationing more often or have less predictable weekly routines, we generally anticipate lower levels of customer engagement. Our marketing strategies are informed by these seasonal trends, and we anticipate that the levels of our marketing expenses will vary based on the anticipated level of customer engagement. We expect continued competitive marketing and promotional activity, which, along with other factors, may also affect the timing and amount of our marketing expenses.

          Product, technology, general and administrative expenses.     Our product, technology, general and administrative expenses increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, primarily due to increases in personnel expenses as a result of increased headcount and general and administrative expenses supporting the growth of our business. In addition, the increase is a result of an increase in facilities costs related to expansion in our fulfillment centers. Lastly, the increase in product, technology, general and administrative expenses in the third and fourth quarters of 2016 and the first quarter of 2017 is also due to an increase in personnel costs driven by increased hiring in corporate positions.

          Depreciation and amortization.     Our depreciation and amortization increased sequentially quarter-to-quarter for all periods presented, driven by increased investment in our technology and property and equipment in our fulfillment centers and corporate offices to support the growth in our business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Our cash requirements are principally for working capital and capital expenditures in support of the growth in our business, including construction and automation at our fulfillment centers. Historically, we have financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and payments received from customers. Since our inception, we have raised a total of $194.9 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In 2016, we also entered into a revolving credit facility, which is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet. Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, was $44.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and $99.6 million as of March 31, 2017. We did not have any debt prior to 2016. In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible notes to entities affiliated with Fidelity. See "Related Person Transactions—Convertible Note Financing."

80


Table of Contents

          The following table presents the major components of net cash flows from and used in operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods indicated.

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

    (in thousands)  

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

  $ (16,859 ) $ (26,396 ) $ (23,545 ) $ 5,955   $ (19,039 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,325 )   (5,936 )   (66,456 )   (5,743 )   (56,263 )

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

    44,784     137,046     44,609     (39 )   55,001  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    17,600     104,714     (45,392 )   173     (20,301 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    4,546     22,146     126,860     126,860     81,468  

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 22,146   $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 127,033   $ 61,167  

          Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions, which generally settle within three business days. Because we generally charge credit cards in advance of shipment and, historically, customers have most frequently requested delivery of their meals earlier in the week, amounts due for credit and debit card transactions as of the end of a financial reporting period may fluctuate significantly based upon the day of the week on which that period ends.

          Total restricted cash was $0.4 million, $4.1 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively. Restricted cash reflects pledged cash deposited into savings accounts that is used as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases. Restricted cash that relates to leases extended beyond one year has been classified as a long-term asset.

          We define working capital as the difference between our current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) and current liabilities. Our working capital was $(27.6) million, $(58.1) million, and $(84.8) million as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations and available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we may seek to increase the borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility or raise additional funds through equity or debt financing arrangements. Our future capital requirements and the availability and accessibility to additional funds will depend on many factors, including those described in the section of this prospectus captioned "Risk Factors."

Net Cash from (used in) Operating Activities

          Net cash from (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was $19.0 million and consisted of a net loss of $52.2 million increased for non-cash items of $5.9 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $27.3 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $34.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in deferred revenue of $2.5 million

81


Table of Contents

and increases in inventory and other receivables of $8.9 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash from operating activities was $6.0 million and consisted of net income of $3.0 million increased for non-cash items of $2.5 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $6.8 million, offset by increases in inventory of $6.6 million.

          In 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $23.5 million and consisted of a net loss of $54.9 million increased for non-cash items of $11.4 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $19.9 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $30.5 million and deferred revenue of $18.0 million, partially offset by increases in inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $29.3 million.

          In 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $26.4 million and consisted of a net loss of $47.0 million increased for non-cash items of $5.8 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $14.8 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $29.9 million and deferred revenue $4.0 million, partially offset by increases in inventory and prepaid expenses and other current assets of $19.6 million.

          In 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $16.9 million and consisted of a net loss of $30.8 million increased for non-cash items of $4.7 million and cash from operating assets and liabilities of $9.2 million. Operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities of $10.3 million and deferred revenue of $1.4 million, partially offset by increases in inventory, prepaid expenses, and other current assets of $2.1 million.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

          Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our growth and drive efficiency in fulfillment center operations and investment in software development.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $56.3 million and consisted primarily of $55.0 million for purchases of property and equipment and capitalized software costs of $0.1 million and $1.2 million of cash paid for an acquisition. Capital expenditures in the three months ended March 31, 2017 were driven by the continued construction and investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers and the acquisition of fixed assets to support the continued growth of our business. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $5.7 million and consisted primarily of capitalized software costs of $0.6 million, purchases of property and equipment of $2.7 million, and an increase in restricted cash of $2.4 million.

          In 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $66.5 million and consisted primarily of $59.7 million for purchases of property and equipment, capitalized software costs of $3.2 million, and an increase in restricted cash of $3.6 million. Capital expenditures in 2016 were driven by the expansion and construction at our fulfillment centers, investments in automation equipment at our fulfillment centers to drive efficiency, expansion of our corporate headquarters, and the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth. In 2016, we started construction at our new fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California. As a result of the nature of our involvement in the construction of these new fulfillment centers, we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes. We follow build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction,

82


Table of Contents

the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future primarily related to our new fulfillment centers, including construction costs and automation equipment to optimize and drive efficiency in our fulfillment center operations. As of March 31, 2017, our projected remaining capital expenditures are expected to amount to approximately $100.0 million to $180.0 million in the aggregate for 2017 and 2018. The timing and amount of these projected expenditures is dependent upon a number of factors, including the actual and forecasted growth in our business and may vary significantly from our estimates.

          In 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million and consisted primarily of capitalized software costs of $1.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $10.4 million, partially offset by the maturity of corporate bonds purchased for investment in 2014 that matured in 2015. Capital expenditures in 2015 primarily related to the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth and the opening of our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center.

          In 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $10.3 million and consisted primarily of purchases of short-term investments of $6.1 million and purchases of property and equipment of $3.7 million. Capital expenditures in 2014 primarily related to the acquisition of fixed assets to support our business growth and the opening of our Jersey City, New Jersey fulfillment center.

Net Cash from (used in) Financing Activities

          Net cash from (used in) financing activities primarily relates to proceeds from our issuance of convertible preferred stock and our net borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2017, financing activities provided $55.0 million in cash primarily from $55.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, net of issuance costs. The proceeds from the borrowings are being used to finance our increased capital expenditures. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $0.0 million and consisted primarily of principal payments on capital lease obligations, partially offset by net proceeds from issuance of common stock.

          In 2016, financing activities provided $44.6 million in cash primarily from $44.5 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, net of issuance costs. The proceeds from the borrowings are being used to finance our increased capital expenditures.

          In 2015, financing activities provided $137.0 million in cash as a result of $137.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of our Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

          In 2014, financing activities provided $44.8 million in cash primarily from $49.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of our Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs, offset by $5.0 million of common stock repurchases.

Revolving Credit Facility

          In August 2016, we entered into the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility matures in August 2019 and advances thereunder are secured by certain of our tangible and intangible assets. Absent any default, the revolving credit facility can be terminated at our discretion. As of December 31, 2016, we had $45.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2017, we had $100.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. In April 2017, we drew an additional $25.0 million, increasing the total outstanding borrowings to $125.0 million. In May 2017, we amended our revolving credit facility to permit the issuance of our convertible notes and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to an aggregate maximum amount of $175.0 million. In May 2017, we also cancelled a previously issued letter of credit for $0.7 million and issued a letter of credit for $1.1 million under

83


Table of Contents

the revolving credit facility, increasing total letters of credit under the revolving credit facility to $1.4 million.

          Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on our total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and our status as a public or non-public company. We are also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay certain customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%.

          The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all of our covenants under our revolving credit facility.

          Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit facility and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting."

Contractual Obligations

          At December 31, 2016, our debt and certain other significant contractual financial obligations that will affect our future liquidity were as follows:

    2017     2018     2019     2020     2021     Thereafter     Total
 

    (in thousands)  

Revolving credit facility(1)

  $ 1,317   $ 1,317   $ 45,855   $   $   $   $ 48,489  

Operating lease obligations(2)

    9,945     9,687     6,304     5,246     5,183     18,765     55,130  

Capital lease obligations(3)

    276     255     153     85     13         782  

Build-to-suit lease obligations(4)

    2,693     4,782     4,902     5,025     5,152     29,269     51,823  

Total

  $ 14,231   $ 16,041   $ 57,214   $ 10,356   $ 10,348   $ 48,034   $ 156,224  

(1)
Includes estimated interest payments based on currently effective interest rates as of December 31, 2016, timing of scheduled payments, and the maturity date of our revolving credit facility.

(2)
Includes non-cancelable operating leases for office space in New York, New York including our headquarters, and Austin, Texas and fulfillment centers in Jersey City, New Jersey, Richmond, California and Arlington, Texas. We also have various non-cancelable operating leases for certain automation equipment.

(3)
Includes estimated interest payments attributable to our capital lease obligations, all of which have fixed interest rates.

(4)
Includes lease payments for fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California for which we are deemed to be the owner for accounting purposes. We follow build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalize the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes.

          Other than the borrowings disclosed above in the "Revolving Credit Facility" section and changes which occur in the normal course of business, as of March 31, 2017, there were no significant changes to the contractual obligations reported at December 31, 2016. In May 2017, we commenced a non-cancellable purchase commitment with a food supplier. Based on projected minimum purchase volumes and expected pricing, our minimum purchase obligation is estimated to be approximately $42.5 million in the aggregate through 2020. Total purchases under the

84


Table of Contents

contract may be higher than the minimum non-cancellable commitment. In addition, in May 2017, we amended the lease for one of our principal executive offices in New York, New York to extend the term through October 2019 and lease additional office space at the location. The amendment resulted in an increase of $7.6 million in the minimum lease payments required over the remaining term of the lease arrangement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          As of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business as discussed above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

          We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily consist of interest rates, food prices and inflation as follows:

Interest Rates

          Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing return without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, the fair value of our portfolio of cash and cash equivalents is not particularly sensitive to interest rate changes. We determined that the nominal difference in basis points for investing our cash and cash equivalents in longer-term investments did not warrant a change in our investment strategy. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

          We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our revolving credit facility. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility" above.

Food Prices

          Our profitability is dependent on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to food costs. We have been able to effectively manage cost variations resulting from a number of factors, including market conditions, shortages or interruptions in supply due to weather or other conditions beyond our control and inflation, through our recipe creation process. We typically begin working with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, while maintaining flexibility to adjust our recipes, and therefore our ingredients, in the weeks leading up to shipment. However, substantial increases in food prices could impact our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be mitigated through our recipe planning.

Inflation Risk

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

          In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We believe that the estimates, assumptions

85


Table of Contents

and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for information about these critical accounting policies, as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer. We also defer revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met. Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer credits and refunds expected to be issued. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, credits and refunds represented 4.8%, 4.4%, and 3.3% of net revenue, respectively.

          We periodically enter into agreements with third parties to market our products. We record revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as we are the primary obligor with the customer, provide primary customer service for such products sold on our website, have latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on our website, and maintain inventory risk. Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, and containers which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs consist of product costs, inbound shipping and handling costs and applicable direct labor costs. Inventories are valued on a first-in, first-out cost basis. We record an inventory valuation reserve when applicable, based on currently available information, about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations or liquidations, and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

          We categorize lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For operating leases, we recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For capital leases, we record a leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability.

          We review leases for which we are involved in construction to determine if we are considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. If we are determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, we follow build-to-suit accounting and capitalize the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, we will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

86


Table of Contents

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

          Our long-lived assets consist of property, equipment and capitalized software development costs. We periodically evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long-lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, no impairment of long-lived assets was indicated.

Income Taxes

          We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Based on our historical operating losses, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. If and when we achieve profitability in future years, we expect to realize some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, subject to limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. See "Risk Factors—Other Risks Related to Government Regulation—Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could subject our business to higher tax liability."

          The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits. We (1) record unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740 and (2) adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a resolution that is materially different from our current estimate of the unrecognized tax benefit. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available.

Share-Based Payments

          We recognize share-based compensation for share-based awards, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognize the related share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years. For stock

87


Table of Contents

repurchases, we recognize any excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the instruments repurchased as additional share-based compensation.

          We determined the assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock . Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in "—Common Stock Valuations" below.

    Expected Term . The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share-based awards' expected term.

    Expected Volatility.   Because we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based awards.

    Dividend Rate . The expected dividend is zero as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

    Forfeiture rate.   We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and we will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from our estimates, we might be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation in future periods.

          If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

          The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

Expected term (in years)

    5.99 - 6.13     5.86 - 6.06     5.85 - 6.93     5.97 - 6.93     3.49 - 6.01  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.67 - 1.94 %   1.63 - 1.82 %   1.28 - 2.19 %   1.36 - 1.50 %   1.79 - 2.27 %

Expected volatility

    47.56 - 68.38 %   58.95 - 61.51 %   49.83 - 60.37 %   59.71 - 60.37 %   46.35 - 49.24 %

Dividend rate

                     

          In February 2016, we granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 (which was higher than the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant and was intended as further incentive to create substantial long-term stockholder value) to one of our executive officers. In addition to the typical vesting requirement for our options as discussed above, this grant allows for acceleration provisions including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events. As this grant was determined to include a market condition, we utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant. The total grant date fair value of this grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

88


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

          The fair value of shares of common stock has historically been determined by our board of directors, with input from management, based upon information available at the time of grant. Given the absence of a public market for our common stock and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our board of directors has exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

    contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock;

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to the common stock;

    market performance of comparable publicly traded peer companies;

    the prices of convertible preferred stock sold by us to third-party investors;

    our operating and financial performance;

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

    the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook; and

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions.

          We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2016 and the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Class B
Common Shares
Underlying Options
Granted
 
  Exercise Price
Per Share
 
  Fair Value Per
Class B
Common Share at
Grant Date
 
 

February 29, 2016

    1,836,211   $ 3.69   $ 3.69  

February 29, 2016

    481,123   $ 62.35 (1) $ 3.69  

June 3, 2016

    472,000   $ 4.03   $ 4.03  

August 29, 2016

    744,000   $ 5.44   $ 5.44  

December 22, 2016

    1,753,000   $ 5.53   $ 5.53  

March 13, 2017

    1,435,350   $ 7.04   $ 7.04  

March 13, 2017

    46,656   $ 7.75 (2) $ 7.04  

April 25, 2017

    767,340   $ 12.37   $ 12.37  

April 30, 2017

    161,676   $ 12.37   $ 12.37  

May 19, 2017

    222,940   $ 15.99   $ 15.99  

(1)
Represents a grant with an exercise price of $62.35 (which was higher than the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant) to one of our executive officers. See "—Share-Based Payments" above for further discussion.

(2)
Represents a grant with an exercise price of $7.75 (which is equal to 110% of the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant) to one of our executive officers in accordance with our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, which requires that if, at the time we grant an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date.

          Based on the initial public offering price of                          per share, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at                                        , 2017 was                           million, of which                          

89


Table of Contents


 million related to stock options that were vested and                           million related to stock options that were unvested, in each case at that date.

          In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using the market approach. The market approach relies on an analysis of publicly traded companies similar in industry and/or business model to our company. This methodology uses these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, using metrics such as revenue, earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, net income and/or tangible book value. These multiples and values are then applied to our company's corresponding financial metrics. Since no two companies are perfectly comparable, premiums or discounts may be applied to the subject company's metrics if its position in its industry is significantly different from the position of the guideline companies, or if its intangible attributes are significantly different. The market approach also uses actual prices paid in merger and acquisition transactions for companies similar to our company. Exit multiples of total purchase price paid to revenues, EBIT, EBITDA, net income and/or book value may be developed for each comparable transaction, if the data is available, and then applied to our company's corresponding financial metrics.

          For valuations through September 30, 2016, the equity value determined was allocated to the common stock using the option-pricing method, or OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on an equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

          Beginning with the December 31, 2016 valuation, we changed the methodology for allocating our equity value to our common stock to a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. We made this change as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event. The PWERM methodology relies on a forward-looking analysis to predict the possible future value of a company. Under this method, discrete future outcomes, including initial public offering, non-IPO scenarios, and a merger or sale are weighted based on our estimate of the probability of each scenario. We applied a hybrid method of the PWERM where the non-IPO scenario is modeled using an OPM to reflect the full distribution of possible non-IPO outcomes. The hybrid method is useful when certain discrete future outcomes can be predicted, but also accounts for uncertainty regarding the timing or likelihood of specific alternative exit events.

Emerging Growth Company Status

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an "emerging growth company." Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We may take advantage of these

90


Table of Contents

exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one annual report on Form 10-K) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 ("ASU 2014-09"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Principal versus Agent Considerations)," to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing)," to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients)," to clarify the implementation guidance on assessing collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers)," to clarify the guidance or to correct unintended application of guidance. For non-public entities, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Non-public entities are permitted to adopt the standard as early as annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued its final standard on lease accounting, Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 ("ASU 2016-02"), Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes Topic 840, Leases. The new accounting standard requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all long-term leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet. The new standard also provides additional guidance on the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and will require enhanced disclosures about our leasing arrangements. For non-public entities, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 ("ASU 2016-09"), Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas of simplification apply only to non-public entities. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements.

91


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

          Blue Apron's mission is to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

          We believe that sharing home-cooked meals with our families and loved ones is an important way to demonstrate our values and affection. It is at our kitchen tables, over a meal, where we often celebrate our milestones, acknowledge our setbacks, and appreciate the comfort of each other's company. Modern life has made this more difficult—many of us are too busy to grocery shop, lack the skills or confidence to cook, or cannot easily find the quality ingredients that make home cooking enjoyable.

          By creating unique cooking experiences built on original recipes, high-quality, pre-portioned ingredients, and engaging content, we make incredible home cooking accessible. Along the way, as we introduce new flavors, new ingredients, new techniques, and tried-and-true cooking fundamentals, our customers keep learning. That's why we named our company Blue Apron: chefs around the world wear blue aprons when learning to cook. To us, that apron symbolizes lifelong learning, a value that permeates everything we do.

          Our vision for the future is ambitious: to build a better food system. We are transforming the way that food is produced, distributed, and consumed. We believe a better food system will benefit not only consumers and stockholders, but also the planet, and we manage our business for the benefit of all three.

Overview

GRAPHIC

          Blue Apron was founded in 2012 premised on a simple desire—our founders wanted to cook at home with their families, but they found grocery shopping and menu planning burdensome, time consuming, and expensive. This problem inspired Blue Apron's first delivery: a box with three recipes—seared hanger steak, barbecue Cornish game hen, and lemongrass shrimp with soba noodles—and the pre-portioned ingredients needed to cook them. Since that initial delivery, we have scaled rapidly, developing our expertise and an ever-more ambitious vision. From inception through March 31, 2017, we have delivered over 159 million meals to households across the United States, which represents approximately 25 million paid orders.

          Our core product is the cooking experience we help our customers create. These experiences extend from discovering new recipes, ingredients, and cooking techniques to preparing meals with families and loved ones to sharing photos and stories of culinary triumphs. Central to these experiences are the original recipes we design and send along with fresh, seasonal ingredients directly to our customers. We offer our customers two flexible plans—our 2-Person Plan and our Family Plan. Our recipes are accompanied by printed and digital content, including how-to

92


Table of Contents

instructions and the stories of our suppliers and specialty ingredients. We also sell wine, which can be paired with our meals, and we sell kitchen tools and staples we use in our test kitchens where we create new recipes.

          Our customers often cook with us multiple times each week, and they trust us to craft delicious recipes and to select interesting, high-quality ingredients to feed their families and loved ones. Hailing from 48 states, our customers span ages, geographies, income brackets, and culinary expertise. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and empty nesters. Our passionate, committed, and engaged community of home cooks tell us, through emails, phone calls, and social media, how much Blue Apron has changed their lives.

Our Business Model

          We have reimagined the traditional grocery business model and developed an integrated ecosystem that employs technology and expertise across many disciplines. Our supply-demand coordination activities—demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing—drive our end-to-end value chain. We gather and infer information about our customers' tastes, food preferences, and order behavior to forecast near-term and long-term demand. We also manage and influence demand, including through our content, proprietary software tools, and e-commerce experience. For example, our flexible recipe design process allows us to adjust recipes close to the time of delivery, enabling us to coordinate customer preferences with expected ingredient supply to help mitigate supply chain risks. Because our customers select recipes instead of specific ingredients, we can make adjustments while maintaining a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our innovative direct-to-consumer business model enables us to:

    eliminate middlemen and work in a direct, coordinated manner with our suppliers to reduce costs so we can make our products available affordably and at scale;

    provide consumers with differentiated, specialty ingredients, many of which are not widely available and are exclusive to us;

    develop and implement proprietary technology across our fulfillment operations to effectively manage our frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory; and

    design and optimize a cost-effective delivery network capable of reaching over 99% of the U.S. population.

          Our greatest strength is our highly collaborative and multidisciplinary team, which includes agricultural scientists, software and industrial engineers, data scientists, brand and direct marketers, quality and fulfillment associates, operations specialists, photographers, customer experience representatives, recipe writers, and world-class chefs. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

93


Table of Contents

Our Value Proposition

          The benefits of our innovative business model extend to multiple stakeholders—our customers, our stockholders, and the planet.

GRAPHIC

          For descriptions of how we define and calculate Customers, Orders, and Average Order Value, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial and Operating Metrics."

Selected Financial Results

          In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we generated $77.8 million, $340.8 million, and $795.4 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 338% from 2014 to 2015 and growth of 133% from 2015 to 2016. In the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated $172.1 million and $244.8 million in net revenue, respectively, representing growth of 42%. In 2014, 2015, and 2016, we incurred net losses of $(30.8) million, $(47.0) million, and $(54.9) million,

94


Table of Contents

respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, we generated net income of $3.0 million and incurred net losses of $(52.2) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our adjusted EBITDA was $(26.5) million, $(42.9) million, and $(43.6) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our adjusted EBITDA was $5.0 million and $(46.3) million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $(16.9) million, $(26.4) million, and $(23.5) million, respectively, and in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, our net cash from (used in) operating activities was $6.0 million and $(19.0) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

Our Products

Meals

GRAPHIC

          We create original recipes that we develop every week. Our recipes feature fresh, seasonal ingredients. Our customers can choose the recipes they would like to receive from each week's menu, and we deliver those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook them. Customers prepare their own meals: prepping, chopping, and cooking the ingredients with their families and loved ones.

          Our customers can plan their orders to complement their individual tastes and lifestyles. Some customers prefer to let our recipe recommendation algorithm choose their recipes based on the food preferences they have provided to us, while other customers actively choose (up to six weeks in advance of delivery) which recipes to receive. Customers can choose to receive orders once per week, or less frequently if that better suits their schedules. Customers can make their order selections on our website or through our mobile application.

Plans

          We currently offer two meal plans:

          Our 2-Person Plan includes three recipes per week (chosen from six options), each of which serves two people. This plan costs $59.94 per week, or $9.99 per person per meal (serving), and shipping is free.

          Our Family Plan includes two or four recipes per week (chosen from four options), each of which serves four people. This plan costs $69.92 for two recipes per week or $139.84 for four recipes per week, or $8.74 per person per meal (serving), and shipping is free.

          In addition, for certain customers, we offer increased flexibility (greater or fewer recipes per order) and additional options (the ability to choose from a greater number of recipes) in our

95


Table of Contents

product offerings, and we plan to make this increased flexibility and additional options available to all customers in the future.

          Based on the number of Orders in 2016 per plan type, 78% of our meal Orders were for the 2-Person Plan and 22% were for the Family Plan.

Menu Design

GRAPHIC

          We design our menus—the mix of recipes we offer each week—with our customers' tastes and preferences in mind. Our approach to menu design seeks to balance ingredient supply and cost while appealing to a variety of customer lifestyles across a broad range of demographics and taste profiles. We create at least ten recipes per week between our 2-Person and Family Plans, striving for a balanced mix of ingredients, cuisines, familiarity, discovery, and preparation times.

96


Table of Contents

Recipes

          

GRAPHIC

          We design our recipes to evoke a sense of discovery for our customers and to be both accessible to new home cooks and interesting for experienced ones. The insights that we extract from consumer research and our customer data underpin a smart recipe design process that simultaneously allows for product variety and supply chain flexibility. Our culinary team, including chefs who are alumni of some of the best restaurants in the world—such as Michelin-starred Per Se and Blue Hill at Stone Barns—begins the recipe creation process with various seasonal ingredients grown by our farm suppliers. Our chefs apply to these raw ingredients their expertise and insights from our customer feedback and recipe ratings to create new offerings every week, with an eye towards what is accessible for families to eat week-in and week-out. Some recipes offer comfort foods with a twist—like short rib burgers with a hoppy cheddar sauce—while others involve less familiar culinary traditions, like spring miso ramen. Our recipes typically range from 500 to 800 calories per serving, include an average of nine ingredients, and are typically designed to take less than 45 minutes to prepare. Every week our chefs go back to the kitchen, inventing original recipes to deliver variety to our customers.

97


Table of Contents

Ingredients

          The phrase "a great recipe is composed of incredible ingredients" is a core Blue Apron philosophy, so much so it is inscribed on the wall of our office. We are committed to sourcing fresh, high-quality ingredients from farmers, ranchers, fishermen, and artisans year round. Our recipes change every week based on the season and often feature specialty ingredients not readily available elsewhere. By merchandising these ingredients into carefully crafted recipes, we are able to introduce our customers to ingredients they may have never experienced before.

GRAPHIC

98


Table of Contents

          We also partner with artisan suppliers to create ingredients specifically for our recipes, such as fresh nettle pasta, custom spice blends, or bespoke ramen noodles from a third-generation noodle maker.

GRAPHIC

          Our ingredient standards are critically important to us and our customers. Our customers trust us to select ingredients for them, and we must deliver on that trust with every baby artichoke, maitake mushroom, and wild-caught Alaskan salmon filet. We source only non-GMO (genetically modified organism) ingredients and buy from a variety of certified organic producers. All of our beef, poultry, and pork comes from animals given exclusively vegetarian feed and not treated with added hormones or sub-therapeutic antibiotics. Based on the foregoing standards and our analysis of Nielsen retailer data on pounds of fresh beef, chicken, and pork sold in the United States in 2016, we believe that our beef standards are higher than 97% of beef sold, our chicken standards are higher than 92% of chicken sold, and our pork standards are higher than 99% of pork sold. Similarly, we source high-quality seafood consistent with the standards established by Monterey Bay Aquarium Seafood Watch, one of the world's most respected sustainable seafood organizations.

          We encourage our farm partners to use an organic systems-based approach that utilizes organic practices and seeks to rebuild and enhance biological systems that increase crop health, yields, and productivity, build soil health, improve biodiversity, encourage energy conservation, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water pollution, and costs.

99


Table of Contents

Wine

GRAPHIC

          For many people, a good glass of wine makes dinner better, so in September 2015 we launched Blue Apron Wine, our direct-to-consumer wine delivery service. Blue Apron Wine uses an integrated supply chain and direct sourcing relationships to deliver high-quality wines at compelling values. Each month, we work directly with vineyards and acclaimed winemakers, including our in-house winemaker, to create custom Blue Apron wines that are specially crafted for our customers and are not available elsewhere. Our wines pair with our meals and are sized for a dinner for two (in 500ml bottles, rather than traditional 750ml bottles). Each wine delivery costs $65.99 (including shipping) and consists of three red wines and three white wines (or rosé, depending on the season), tasting notes, pairing tips, and the story behind each wine. We are a licensed winery, and currently ship directly to customers in 31 states and Washington, D.C. We estimate that these 31 states, together with Washington, D.C., represent approximately 85% of the U.S. wine-drinking population. Our customers can choose to purchase wine alone or to purchase both meals and wine. As with our meals, customers may choose to actively manage their wine orders by adjusting deliveries to fit their schedules, or they may simply sign up and receive a delivery each month.

Market

GRAPHIC

          To better equip our customers to excel as home cooks, in November 2014 we launched Blue Apron Market, our e-commerce marketplace. Blue Apron Market features a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items, many of which are not available elsewhere and which are recommended by our culinary team. Some of our best-selling items include a custom Togiharu handcrafted Japanese Chef's knife, Luminarc prep bowls, the Microplane zester-grater, the Eddington olive wood spoon, and Jacobsen Salt Co. all-purpose kosher sea salt. Customers may also purchase our seasonal cookbooks, which will be published by Harper Wave, an imprint of HarperCollins Publishers, and sold through bookstores and will feature recipes for weeknight meals, large format feasts, desserts, and culinary projects. All of our recipe cards feature cooking tools and utensils from Blue Apron Market, creating an integrated brand experience for our community of home cooks and repeated merchandising opportunities for our company.

100


Table of Contents

Digital Experience and Content

          

GRAPHIC

          Customers can find recipes, register their preferences, manage their accounts, and make purchases on our site or on our mobile application. As of December 31, 2016, the Blue Apron iOS mobile application had been downloaded over 1.3 million times. Our digital customer experience is immersive: we offer how-to cooking videos, stories about our suppliers, and our collection of over 1,000 recipes that customers can revisit on their own.

          Our ingredients have stories, and we communicate our commitment to our vision and the quality of our products by telling those stories. Through printed content included in our deliveries or on digital and social channels, we highlight the origins of our recipes and ingredients and help our customers understand why our recipes and ingredients are special. We also share the stories of our suppliers and explain why the ingredients they grow and create are of high quality.

How We Do It

          We have architected an integrated ecosystem that enables us to source high-quality, differentiated ingredients, design original recipes around those ingredients, and combine them into compelling cooking experiences that we deliver to customers across the United States. Our interconnected end-to-end value chain allows us to execute cost-effectively and at scale. Coordination between our culinary team, marketing practices, and technology tools helps us pair customer demand with supply, as well as to work with our suppliers to deliver high-quality food at compelling values. Our fulfillment and logistics operations are built to support our ongoing product innovation.

GRAPHIC

Supply-Demand Coordination

          Our supply-demand coordination activities include demand planning, recipe creation, recipe merchandising, and marketing. We use near-term and long-term demand forecasting based on proprietary data and software to inform decisions at every step of our value chain, from decisions about fulfillment center capacity to crop planning by our farm partners to predicting our supply needs to

101


Table of Contents

ingredient purchasing. This process continues through recipe creation and merchandising, as we craft recipes around available ingredients, often just a few weeks prior to delivery. We have also tailored our marketing strategies based on these demand forecasts and planning to optimize our marketing return-on-investment.

Demand Planning

          Our deep understanding of our customers' preferences and behaviors is core to our integrated business model. We have ongoing interactions with our customers—when they input their food preferences on our website, rate recipes, make their recipe selections, or set their delivery schedules—and we are constantly learning from their explicit and implicit choices and preferences. We also have created machine learning models that take into account these explicit and implicit customer behaviors to develop near-term and long-term demand forecasts that inform our demand and supply coordination tools, such as recipe creation and merchandising, and drive operational execution.

Recipe Creation and Merchandising

          As our culinary team crafts original recipes, they consider the availability of various ingredients, drawing upon real-time data from our proprietary planning software, and use their culinary expertise to adjust recipes and change ingredients up to six weeks prior to delivery. For example, if a farmer has a better-than-expected yield, we may buy more of that farmer's ingredients and incorporate them into additional recipes. Once recipes are created, we can also merchandise them through our website and mobile application in ways that influence and coordinate customer demand with our supply. For example, our recipe recommendation algorithm, which pre-sets customers' orders each week, balances customer preferences, supply availability, and capacity at our fulfillment centers to make informed recommendations.

          These capabilities—combined with the fact that our customers come to us for varied cooking experiences rather than specific ingredients or menu items—buffer us from price and supply volatility while maintaining the quality of our customers' experiences.

GRAPHIC

102


Table of Contents

Marketing as Demand Driver

          Our marketing activities are informed by our demand forecasting and planning, seasonal and geographic operational factors, and insights from our proprietary customer data. For example, we run targeted email and social media campaigns to drive customer demand to, among other things, optimize our operational capacity for specific days of the week or in particular geographies. Because of our integrated technology platform, we are able to implement real-time product marketing updates across our platform.

Supplier Partnerships

          Our deep supplier relationships, built on a foundation of trust, provide us access to a supply of high-quality ingredients and enable us to reduce costs and enhance utilization of our planet's resources. Current strategies we employ with some of our suppliers to support this approach include:

    Eliminating middlemen and collaborating directly with farmers on crop planning and production to provide fresh ingredients to our customers.

    Sharing tools and insights to enable our suppliers to improve their efficiency, promote agricultural practices that prioritize long-term health of the farmland, and produce high-quality ingredients for our customers at a compelling value.

    Collaborating with farmers and ranchers to utilize whole animals instead of individual cuts, giving us the ability to provide premium products to our customers, reduce volatility for our suppliers, and help insulate us from market fluctuations in prices.

Direct Supplier Relationships

          In 2016, we purchased from over 300 food suppliers. Approximately 70% of our food spending in 2016 was with suppliers who had entered into exclusivity arrangements with us in which they have agreed not to supply any other company that sells boxed meals or recipes and pre-portioned ingredients to consumers. Our direct relationships allow us to deliver flavorful and unique ingredients in a scaled and cost-effective way.

Farm Partnerships Program

          We plan seasonal menus around healthy crop rotations. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we launched our Farm Partnerships Program to promote sound agricultural practices, while also reducing overall costs. Over the course of 2016, our team of agricultural and environmental scientists worked with over 70 farmers through this program to help build soil health and improve crop yields. Throughout the year, our team collects regional data (such as soil maps), academic research, and data from our farmer partners to inform and recommend planting timelines and varietal spacing techniques. Using this information, farm partners can better align growing seasons with healthy farmland practices. We believe that by supporting our farm partners in this way, we can cost-effectively procure high-quality, hard to find ingredients at scale.

103


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Whole Animal Utilization

          Similar to many high-end restaurants which buy whole animals and use different cuts across their menus, we are able to reduce waste, lower costs, and access premium supplies by partnering with suppliers to source whole animals. In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired the assets of BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry, and lamb to support our whole animal utilization program and better coordinate our supply and demand. Its founder, Bill Niman, a thought leader in animal husbandry and welfare with decades of experience, has joined the Blue

104


Table of Contents

Apron team. Under his leadership, we plan to further develop our animal welfare and husbandry standards for beef, pork, and poultry and to champion our whole animal utilization program.

GRAPHIC

Operations

          Our purchasing, production, fulfillment, and logistics operations are integrated with our demand management and supplier relationships. Successfully integrating these disparate activities requires us to possess a variety of competencies: a team with deep, ingredient-specific relationships; a technology-enabled platform that connects our end-to-end operations; and a scalable architecture that adapts to surges in demand as well as variations in available supply.

Informed Purchasing

          While we work directly with our suppliers months in advance to plan our supply needs, we place purchase orders closer to the delivery date, after coordinating supply and demand through processes such as recipe merchandizing and analyzing the outputs of our demand planning tools.

Production and Fulfillment

          Our fulfillment centers are engineered to effectively manage our variable, high-throughput, perishable inventory as well as flexible production and labor needs. Because we prep and ship perishable products, our fulfillment centers must adhere to stringent food and safety standards, temperature protocols, and regulatory guidelines. We also station quality managers from our culinary team (many of whom are former professional chefs) in our fulfillment centers to ensure that our deliveries adhere to our quality standards.

105


Table of Contents

          To support our fulfillment operations, we have developed proprietary technology for every step of the process. Upon receipt of deliveries from suppliers, we use our proprietary receiving and inventory tools to assess incoming ingredients for quality. Ingredients are then moved throughout our centers in specified tracks, either to our prep kitchen (which portions the ingredients into specific quantities for each week's recipes), pack lines, box sorters, or cold storage. When ingredients are ready to be prepped, we use a proprietary kitchen prep software program that demonstrates to fulfillment associates how to prep ingredients for each recipe, and provides instructions on selecting the correct type of packaging for each ingredient. The prepped ingredients are then sorted into cold storage with our grocery tracker software that empowers packers to quickly access ingredients at the time of assembly. When ingredients are ready to be packed, we use packline assembly software that displays a schematic of how to pack ingredients into boxes to maintain ingredient quality. We track productivity and capture data throughout the production process to enable our analytics team to identify areas of improvement and enhanced efficiency.

Logistics

          Our logistics team designs, manages, and optimizes a ground-based delivery network comprised of several third-party partners capable of delivering to geographies covering over 99% of the U.S. population. We analyze outbound logistics on a zip code by zip code basis to enable cost-effective and timely delivery of our orders, while also adjusting the packaging of our ingredients and other components of our fulfillment operations based on the expected delivery route, weather, or ultimate destination. All of our packaging materials are chosen with environmental impact in mind. Our packaging is recyclable, and we offer customers the option of returning our packaging to us for recycling free of charge through our returns program. Our packaging innovation team, with the support of third-party sustainability experts, is focused on innovating to improve our packaging design, lower overall costs, and reduce our carbon footprint.

106


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Our Brand and Marketing

          Several nights a week, our customers invite us into their homes. We take part in some of the most joyful parts of their days, helping them create a meal for their families and loved ones. Their challenges are opportunities for us to learn together, and their accomplishments are among our proudest achievements. We hear their success stories every day.

          The bond we have developed with our customers is forged in frequency and trust. For the first quarter of 2017, we had 4.1 Orders per Customer. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders, which we define as an Order from a Customer who has previously placed an Order in any period. We have established trust with our customers: the trust required for them to order fresh food online, trust in our expertise in creating a delicious recipe, and trust in our ability to select ingredients on their behalf.

107


Table of Contents

          Our customers have been our best marketers. We see them share their Blue Apron moments through social media, blogs, and referrals. Of our Customers for the first quarter of 2017, 34% were acquired through our customer referral program, in which certain existing customers may invite others to receive a complimentary meal delivery.

          In addition to customer referrals, we utilize paid and organic channels to increase awareness of our brand and attract new customers. We have expanded our marketing efforts to include a variety of paid advertising across digital channels (such as online video, social media, display, search engine marketing, and sponsored content) and offline channels (such as national television commercials, direct mail, podcasts, and radio). According to a Lightspeed Consulting study commissioned by us, our unaided brand awareness increased from 9% to 33% between August 2015 and January 2017 and our aided brand awareness increased from 27% to 69% over the same time frame. This study measured the brand awareness of companies, like Blue Apron, that deliver fresh, pre-portioned ingredients and recipes, and was limited to persons satisfying target audience criteria that we believe are indicative of consumers who are most likely to be interested in these products.

          Our marketing activities are driven by a mix of brand marketing and quantitative and return-on-investment strategies that focuses on payback timelines and the lifetime values of our customers. Based on our customers' Order frequency and an Average Order Value of $57.23 for the first quarter of 2017, we believe we have efficient payback on our marketing expenses.

Our Customers

GRAPHIC

          Our customers represent a broad range of demographics. They include recent college graduates, young couples, families, singles, and empty nesters, hailing from 48 states and representing a wide range of age groups and incomes. Customers of all kinds are able to successfully incorporate Blue Apron into a wide variety of lifestyles.

108


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Source: Customer email survey of Blue Apron account holders, November 2016, with 1,804 respondents.

          Our customers mirror the general geographical population distribution of the United States. According to the 2015 Current Population Survey by the U.S. Census Bureau, the top ten states account for 54% of total U.S. households. Similarly, as of December 31, 2016, we estimate that these states accounted for 54% of our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016.

109


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


U.S. households data from 2015 U.S. Census Bureau Current Population Survey. Blue Apron Customers as of December 31, 2016.

Our Market Opportunity

          Our market opportunity is broad, as we believe our customers choose to buy Blue Apron meals instead of shopping at grocery stores, ordering take out, or eating at restaurants.

          In 2016, according to a Euromonitor study commissioned by us, aggregate sales in the U.S. grocery market were $781.5 billion and aggregate sales in the global grocery market were more than eight times larger. For purposes of this study, the grocery market includes retail sales of fresh foods, packaged foods, hot drinks, soft drinks, and alcoholic drinks across grocery retailers, variety stores, warehouse clubs, mass merchandisers, and Internet retailers. According to this study, online sales in 2016 represented only $9.7 billion, or approximately 1.2%, of the overall grocery market in the United States, but are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (excluding the impact of price inflation), or CAGR, of 8.5% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader grocery market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.3% in the same period.

          We believe an opportunity exists to increase online grocery penetration to the level of penetration that exists in many other retail markets. Conventional grocery stores currently face many of the same challenges online as offline. They have high inventory counts and compete in the sale of commodity products, and confront considerable waste. In addition, conventional grocery stores generally have relatively low gross margin structures and are highly capital-intensive given their large retail footprints, making it difficult for them to invest in technology and innovation.

110


Table of Contents

          In 2016, according to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, aggregate sales in the U.S. restaurant market were $543.1 billion and aggregate sales in the global restaurant market were almost five times larger. According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, online sales in 2016 represented only $12.0 billion, or approximately 2.2%, of the overall U.S. restaurant market, but are expected to grow at a CAGR of 22.6% between 2017 and 2020, compared to the broader restaurant market, which is expected to grow at a CAGR of 1.6% in the same period.

          According to the Euromonitor study we commissioned, U.S. meal plan delivery accounted for approximately $2.0 billion of sales in 2016.

          We believe that our business is poised to capture share from the overall $1.3 trillion grocery and restaurant markets and to benefit from shifts in consumer preferences, including:

    Growing interest in cooking . With the growth of cooking-related television programming and "celebrity chefs" becoming more prominent, consumers are increasingly interested in cooking content and education.

    Prioritizing experiences over goods . Many consumers are stretched for time and are looking for solutions to simplify their lives, and seek experiences that help them connect with their families and loved ones.

    Interest in where their food comes from . Aisles are littered with confusing labels, and menus rarely offer supply chain visibility. As a result, consumers often need help making informed decisions about their food. Many consumers are increasingly seeking fresh and natural ingredients over packaged and processed foods.

Our Strengths

          Our strengths as a company include the following:

Powerful and emotional brand connection

          Many of our customers cook Blue Apron meals, drink Blue Apron wine, use tools from Blue Apron Market, and share these cooking experiences with their families and loved ones multiple times each week. We believe that we have developed a powerful and emotional connection with our customers through the frequency of these touchpoints and the experiential nature of our products. Our customers trust us to create new, delicious recipes each week, choose their ingredients for them, and provide transparency into where their food comes from. They share their culinary triumphs through email, social media, blogs, and phone calls, telling us how Blue Apron has given them the confidence to cook, brought them closer with their families and friends, and changed their lives.

Superior products at compelling values

          We provide our customers with distinct cooking experiences centered on original recipes that our professional culinary team crafts each week, frequently around specialty ingredients cultivated or produced exclusively for us. In addition, we sell custom Blue Apron wines as well as curated kitchen tools and staples through Blue Apron Market to further enhance the integrated experience for our customers. Because of the efficiencies in our value chain, we are able to provide our products at attractive price points. We believe our ingredients are often fresher and of higher quality than those found in traditional and online grocery stores, and consumers also receive ingredients in the pre-portioned amounts necessary to cook our meals. In addition, our recipes often feature specialty ingredients that are not readily found at many traditional grocery stores.

111


Table of Contents

Constant product innovation

          We invent new, differentiated products every week by designing new recipes, incorporating varied ingredients, and creating original content that tells compelling stories. Our constant product innovation process enables us to deliver the type of variety that our customers expect with the quality that they deserve. During 2016, we created over 400 original recipes and 50 wines, and introduced fairytale eggplant, pink lemons, and purple daikon radishes to our customers. We have designed our operations and developed expertise across our entire team that allows us to execute successfully at this velocity.

Attractive unit economics

          We benefit from favorable customer acquisition costs due to our strong customer relationships and engagement. Of our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016, 39% were acquired through our customer referral program. Once we have acquired a new customer, we have historically had efficient payback periods on our marketing expenses due to the cumulative revenue that we have generated from these customers . This net revenue payback is driven by our Orders per Customer and Average Order Value, which were 4.2 and $58.78, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2016. We also benefit from Repeat Orders. During 2016, 92% of our net revenue was generated from Repeat Orders.

          As we have continued to scale our business, grow our direct supplier relationships, and introduce increased automation into our fulfillment centers, we have become more cost efficient. Our cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 92.8% to 67.0% from 2014 to 2016. Our operating cash flow benefits from our favorable working capital dynamics. In 2014, 2015, and 2016, our net cash used in operating activities was $16.9 million, $26.4 million and $23.5 million, respectively, which represented 21.7%, 7.7% and 3.0% as a percentage of net revenue, respectively.

Hard-to-replicate value chain

          We have made substantial investments in direct supplier relationships, talent, infrastructure, technology, and data to build an interconnected value chain. We work with over 300 different suppliers and the majority of our food purchases are from suppliers who have entered into exclusivity arrangements with us. These efforts enable us to deliver high-quality food at compelling values, utilizing ingredients that are often unique to us. We have built a diverse team and developed the processes to coordinate closely between such functions as professional chefs, technologists, and supply chain experts. Our value chain is supported by custom-built fulfillment and logistics operations to manage frequently changing, high-throughput, perishable inventory.

Proprietary technology and data

          Technology and analytics underpin every part of our business. We have ongoing interactions with our customers through our website, recipe and delivery calendar tools, and mobile application, through which customers tell us, and from which we can infer, their tastes and preferences. We then combine this data and information with our proprietary software systems to inform nearly every decision we make, using forecasting tools and data science to predict orders for specific recipes and to optimize our culinary, supply chain, and logistics operations. Our proprietary technology includes collaborative crop planning, flexible recipe design, labor scheduling and planning, real-time inventory management, customer feedback analysis, and inbound supply and customer delivery route optimization.

112


Table of Contents

Expertise across diverse competencies

          Our business model requires competencies across a wide range of industries and expertise, including developing a lifestyle brand, building a direct-to-consumer Internet business, curating engaging content, managing and forecasting demand, sourcing ingredients of all types, inventing new recipes weekly, pioneering developments in agricultural science, and building an end-to-end value chain. We have scaled our organization by attracting top talent in all of our functional areas, and our business model relies on, and our culture encourages, collaboration across these teams — agricultural scientists with software engineers, recipe writers and chefs with data scientists. Our shared commitment to making home cooking accessible to everyone defines our work and focuses our efforts.

Growth Strategy

          We have grown rapidly since our founding, but we believe we have only scratched the surface in terms of the role we can play in consumers' homes and around their dinner tables. Our growth strategy includes the following:

Increase market penetration with our core product

          We have built a large and engaged community of customers. According to Euromonitor, there were 125.7 million households in the United States as of December 31, 2016. Based on our Customers for the fourth quarter of 2016, this implies that our market penetration is 0.7%. As a young brand, we believe we have an opportunity to grow awareness and to attract new customers to our core product. Due to the large size of our potential market, relatively modest increases in penetration represent large revenue growth opportunities for us.

Expand our core product to fit more lifestyles

          As we expand our operational capabilities, increase the automation in our fulfillment centers, and grow our supplier network, we plan to expand our core product by offering greater flexibility in the number of recipes per order and greater diversity in the number of recipes from which customers may choose. In the future, we may introduce similar flexibility for wine. We are developing product expansion initiatives to fit the lifestyles of a broader customer set in order to continue to expand our addressable market and drive greater satisfaction among current customers, thereby increasing their Average Order Value and rate of Repeat Orders.

Broaden our product portfolio

          We are focused on opportunities to launch new products that further create an integrated brand experience. Past examples include our introduction of Blue Apron Market and Blue Apron Wine. We continue to evaluate opportunities to launch new products and services that further our mission to make incredible home cooking accessible to everyone.

Develop new brands and new channels

          We believe we have built a powerful brand that we can leverage to further develop additional new brands and channels. For example, we recently acquired BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry, and lamb. In addition to reducing our costs and increasing our supply chain capabilities, we believe this acquisition gives us an opportunity to develop BN Ranch as a high-quality meat and poultry brand. We also plan to consider additional channels to reach new customers efficiently using our Blue Apron brand and routinely evaluate new partnerships that will further our reach and mission. In addition, we may opportunistically expand our business through strategic acquisitions or vertical integration opportunities.

113


Table of Contents

International expansion

          We have built a trusted brand, proprietary technology, processes, and a diverse set of competencies that we believe would enable us over time to pursue attractive opportunities outside of the United States. We do not currently have a specific time frame for international expansion.

Culture and Employees

          We believe that our team is, and will continue to be, our most valuable asset. We are incredibly proud of the culture we have created throughout our company—across all of our offices and fulfillment centers—and which is driven by our company values: lifelong learning, trust, quality, teamwork, and empowerment.

          As we rapidly scale our organization, we are investing in employee engagement programs that encourage growth, development, and recognition across our entire workforce. For example, in our fulfillment centers, we launched an operational excellence program focused on equipping our fulfillment center associates with leadership skills that help accelerate their path to management roles within our company. At our corporate offices, we mirrored that program by creating a comprehensive leadership training curriculum that includes workshops and one-on-one leadership coaching for every senior manager and above.

          We apply our company value of lifelong learning to ourselves as a young organization, and we are constantly seeking feedback from not only our customers and partners but also our employees to find ways to improve. We believe all of our employees have great ideas to contribute, and we are committed to listening and continuing to build our culture.

          As of April 30, 2017, we had 5,137 full-time employees, of which more than 85% were engaged in fulfillment operations. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Our Competition

          The markets in which we compete are evolving rapidly and intensely competitive, and we face an array of competitors from many different industry sectors. Our current and potential competitors include: (1) other food and meal delivery companies; (2) the supermarket industry; (3) a wide array of food retailers, including natural and organic, specialty, conventional, mass, discount, and other food retail formats; (4) conventional supermarkets; (5) other food retailers; (6) online supermarket retailers; (7) casual dining and quick-service restaurants and other food service businesses in the restaurant industry; (8) online wine retailers, wine specialty stores, and retail liquor stores; and (9) food manufacturers, consumer packaged goods companies, providers of logistics services, and other food and ingredient producers.

          We believe that the principal competitive factors upon which we compete include: brand, reputation, and customer satisfaction; price; product quality, and safety; value perception; convenience; customer service; reliable and timely fulfillment; and variety, quality, and flexibility of product offering, and we believe that we are the largest provider of fresh, pre-portioned ingredients and recipes in the United States.

          Although we believe that we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors, we expect competition to increase. Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. In addition, some of our other current or potential competitors may be smaller, less regulated, and have a greater ability to reposition their product offerings than companies that, like us, operate

114


Table of Contents

at a larger scale. These factors may allow competitors to derive greater sales and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs, or respond more quickly than we can to changes in consumer demand and tastes. Generally, the competition within these industries may be driven by research and development efforts, marketing campaigns, or pricing strategies which may allow participants within these industries to gain or lose customers or sales.

Intellectual Property

          Our ability to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology and our customer data, will be an important factor in the continued growth and success of our business. We seek to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, and other intellectual property protections under applicable law. We register domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and abroad. We also seek to protect and avoid disclosure of our intellectual property through confidentiality, non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with our employees, and through appropriate agreements with our suppliers and others. We do not hold any patents.

Government Regulation

          Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state, and local regulatory requirements, including regulation of our food and wine operations.

Government Regulation of Foods and Food Companies

          Food companies, such as Blue Apron, are subject to extensive government regulation. Federal statutes applicable to food production include, for example, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act, the Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, and the Federal Trade Commission Act. Federal regulators have promulgated extensive regulatory schemes to implement these and other relevant statutes. These evolving regulatory structures govern matters including manufacturing, formulating, labeling, advertising, packaging, storing, and implementing safety measures for our food products. Legal changes and uncertainty regarding the regulation of food products have accelerated in recent years. In particular, the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has been implementing the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act by promulgating substantial numbers of new regulations and introducing multiple versions of non-binding, draft guidance documents suggesting new compliance measures for the food industry. Understanding within the food industry of how to apply these regulations and the suggestions offered in FDA guidance documents continues to evolve.

          State and local jurisdictions also regulate U.S. food manufacturing facilities. For example, we currently produce and fulfill products in the states of California, New Jersey, and Texas. State and local governments exert regulatory authority over our operations in these jurisdictions. The states and localities in which a food production facility is located can impose registration, licensing, and inspection requirements in addition to those imposed by federal law. Some also enforce significant consumer protection-focused statutory schemes, which can impose additional costs and complexity on food producers.

          Food companies in the U.S. are subject to government inspection with or without notice at any time, with concomitant responsibility to provide access to facilities and equipment, produce extensive operational documentation, and furnish product, packaging, and labeling samples for governmental examination. Federal, state, and local governmental agencies enjoy extensive

115


Table of Contents

discretion to determine whether, when and how to conduct these activities. Food companies are therefore vulnerable to unexpected business interruptions and publicity.

          All food companies in the United States bear legal responsibility for any violation of applicable food regulatory law, whether that violation is negligent, non-negligent, or deliberate. Any U.S. company found to have violated food regulatory laws may have its products seized, its operations enjoined, its goods recalled from the market and destroyed, and its business exposed to significant adverse publicity. It is also possible that new laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing requirements, might require us to change our compliance policies, incur additional cost, or result in unexpected liabilities that could be significant.

Food Safety and Quality Assurance

          We maintain a food safety and quality program to verify that the food products supplied to our customers are processed in a safe and sanitary environment and are in compliance with regulatory requirements and our internal food quality and safety standards. All meat and poultry products that we source are processed in facilities inspected by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, or by the equivalent agencies in countries deemed eligible by USDA for exporting meat and poultry to the United States. Accordingly, these products must conform to USDA requirements. All food and packaging suppliers are prequalified and have agreed to comply with our requirements. While we perform supplier inspections and conduct product audits to evaluate suppliers and products for compliance with our company standards and specifications, we may not be able to prevent individual suppliers from failing to comply with food safety laws or our requirements, and we may not be able to locate each failure to comply with food safety laws or our requirements prior to shipments of food products. We operate a toll free, customer call center to capture and address telephonic and electronic customer complaints, including complaints about the quality of our food products.

Government Regulation of Our Wine Business

          The production, sale, and shipment of wine in the United States are each regulated by the federal government and by each state government. There is not uniformity among state laws, so business models that are national in scope must account for the state-by-state rules to achieve compliance.

          Our wholly-owned subsidiary BAW, Inc., or BAW, is a licensed California winery, and must comply with federal and California law controlling winery operations. Various regulations control production, excise tax, labeling, alcohol content and recordkeeping. In addition, the promotion and marketing of wine, including pricing, is sometimes regulated by federal or state regulations. For example, wine marketing cannot be targeted to children, and some states restrict excessive discounts on wine. To assist with federal and state regulatory compliance, BAW employs an experienced staff winemaker and relies on various other internal and external personnel with relevant experience.

          Alcohol distribution in the United States is traditionally conducted through a "three-tier" system, in which alcohol passes from manufacturer to wholesaler to retailer in each state, before it can be sold to a consumer. However, applicable regulations permit manufacturers to ship wine directly to consumers around the country. As a licensed California winery, BAW relies on such exceptions to sell and ship wine to the residents of 31 states plus the District of Columbia. Each state permit held by BAW has specific compliance requirements, such as monthly reporting, limits on the amount of wine that can be shipped to a given household, and obtaining an adult signature on delivery.

116


Table of Contents

Facilities

          Our principal executive offices are located in New York, New York, where we lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space pursuant to various leases that expire beginning in January 2019, with options to extend the applicable term for periods ranging from April 2020 to January 2024. We expect to take possession of approximately 25,000 additional square feet of office space under one such lease in June 2018. We are currently exploring opportunities to consolidate our current principal executive offices into a single office in the New York, New York metro area. Our customer service operations and certain back-office functions are based in Austin, Texas, where we lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in August 2022, with an option to extend the term for one five-year period.

          Our current fulfillment centers occupy leased facilities in Richmond, California, Jersey City, New Jersey, and Arlington, Texas. Our fulfillment center in Richmond, California occupies approximately 158,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in May 2019; our fulfillment center in Jersey City, New Jersey occupies approximately 202,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in January 2025 with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods and a sublease expiring in November 2018 with an option to extend the term for two successive one-year periods; and our fulfillment center in Arlington, Texas occupies approximately 104,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in July 2024. We believe that our current fulfillment center facilities are adequate to meet our immediate needs but cannot accommodate significant expansion.

          We are completing the build out of a new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey and have entered into a lease for another new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California, which is currently under construction. Upon completion of the build out, the new fulfillment center in Linden, New Jersey will occupy approximately 495,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring in August 2026 with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods. The new fulfillment center in Fairfield, California will occupy approximately 431,000 square feet of space pursuant to a lease expiring 126 months after the commencement date, which expiration is currently estimated to be in early 2028, with an option to extend the term for two consecutive five-year periods. Upon completion of our new fulfillment centers in Linden, New Jersey and Fairfield, California, we anticipate that such fulfillment centers, together with our Arlington, Texas fulfillment center, will comprise our primary fulfillment operations for the foreseeable future. We are evaluating, and intend to continue to evaluate, our ongoing real property and operational needs, including as they relate to our Jersey City, New Jersey and Richmond, California locations.

Legal Proceedings

          We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have a material adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

117


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of April 30, 2017:

Name
  Age     Position  

Matthew B. Salzberg

  33   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Bradley J. Dickerson

  52   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Ilia M. Papas

  35   Chief Technology Officer

Matthew J. Wadiak

  39   Chief Operating Officer

Jared Cluff

  39   Chief Marketing Officer

Pablo Cussatti

  46   Senior Vice President of Operations and Fulfillment

Benjamin C. Singer

  40   General Counsel and Secretary

Julie M.B. Bradley (1)(2)

  48   Director

Tracy Britt Cool (1)(3)

  32   Director

Kenneth A. Fox (1)

  46   Director

Robert P. Goodman (2)

  56   Director

Gary R. Hirshberg (2)(3)

  62   Director

Brian P. Kelley (3)

  56   Director

(1)
Member of audit committee

(2)
Member of compensation committee

(3)
Member of nominating and corporate governance committee

           Matthew B. Salzberg, one of our founders, has served as our president, chief executive officer, and a director of Blue Apron since inception, and previously served as our treasurer until January 2017. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Salzberg was employed as a senior associate by Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from June 2010 to January 2012, and as an analyst by The Blackstone Group, a private equity firm, from June 2005 to June 2008. Mr. Salzberg holds an A.B. degree in economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Salzberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company and the industry in which we compete, and his vision and leadership as a co-founder and as our president and chief executive officer. Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, Mr. Salzberg has been appointed the chairman of our board of directors. See "—Board Leadership Structure."

           Bradley J. Dickerson has served as our chief financial officer since February 2016 and as our treasurer since January 2017. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Dickerson was employed by Under Armour, Inc., a supplier of branded performance apparel, footwear, and accessories, serving as chief financial officer from March 2008 to February 2016, as vice president of accounting and finance from February 2006 to February 2008, and as corporate controller from July 2004 to February 2006. Prior to that, he served as chief financial officer of Macquarie Aviation North America, an aviation lessor, from January 2003 to July 2004, and in various capacities with Network Building & Consulting, a designer and builder of wireless telecommunications networks, from 1994 to 2003, including as chief financial officer from 1998 to 2003. Mr. Dickerson holds a B.S. degree in accounting from the University of Akron and an M.B.A. degree from Loyola University Maryland.

           Ilia M. Papas, one of our founders, has served as our chief technology officer since February 2012. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Papas was employed as director, technical architect by Optaros, Inc., an information technology and services company, from September 2006 to February

118


Table of Contents

2012, and as a software engineer by Molecular (now Isobar), a digital agency, from September 2004 to August 2006. Mr. Papas holds a B.A. degree in computer science from Tufts University.

           Matthew J. Wadiak , one of our founders, has served as our chief operating officer since May 2015 and previously served as our chief product officer from August 2012 to May 2015. Before co-founding Blue Apron, Mr. Wadiak was chief executive officer of Cooks' Venture, a private culinary marketing and events company, from 2003 to July 2012, and founded Plank Pilates Studio, a boutique fitness studio, in 2009. In addition to his work at Blue Apron, Mr. Wadiak is a member of the advisory board of The Charlie Cart Project, a non-profit that is bringing food and culinary education to schools across America through immersive lessons. Mr. Wadiak classically trained under Chef Paul Bertolli at Oliveto in California, in addition to training under various chefs in Italy and the United States. He holds an AOS degree in Culinary Arts from the Culinary Institute of America, where he is an honoree in the Society of Fellows.

           Jared Cluff has served as our chief marketing officer since April 2016 and previously served as our vice president of marketing from February 2014 to March 2016. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Cluff was employed: by Fab.com, an e-commerce company, as senior vice president of marketing from January 2013 to February 2014 and as vice president of marketing from April 2012 to December 2012; by Avidtrips, an online travel company, as chief operating officer from March 2011 to April 2012; by Ask.com, a question answering-focused web search engine, as senior vice president of marketing from June 2009 to March 2011; and as vice president of user acquisition from April 2008 to June 2009; and by Match.com, an online dating service, as director of online marketing from July 2005 to March 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Cluff held several marketing positions with E*TRADE, an online financial services company. Mr. Cluff holds a B.A. degree in economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. degree from Northwestern University.

           Pablo Cussatti has served as our senior vice president of operations and fulfillment since September 2016. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Cussatti was employed by Pinnacle Foods, a packaged foods company, as senior vice president of manufacturing from May 2012 to September 2016; by Dean Foods, a food and beverage company, as vice president of operations from October 2010 to May 2012; by PepsiCo, a food, snack, and beverage company, as vice president of manufacturing from May 2001 to October 2010; and by Campbell Soup, a manufacturer and marketer of branded food and beverage products, as a product manager from November 1997 to May 2001. Mr. Cussatti holds a B.S. degree in mechanical engineering from Columbia University.

           Benjamin C. Singer has served as our general counsel and secretary since November 2014. Before joining Blue Apron, Mr. Singer was employed by Gilt Groupe, an e-commerce company, as vice president, associate general counsel, and assistant secretary from April 2012 to November 2014 and as assistant general counsel from April 2011 to April 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Singer was an associate attorney at the law firms Kirkland & Ellis LLP from May 2007 to April 2011 and Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. from September 2004 to May 2007. Mr. Singer holds a B.A. degree in philosophy and religious studies from Indiana University and a J.D. degree from The University of Texas School of Law.

           Julie M.B. Bradley has been a director of Blue Apron since November 2015. From October 2011 to November 2015, she served as senior vice president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and treasurer of TripAdvisor, Inc., an online travel planning and booking site. Prior to joining TripAdvisor, from July 2005 to April 2011, Ms. Bradley served as senior vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of Art Technology Group, Inc., a provider of e-commerce software solutions and services. Prior to joining Art Technology Group, Ms. Bradley was at Akamai Technologies, Inc., a global provider of cloud services for delivering, optimizing and securing content and business applications over the Internet, from April 2000 to June 2005, most recently serving as vice president of finance. Previously, Ms. Bradley was an accountant with Deloitte LLP.

119


Table of Contents

Ms. Bradley has served on the board of directors of Wayfair.com since September 2012 and served on the board of directors of Constant Contact, Inc. from June 2015 to February 2016 and on the board of directors of ExactTarget, Inc. from September 2012 to July 2013. Ms. Bradley holds a B.A. degree in economics from Wheaton College and is a certified public accountant. We believe that Ms. Bradley is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her financial and accounting expertise and her experience in corporate development.

           Tracy Britt Cool has been a director of Blue Apron since January 2017. Since November 2014, Ms. Cool has served as chief executive officer of Pampered Chef, a provider of high-quality kitchenware solutions distributed through independent cooking consultants. Ms. Cool joined Berkshire Hathaway, Pampered Chef's parent company, in December 2009 as financial assistant to the chairman. Since June 2013, Ms. Cool has served as a director of The Kraft Heinz Company, one of the largest food and beverage companies in the world, and its predecessor H.J. Heinz Company. Ms. Cool also serves as chairman of the following Berkshire Hathaway subsidiaries: Benjamin Moore & Co., a leading manufacturer and retailer of paints and architectural coatings (since June 2012); Larson-Juhl, a manufacturer and distributor of wood and metal framing products (since January 2012); and Oriental Trading Company, a direct merchant of party suppliers, arts and crafts, toys and novelties (since November 2012). From November 2012 to October 2014, Ms. Cool also served as chairman of Johns Manville, a manufacturer of commercial and industrial roofing systems, fire-protection systems, thermal and acoustical insulation, glass textile wall coverings, and flooring. Ms. Cool holds an A.B. degree in economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. We believe that Ms. Cool is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as chairman of several Berkshire Hathaway subsidiaries, as well as her insight into financial, investment, and other complex subjects.

           Kenneth A. Fox has been a director of Blue Apron since April 2014. Mr. Fox has been a managing partner of Stripes Group, a private equity firm which he founded, since 2008. Before founding Stripes Group, Mr. Fox co-founded a number of companies including Internet Capital Group and A10 Capital, a commercial real estate lender. Mr. Fox has served on the board of directors of a number of private and public companies in the areas of technology and branded consumer products. Mr. Fox holds a B.S. degree in economics from Pennsylvania State University. We believe that Mr. Fox is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in working with entrepreneurial companies, particularly e-commerce companies, and his experience on other boards of directors.

           Robert P. Goodman has been a director of Blue Apron since November 2015. Mr. Goodman is a partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, and is a managing member of Deer Management Co. LLC, the management company for Bessemer Venture Partners' investment funds, including, but not limited to, Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. Prior to joining Bessemer in 1998, he founded and served as the chief executive officer of three privately held telecommunications companies. Mr. Goodman served on the board of directors of Millennial Media, Inc. from June 2009 to October 2015, on the board of directors of Broadsoft, Inc. from April 1999 to December 2012, and has also served on the board of directors of a number of private companies in the areas of software, mobile, and communications. Mr. Goodman holds a B.A. degree in Latin American studies from Brown University and an M.B.A. degree from Columbia University. We believe that Mr. Goodman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in working with entrepreneurial companies, particularly technology companies, and his experience on boards of directors of both public and private companies. Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, Mr. Goodman has been appointed the lead independent director on our board of directors. See "—Board Leadership Structure."

120


Table of Contents

           Gary R. Hirshberg has been a director of Blue Apron since October 2016. Mr. Hirshberg co-founded Stonyfield Farm, Inc., a producer of organic dairy-related products, in 1983, and served as the company's chief executive officer until January 2012. He currently serves as chairman of Stonyfield Farm, which is now majority-owned by Groupe Danone, a French food product company. Mr. Hirshberg has received numerous awards for corporate and environmental leadership, including twelve honorary degrees, and has served on a variety of nonprofit and corporate boards. Mr. Hirshberg holds a B.A. degree in environmental studies from Hampshire College. We believe that Mr. Hirshberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in founding and building an entrepreneurial company, his knowledge of the organic foods industry and sustainable business practices, and his service on the boards of directors of various private companies in the organic and food industries.

           Brian P. Kelley has been a director of Blue Apron since April 2017. Mr. Kelley has been a partner at Lindsay Goldberg LLC, a private equity firm, since January 2017. From December 2012 to May 2016, he served as president and chief executive officer of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc., a beverage company which was acquired by JAB Holding Company in March 2016. From April 2007 to November 2012, Mr. Kelley was employed by The Coca-Cola Company, a consumer beverage company, serving as the president of still/non-carbonated beverages and supply chain from April 2007 to August 2012 and president, Coca-Cola Refreshments from August 2012 to November 2012. From July 2002 to April 2007, Mr. Kelley served as president and chief executive officer of Sirva, Inc., a relocation services company. Previously, Mr. Kelley held executive and other positions with Ford Motor Company, General Electric, and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Kelley has served as a member of the board of directors of Keurig Green Mountain since December 2012 and of AMAG Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, since December 2016. Mr. Kelley holds a B.A. degree in economics from the College of the Holy Cross. We believe that Mr. Kelley is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the consumer product industry and his experience on other public company boards of directors.

          The periods of time of service to Blue Apron listed above include service to Blue Apron, Inc. prior to our corporate reorganization in December 2016. See "Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure."

          There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors

          Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. The current members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to a voting agreement among certain of our preferred and common stockholders. The agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, at which time there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

          In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of whose members will serve for staggered three year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

    the class I directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

    the class II directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

121


Table of Contents

    the class III directors will be                                        , and their term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. An election of our directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Director Independence

          Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of the completion of its initial public offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the NYSE, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

          Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

          In June 2017, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of Mses. Bradley and Cool and Messrs. Fox, Goodman, Hirshberg, and Kelley is an "independent director" as defined under the rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors also determined that Ms. Bradley, Ms. Cool, and Mr. Fox, who comprise our audit committee, Ms. Bradley, Mr. Goodman, and Mr. Hirshberg, who comprise our compensation committee, and Ms. Cool, Mr. Hirshberg, and Mr. Kelley, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the rules of the NYSE, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and any institutional stockholder with which he or she is affiliated.

122


Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure

          Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the roles of chairman of the board and chief executive officer may be separated or combined. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and determined that Mr. Salzberg should serve both as our chief executive officer and as chairman of the board, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. Since inception, Mr. Salzberg has served as our president and chief executive officer and has been an integral part of the leadership of our company and our board of directors, and his strategic vision has guided our growth and performance. Our board of directors believes that having Mr. Salzberg also serve as our chairman will facilitate the board's decision-making process and enable Mr. Salzberg to act as the key link between the board of directors and other members of management. As our board of directors has determined that each of our directors other than Mr. Salzberg is independent, our board of directors believes that the independent directors provide effective oversight of management. In addition, our board of directors has appointed Mr. Goodman to serve as our lead independent director, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering. As lead independent director, Mr. Goodman will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairman and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

          Our board of directors has established audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees, each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, a copy of each committee's charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website, www.blueapron.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Audit Committee

          The audit committee's responsibilities include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

    overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

    reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    coordinating our board of directors' oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and code of business conduct and ethics;

    discussing our risk management policies;

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

    meeting independently with our registered public accounting firm and management;

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

123


Table of Contents

          All audit services and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

          The members of our audit committee are Ms. Bradley (chair), Ms. Cool, and Mr. Fox. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Bradley is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by applicable SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

          The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

    overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

    overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required by SEC rules; and

    preparing annual compensation committee reports to the extent required by SEC rules.

          The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Goodman (chair), Ms. Bradley, and Mr. Hirshberg.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

    developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board.

          The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Hirshberg (chair), Ms. Cool, and Mr. Kelley.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

124


Table of Contents

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.blueapron.com . In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or NYSE listing rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

125


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and each of our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016. We refer to these three individuals as our "named executive officers."

Name and Principal Position
  Year     Salary
($)
 
  Bonus
($)(1)
 
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
 
  All Other
Compensation
($)
 
  Total
($)
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    2016     214,560     201,000             415,560  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Bradley J. Dickerson

    2016     271,154 (3)   180,131     3,787,950         4,239,235  

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

Pablo Cussatti

    2016     92,308 (4)   120,492     339,219     53,000 (5)   605,019  

Senior Vice President of Operations and Fulfillment

                                     

(1)
Represents discretionary cash bonus amounts earned for 2016 performance that were paid in 2017. For Mr. Cussatti, the amount shown in this column also includes a $75,000 signing bonus paid in connection with his hiring in 2016.

(2)
The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the option grants awarded to the named executive officer in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair values do not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the option grants reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these option grants and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon exercise of the options.

(3)
Represents salary earned by Mr. Dickerson for the portion of 2016 during which he was employed by us. Mr. Dickerson was hired effective February 8, 2016 and was paid a pro rata portion of an annual base salary of $300,000.

(4)
Represents salary earned by Mr. Cussatti for the portion of 2016 during which he was employed by us. Mr. Cussatti was hired effective September 12, 2016 and was paid a pro rata portion of an annual base salary of $300,000.

(5)
Represents relocation stipend awarded in connection with Mr. Cussatti's hiring in 2016 to be paid in 2017.

126


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

          The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock awards held as of December 31, 2016 by our named executive officers, assuming an initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

    Option Awards
 

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
 
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
 
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

                 

Bradley J. Dickerson

        1,603,743 (1) $ 3.69     2/28/2026  

        481,123 (1) $ 62.35     2/28/2026  

Pablo Cussatti

        125,000 (2) $ 5.53     12/21/2026  

(1)
25% of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to this option granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan vest on February 28, 2017, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Dickerson's continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a "change in control," as defined in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, if Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case on or within 12 months following the change in control, the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate in full. In the event that Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case prior to the one-year anniversary of his start date, 25% of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate and vest upon Mr. Dickerson's execution, delivery and non-revocation (if applicable) of a general release in a form satisfactory to us within 45 days after the termination date.

(2)
25% of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to this option granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan vest on September 12, 2017, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Cussatti's continued service with us through each such vesting date.

          On March 13, 2017 we granted an option to Mr. Salzberg under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan covering 46,656 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $7.75 per share. The grant vests in 48 successive equal monthly installments, commencing February 19, 2017, subject to Mr. Salzberg's continued service on each applicable vesting date. In the event that Mr. Salzberg's employment is terminated without "cause" at any time following the consummation of a "change of control," each as defined in the applicable option agreement between us and Mr. Salzberg, the vesting of the then-unvested shares will accelerate in full.

          Contingent upon the closing of this offering, we intend to grant restricted stock units to Messrs. Salzberg, Dickerson and Cussatti under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, with the number of restricted stock units based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we anticipate that Messrs. Salzberg, Dickerson and Cussatti will receive, upon the closing of this offering, restricted stock units for                           ,                           and                           shares, respectively, having a value upon grant of $             , $             and $             , respectively. See "—2017 Equity Incentive Plan—New Equity Awards."

Employment Offer Letters and Agreements

    Bradley J. Dickerson

          On October 8, 2015, we entered into an offer letter with Bradley J. Dickerson, who currently serves as our chief financial officer. The offer letter provides for Mr. Dickerson's at-will employment,

127


Table of Contents

beginning February 28, 2016, and sets forth his initial annual base salary, target bonus and initial option grants, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Dickerson's current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive a discretionary cash annual bonus of up to $200,000. Mr. Dickerson's initial option grants under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan cover an aggregate of 2,084,866 shares of our Class B common stock. One of the option grants has a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant ($3.69 per share) and covers 1,603,743 shares of our Class B common stock. The other option grant, which was issued as further incentive to create substantial long-term stockholder value, has a per-share exercise price equal to $62.35 per share and covers 481,123 shares of our Class B common stock. Each option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on February 8, 2017 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter, subject to Mr. Dickerson's continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. If, within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), Mr. Dickerson's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in the offer letter, the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate in full. Mr. Dickerson is subject to our standard employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement. In the event that Mr. Dickerson's employment with us is terminated without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," each as defined in his offer letter, in each case prior to the one-year anniversary of his start date, 25% of the then-unvested and outstanding shares will accelerate and vest upon Mr. Dickerson's execution, delivery and non-revocation (if applicable) of a general release in a form satisfactory to us within 45 days after the termination date.

    Pablo Cussatti

          On July 26, 2016, we entered into an offer letter with Pablo Cussatti, who currently serves as our senior vice president of operations and fulfillment. The offer letter provides for Mr. Cussatti's at-will employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary, target bonus, sign-on bonus, relocation stipend and reimbursement and an initial option grant, as well as his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Cussatti's current base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus of up to 50% of his base salary. Mr. Cussatti's initial option grant under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan covers 125,000 shares of our Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant ($5.53 per share), and vests with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter, subject to Mr. Cussatti's continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. The offer letter also provides for a one-time sign-on bonus of $75,000 and provides that in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 100% of such sign-on bonus, and in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 24 months, but more than 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 50% of such sign-on bonus. In addition, the offer letter provides that Mr. Cussatti will receive a relocation stipend in the amount of $53,000 to be paid in 2017, and that Mr. Cussatti will be eligible to receive a nontaxable relocation reimbursement of up to $10,000 in connection with qualified moving expenses incurred between June 2017 and September 2017; provided, however, that in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 100% of such relocation stipend and relocation reimbursement, if any, and in the event that Mr. Cussatti voluntarily resigns or his employment with us is terminated for cause, in each case within 24 months but more than 12 months after his start date, Mr. Cussatti shall repay us an amount equal to 50% of such

128


Table of Contents

relocation stipend and relocation reimbursement, if any. Mr. Cussatti is subject to our standard employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreement.

Retirement Benefits

          We maintain a retirement plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to an annual statutory limit. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also contribute additional amounts based on statutory limits for "catch-up" contributions. Under the 401(k) plan, each employee is fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. Employee contributions are held and invested by the plan's trustee as directed by participants.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

          Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans to the same extent as all full-time employees.

Director Compensation

          The following table sets forth the total compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2016, Mr. Salzberg, our president and chief executive officer, was a member of our board of directors, as well as an employee, and thus received no additional compensation for his service as a director. See the section titled "Executive Compensation" for more information about Mr. Salzberg's compensation for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Name
  Option
Awards
($)
 
  Total
($)
 
 

Julie M.B. Bradley (1)

         

Tracy Britt Cool (2)

         

Kenneth A. Fox

         

Robert P. Goodman

         

Gary R. Hirshberg (3)

    136,573 (3)   136,573  

Brian P. Kelley (4)

         

(1)
As of December 31, 2016, Ms. Bradley held a restricted stock award under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for 60,000 shares of Class B common stock, which she received in conjunction with joining our board of directors in November 2015, vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on November 12, 2016 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a "change in control" (as defined in the applicable award agreement), the vesting of the then-unvested and outstanding shares subject to Ms. Bradley's restricted stock award will accelerate in full.

(2)
In conjunction with joining our board of directors in January 2017, Ms. Cool received a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($7.04 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Ms. Cool's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

129


Table of Contents

(3)
The amount reported represents the aggregate grant-date fair value of the option grant awarded to Mr. Hirshberg under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the option grant reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amount reported in this column reflects the accounting cost for the option grant and does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by Mr. Hirshberg upon exercise of the option. As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Hirshberg held a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock, which he received in connection with joining our board of directors in October 2016, with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($5.53 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on October 28, 2017 and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date and no stock awards outstanding. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Mr. Hirshberg's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

(4)
In conjunction with joining our board of directors in April 2017, Mr. Kelley received a stock option for 50,000 shares of Class B common stock with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant ($12.37 per share), vesting with respect to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares each month thereafter based on continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), 100% of the total number of shares subject to the stock option will accelerate in full as of the date of consummation of such change in control, provided that Mr. Kelley's continuous service as a director has not been terminated prior to such time.

          Except for the restricted stock award and stock option awards described above, none of our directors has ever received any cash compensation or stock awards for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors.

          We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

          Following the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy on terms to be determined at a later date by our board of directors. Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors.

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

          Prior to this offering, we granted awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

          In December 2016, in connection with our corporate reorganization, we assumed the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. We refer to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Prospectus Summary—Our Corporate Structure." Following our assumption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, outstanding options to purchase Blue Apron, Inc.'s common stock were automatically converted into options to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. with no change in the applicable exercise price, vesting schedule or term.

          The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in December 2016. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock units and shares, restricted or otherwise,

130


Table of Contents

of our Class B common stock. Our employees, leased employees, officers, directors, consultants and other individuals who provide services to us are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Subject to adjustment as provided below, a maximum of 17,981,300 shares of our Class B common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

          The type of awards granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of such awards are set forth in the applicable award agreements, provided that pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan:

    Each stock option under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan must have an exercise price per share of our Class B common stock of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the share on the date of the grant. However, any incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares must have an exercise price per share of not less than 110% of fair market value per share on the date of the grant.

    Each restricted stock award under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is an offer by us to sell shares of our Class B common stock subject to restrictions. Our board of directors determines the time or times within which restricted stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of any restricted stock award.

    Each RSU under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan entitles the participant to whom it is granted to a distribution from us in an amount equal to the fair market value at the time of the distribution of one share of our Class B common stock. Distributions may be made in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares.

          Pursuant to the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee assigned by our board of directors) administers the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of our board of directors are final and binding on all persons. In addition, subject to any limitations in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors selects the recipients of awards and determines:

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

    the type of options to be granted;

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years (five years in the case of a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares);

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the date of grant;

    whether and under what circumstances an option may be exercised without a payment of cash;

    whether, to what extent and under what circumstances shares and other amounts payable with respect to an award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant; and

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock subject to, and the terms of, any restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for forfeiture or repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.

131


Table of Contents

          Our board of directors has the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable.

          Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.     Pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Class B common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our Class B common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, proportionate adjustments shall be made in each of:

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number of shares of our Class B common stock covered by each outstanding option or restricted stock unit granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number of restricted shares of Class B common stock granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan outstanding; and

    the exercise or purchase price for each outstanding option and/or restricted stock unit granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

          Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.     Upon or in anticipation of a change in control (as defined in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that change in control:

    cause any or all outstanding options held by participants affected by the change in control to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part;

    cause any or all outstanding unvested options held by participants affected by the change in control to be cancelled without consideration;

    cause any or all outstanding vested options held by participants affected by the change in control to be cancelled without consideration, so long as such participants are given no less than five business days to exercise such vested options prior to the consummation of the change in control;

    cancel any early exercise rights related to any option;

    suspend and freeze the rights of any participant to exercise any vested options for no more than five business days prior to the consummation of the change in control if administratively necessary to facilitate the closing of the change in control;

    cause any or all restricted stock or restricted stock units held by participants affected by the change in control to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part;

    cancel any option in exchange for a substitute option;

    cancel any restricted stock or restricted stock units held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for restricted stock or restricted stock units in respect of the capital stock of any successor corporation;

    redeem any restricted stock held by a participant affected by the change in control for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the fair market value of an unrestricted share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control;

    cancel any option held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (x) the number of shares of

132


Table of Contents

      Class B common stock subject to that option, multiplied by (y) the difference, if any, between the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control and the exercise price of that option; provided, that if the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control does not exceed the exercise price of any such option, our board of directors may cancel that option without any payment of consideration therefor; or

    cancel any RSU held by a participant affected by the change in control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the fair market value per share of Class B common stock on the date of the change in control.

          As of April 30, 2017, under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, options to purchase 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per share, 1,078,454 shares of Class B common stock had been issued upon option exercises, and 4,791,300 shares of Class B common stock had been issued pursuant to restricted stock awards.

          No further awards will be made under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering; however, awards outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time and for any reason, except that any amendment which would adversely affect the rights of a participant with respect to an award requires the consent of such participant and any amendment of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that increases the number of shares of our Class B common stock available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or that materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of awards is subject to the approval of our stockholders.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

          In                          2017, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and other share-based awards.

          Upon effectiveness of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the following shares will be reserved for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan:

                 shares of Class A common stock;

    a number of shares of Class A common stock (up to a maximum of                          shares), equal to the sum of the number of shares of Class B common stock then available for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the number of shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus

    an annual increase in shares of Class A common stock, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and continuing until and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027, equal to the least of                          shares,         % of the sum of the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year, and an amount determined by our board of directors.

133


Table of Contents

          Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

          Pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

    the number of shares covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

    the type of options to be granted;

    the duration of options, which may not be in excess of ten years (under applicable tax law, five years in the case of a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares);

    the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of the class of securities subject to the option on the date of grant; provided, however, that under applicable tax law, any incentive stock option granted to a participant who, at the time the option is granted, holds shares representing more than 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding voting shares must have an exercise price per share of not less than 110% of fair market value per share on the date of the grant; and

    the number of shares subject to and the terms of any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other share-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for forfeiture, repurchase, issue price and repurchase price (though the measurement price of stock appreciation rights must be at least equal to the fair market value of the class of securities subject to the award on the date of grant and the duration of such awards may not be in excess of ten years).

          If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards (which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined), the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make, and the time period in which such awards may be granted.

          Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization.     Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares of Class A common stock, reclassification of shares of Class A common stock, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of the class of securities subject to the award other than an ordinary cash dividend, our board of directors shall equitably adjust:

    the number and classes of securities available under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the share counting rules under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

    the class of securities, share and per-share provisions, and measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

    the class of securities, number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

134


Table of Contents

    the class of securities, share and per-share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each restricted stock unit and each other share-based award.

          Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.     Upon a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

    provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant's unvested awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and/or provide that all of the participant's vested but unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable);

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of the class of securities subject to the award will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of the class of securities subject to the award subject to the vested portion of the award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event) multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings).

          Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

          In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

          Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of the class of securities subject to the award are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

135


Table of Contents

          At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

          Unless our stockholders approve such action, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan provides that we may not (except as otherwise permitted in connection with a change in capitalization or reorganization event):

    amend any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan to provide an exercise or measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of such outstanding award;

    cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right (whether or not granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (other than substitute awards permitted in connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with us or our acquisition of property or stock of another entity) covering the same or a different number of shares of the class of securities subject to the option and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of the cancelled award;

    cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding option or stock appreciation right with an exercise or measurement price per share above the then-current fair market value of the class of securities subject to the option; or

    take any other action that constitutes a "repricing" within the meaning of NYSE rules or rules of any other exchange or marketplace on which shares of Class A common stock are listed or traded.

          No award may be granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan on or after the date that is ten years following the effectiveness of this registration statement. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

    New Equity Awards

          We intend to grant an estimated             restricted stock units under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering to certain of our fulfillment center employees. These grants are expected to vest as to 100% of such grants on the second anniversary of their issuance. We also intend to grant an estimated             restricted stock units under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan contingent upon the closing of this offering to certain other of our employees, including our named executive officers, with the aggregate number of such restricted stock units to be determined by dividing approximately $23.0 million by the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock. These restricted stock units will vest as to 10% of the shares of Class A common stock under each restricted stock unit grant on the first anniversary of their issuance, 20% on the second anniversary of their issuance, 30% on the third anniversary of their issuance, and 40% on the fourth anniversary of their issuance.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          In                                         2017, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2017 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. The 2017 ESPP initially will provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase an aggregate of             shares of our Class A common stock. The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 ESPP automatically will increase on the first day of each fiscal

136


Table of Contents

year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2028, in an amount equal to the lowest of: (1) a number of shares of Class A common stock (up to a maximum of             shares); (2)        % of the sum of the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year; and (3) an amount determined by our board of directors.

          The 2017 ESPP is administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by the board of directors. The board of directors or the commitee may make rules and regulations for the administration of the 2017 ESPP and its interpretations and decisions are final and conclusive.

          All of our employees and employees of any of our designated subsidiaries, as defined in the 2017 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2017 ESPP, provided that such person:

    is customarily employed by us or a designated subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year; and

    was our employee or an employee of a designated subsidiary on the first day of the applicable offering period under the 2017 ESPP.

          The first offering to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2017 ESPP, which we refer to as the first offering period, will begin on the effective date of the registration statement for this offering and will end on the date determined by our board of directors prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Thereafter, we expect to begin successive six-month offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2017 ESPP on each February 15 and August 15 (or the next following business day). Each offering, other than the first offering period, will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our Class A common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors may, at its discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for offerings.

          On each offering commencement date, each participant will be granted the right to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the offering period and dividing that product by the initial public offering price, in the case of the first offering period, and by the closing price of the Class A common stock on the first day of the offering period for each subsequent offering period. No employee may be granted an option under the 2017 ESPP that permits the employee's rights to purchase shares under the plan to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the Class A common stock (determined as of the first day of each offering period) for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our Class A common stock under the 2017 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock.

          Except with respect to the first offering period, on the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2017 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our Class A common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will buy, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2017 ESPP, the purchase price shall be determined by our board of directors for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our Class A common stock. If our board of directors does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of our Class A common stock on the first business day of the offering period (or the public

137


Table of Contents

offering price in the case of the first offering period) or on the last business day of the offering period.

          Each of our eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the 2017 ESPP for the first offering period and will be deemed to participate in the 2017 ESPP at a rate of 15% of his or her compensation. Payroll deductions are not required for the first offering period, however, a participant may, at any time after the effectiveness of the 2017 ESPP's registration statement on Form S-8, elect to have payroll deductions up to the aggregate amount that would have been credited to his or her account if a deduction of 15% of the compensation that he or she received on each pay day during the first offering period had been made or decline to participate by filing an appropriate subscription agreement. Upon the automatic exercise of a participant's option on the last day of the first offering period, a participant shall be permitted to purchase shares with (1) the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account, if any, (2) a direct payment from the participant, or (3) a combination thereof; provided, however that the total amount applied to the purchase may not exceed the maximum amount described above.

          An employee may for any reason withdraw from participation in an offering prior to the end of an offering period and permanently withdraw the balance accumulated in the employee's account. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during an offering period but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds, funds previously deducted will be applied to the purchase of Class A common stock at the end of the offering period. If a participating employee's employment ends before the last business day of an offering period, no additional payroll deductions will be made and the balance in the employee's account will be paid to the employee.

          We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the number and class of securities available under the 2017 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2017 ESPP and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2017 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our Class A common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

          In connection with a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2017 ESPP), our board of directors may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under the 2017 ESPP on such terms as our board of directors or committee determines:

    provide that options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and that all such outstanding options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by our board of directors or committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten days preceding the effective date of the reorganization event;

    upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the reorganization event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date;

    in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our Class A common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, change the last day of the offering period to be the date of the consummation of the reorganization event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (1) the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event times the number of shares of our Class A common stock that the

138


Table of Contents

      employee's accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the reorganization event could purchase at the applicable purchase price, where the acquisition price is treated as the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period for purposes of determining the purchase price and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the applicable limitations under the 2017 ESPP minus (2) the result of multiplying such number of shares by the purchase price; and/or

    provide that, in connection with our liquidation or dissolution, options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the purchase price thereof).

          The 2017 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

          Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

          Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors. We have agreed that we will be the indemnitor of "first resort," however, with

139


Table of Contents

respect to any claims against these directors for indemnification claims that are indemnifiable by both us and their employers. Accordingly, to the extent that indemnification is permissible under applicable law, we will have full liability for such claims (including for the advancement of any expenses) and we have waived all related rights of contribution, subrogation or other recovery that we might otherwise have against these directors' employers.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

          Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our capital stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

140


Table of Contents


RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

          Other than compensation arrangements for our executive officers and directors which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we were or will be a participant and in which:

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

    any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Revolving Credit Agreement

          In August 2016, Blue Apron, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement providing for a $150.0 million revolving credit facility. In May 2017, we amended our revolving credit facility to permit the issuance of the convertible promissory notes described below under "—Convertible Note Financing" and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to a total maximum amount of $175.0 million. Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. See "Underwriting." As of March 31, 2017, there were $100.3 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility, and as of May 31, 2017, there were $126.4 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility and $48.6 million was available to borrow. For a summary of the terms of the revolving credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility."

Directed Share Program

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby to persons designated by us as part of a directed share program. The sales under the directed share program will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services, LLC, which are each affiliated with Fidelity, one of our 5% stockholders. Fidelity Capital Markets will receive a standard sales concession on any shares of Class A common stock distributed as part of the directed share program. We expect the total sales concessions paid to Fidelity Capital Markets to be $             , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in the directed share program equals 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered hereby.

Preferred Stock Financings

          In May and July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,301,861 shares of Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately

141


Table of Contents

$137.3 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D preferred stock by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series D
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    375,181   $ 5,000,000  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity

    9,379,532     125,000,085  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    7,504     100,005  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    375,181     5,000,000  

          In April 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,001,448 shares of Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $16.6586 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a five-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $3.33172 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series C
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    725,528   $ 12,086,289  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    326,325     5,436,121  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    1,894,370     31,557,575  

Convertible Note Financing

          In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, or the convertible notes, to entities affiliated with Fidelity. The convertible notes are unsecured general obligations and are subordinated to all of our current or future senior debt, including indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. The convertible notes mature on May 3, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum, compounded annually. Upon maturity, we may repay the convertible notes in cash or through the issuance of shares of our Series D preferred stock valued at $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share). If we elect to repay all or a portion of the convertible notes in cash, the holders may nonetheless elect to receive shares of Series D preferred stock (valued at $13.3269 per share) in lieu of cash.

          Upon the closing of this offering, the convertible notes will convert automatically into an aggregate of             shares of Class B common stock at a price per share of              , representing a 7.5% discount to the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

          If we were to consummate a change of control transaction prior to the closing of this offering, the convertible notes would convert automatically, immediately prior to such change of control transaction, into shares of Class B common stock on terms (including a discount based on the amount of time that transpires prior to such transaction) that are similar to the conversion terms in connection with this offering.

Company Repurchases From Executive Officers

          In June 2014, we used a portion of the proceeds from the April 2014 Series C preferred stock financing to provide liquidity to Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas, and Matthew J. Wadiak, executive officers of our company, by repurchasing shares of common stock from them at a purchase price of $16.6586 per share, which was equal to the common stock equivalent price at

142


Table of Contents

which we issued and sold the Series C preferred stock. The following table summarizes the repurchases:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Common Stock
 
  Total Sale
Price
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    150,073   $ 2,500,006  

Ilia M. Papas

    100,048     1,666,660  

Matthew J. Wadiak

    50,024     833,330  

Secondary Stock Sales Involving Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders

          In February 2016, an entity affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, one of our 5% stockholders, purchased a total of 7,913 shares of Series A preferred stock from two other stockholders at a purchase price of $498.55 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a 50-for-1 basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $9.971 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of $3,945,026.

          In October 2015, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas, and Matthew J. Wadiak sold shares of common stock to unrelated investors at a purchase price of $13.3269 per share, which was equal to the common stock-equivalent price at which we issued and sold Series D preferred stock in May and July 2015. The following table summarizes the sales:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Common Stock
 
  Total Sale
Price
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg

    1,650,939   $ 22,001,899  

Ilia M. Papas

    417,467     5,563,541  

Matthew J. Wadiak

    182,680     2,434,558  

          In October 2014, three of our Series A stockholders sold a total of 11,500 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $100.00 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a 50-for-1 basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $2.00 per share), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.2 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series A preferred stock in this transaction by 5% stockholders of our company:

Stockholder
  Shares of Series A
Preferred Stock
 
  Total Purchase
Price
 
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners

    6,690   $ 669,000  

First Round Capital IV, LP

    3,009     300,900  

SG Growth Partners II, LP

    1,801     180,100  

Loan to Executive Officer

          In May 2013, we loaned $133,423 to Matthew J. Wadiak to fund his purchase of 4,731,300 shares of common stock from us for $0.0282 per share, which was equal to the fair market value of the shares upon issuance, and concurrently cancelled 4,731,300 shares of common stock that had been issued to Mr. Wadiak in August 2012 on substantially identical terms (other than the loan). The loan was unsecured, bore interest at an annual rate of 2.6%, and was due in May 2023. In January 2014, we forgave this loan and agreed to pay Mr. Wadiak a bonus, during 2014, in an amount sufficient to forgive the loan and ameliorate the tax impact of that forgiveness. Accordingly, we paid Mr. Wadiak a bonus of $227,100 in December 2014.

143


Table of Contents

Consulting and Employment Arrangements

          Shaun Salzberg Design, LLC, which is owned by Shaun Salzberg, the brother of Matthew B. Salzberg, provides software design, implementation, and related services to us as an independent contractor. For these services, we pay hourly fees and reimburse specified expenses. These services were initially provided under a consulting agreement dated October 28, 2015 and, following expiration of the agreement on October 28, 2016, have continued to be provided on substantially the same terms. To date, we have paid Shaun Salzberg Design, LLC an aggregate of $149,550 pursuant to these arrangements.

          For a description of the compensation arrangements that we have with our executive officers and directors, see "Executive Compensation."

Registration Rights

          We are a party to an investors' rights agreement, originally entered into in January 2013 and most recently amended and restated in May 2015, with certain holders of our Class B common stock and certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Fidelity, First Round Capital IV, LP, SG Growth Partners II, LP, Ilia M. Papas, Matthew B. Salzberg, The Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust, The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust, Matthew J. Wadiak, and Shaun Salzberg. The investors' rights agreement provides these holders the right, following the closing of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be included in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights. Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses and indemnify these holders with respect to each registration of registrable shares that is effected.

Indemnification Agreements

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. See "Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

          Our board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a "related person," has a direct or indirect material interest.

          If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our general counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee of our board of directors. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between audit committee meetings, subject to ratification by the audit committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

144


Table of Contents

          A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

    the related person's interest in the related person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person's interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

          The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in or is not inconsistent with our company's best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

          Pursuant to the SEC's related person transaction disclosure rule, the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of the policy:

    interests arising only from the related person's position as a director of another corporation or organization that is a party to the transaction;

    interests arising only from the direct or indirect ownership by the related person and all other related persons in the aggregate of less than a 10% equity interest (other than a general partnership interest) in another entity which is a party to the transaction;

    interests arising solely from the ownership of a class of our equity securities if all holders of that class of equity securities receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis;

    compensation arrangements with executive officers if the compensation has been approved, or recommended to the board of directors for approval, by the compensation committee;

    compensation for services as a director of our company if such compensation will be publicly reported pursuant to SEC rules;

    interests arising solely from indebtedness of a 5% stockholder or an immediate family member of a 5% stockholder;

    a transaction where the rates or charges involved in the transaction are determined by competitive bids;

    a transaction that involves the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier or public utility at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority; and

    a transaction that involves services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture, or similar services.

          In addition, our board of directors has determined that transactions that are specifically contemplated by our corporate charter or bylaws are not related person transactions for purposes of the policy. The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

145


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock, as of April 30, 2017, by:

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock;

    each of our directors;

    each of our named executive officers; and

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

          The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of Class B common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2017 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

          We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on no shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017, 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017 (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, but without giving effect to the conversion of the convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock) and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding as of April 30, 2017. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on                        shares of Class A common stock, 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock (assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, but without giving effect to the conversion of the convertible notes into shares of Class B common stock) and 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                       shares of our Class A common stock from us.

          Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., 5 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10013. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder

146


Table of Contents

unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
Before
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
After
Offering
 

    Class A     Class B     Class C           Class A     Class B     Class C        

Name
  Number     %     Number     %     Number     %           Number     %     Number     %     Number     %          

5% Stockholders

                                                                                     

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)

            36,287,771     23.8             23.8             36,287,771     23.8                

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (2)

            9,379,532     6.2             6.2             9,379,532     6.2                

First Round Capital IV, LP (3)

            15,982,179     10.5             10.5             15,982,179     10.5                

Ilia M. Papas (4)

            11,988,668     7.9             7.9             11,988,668     7.9                

SG Growth Partners II, LP (5)

            9,937,081     6.5             6.5             9,937,081     6.5                

Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement (6)

            19,744,091     12.9             13.0             19,744,091     12.9                

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Matthew B. Salzberg (7)

            47,421,343     31.1             31.1             47,421,343     31.1                

Julie M.B. Bradley (8)

            60,000     *             *             60,000     *                

Tracy Britt Cool

                                                           

Kenneth A. Fox (9)

            9,937,081     6.5             6.5             9,937,081     6.5                

Robert P. Goodman (10)

            36,287,771     23.8             23.8             36,287,771     23.8                

Gary R. Hirshberg

                                                           

Brian P. Kelley

                                                           

Bradley J. Dickerson (11)

            694,955     *             *             694,955     *                

Pablo Cussatti

                                                           

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (12)

            112,157,830     72.5             72.6             112,157,830     72.5                

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i) 19,813,194 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P., and (ii) 16,474,577 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. (collectively, the "BVP Entities"). Each of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. ("Deer VIII L.P."), the general partner of the BVP Entities, and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. ("Deer VIII Ltd."), the general partner of Deer VIII L.P., has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BVP Entities. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. The address of each of the BVP Entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.

(2)
Consists of (i) 4,329,591 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Contrafund, (ii) 1,110,537 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, (iii) 866,669 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, (iv) 780,377 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, (v) 750,363 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mount Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (vi) 292,641 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool, (vii) 285,138 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund, (viii) 240,116 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Series Opportunistic Insights Fund, (ix) 217,605 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund, (x) 195,094 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company, (xi) 180,087 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (xii) 56,277 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund, (xiii) 45,022 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Variable Insurance Products Fund III: Growth Opportunities Portfolio, and (xiv) 30,015 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor Series Opportunistic Insights Fund (collectively, the "Fidelity Entities"). The Fidelity Entities are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is the chairman and chief executive officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B stockholders have entered into a stockholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the stockholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Entities advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Entities' Boards of Trustees. Fidelity

147


Table of Contents

    Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Entities' Boards of Trustees. The address of the Fidelity Entities is c/o FMR LLC, 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

(3)
Consists of 15,982,179 shares of Class B common stock held of record by First Round Capital IV, LP, as nominee for First Round Capital IV, LP and First Round Capital IV Partners Fund, LP. First Round Capital Management IV, LLC is the general partner of First Round Capital Management IV LP and has sole voting and investment power over these shares. Phineas Barnes, Christopher Fralic, Robert Hayes, Joshua Kopelman and William Trenchard are the managing members of First Round Capital Management IV, LLC and have shared power to vote and invest these shares. The address of First Round Capital IV, LP is 4040 Locust Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104.

(4)
Consists of (i) 6,985,543 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Papas, (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Class B common stock held by the Ilia M. Papas 2017 Annuity Trust, for which Mr. Papas serves as trustee, and (iii) 3,125 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017 of which 1,562 are vested as of such date.

(5)
Consists of 9,937,081 shares of Class B common stock held of record. SGGP II, LLC, the general partner of SG Growth Partners II LP, has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares and voting decisions with respect to such shares are made by Kenneth A. Fox and Daniel C. Marriott as the investment committee of SGGP II, LLC. The address of SG Growth Partners, II LP is 402 West 13 th  Street, 5 th  Floor, New York, New York 10014.

(6)
Consists of 19,744,091 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement, for which Matthew B. Salzberg and his father serve as co-trustees.

(7)
Consists of (i) 25,154,605 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Salzberg, (ii) 19,744,091 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Family Trust Created Under Article V of the Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust Agreement, for which Mr. Salzberg and his father serve as co-trustees, (iii) 2,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record by The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust, for which Mr. Salzberg serves as a trustee, (iv) 18,759 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Aspiration Growth Opportunities II GP, LLC, with respect to which Mr. Salzberg has shared investment and voting power and (v) 3,888 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017 of which 1,944 are vested as of such date.

(8)
Consists of 60,000 shares of Class B common stock held of record, of which 38,750 shares are subject to vesting and forfeiture.

(9)
Consists of shares held by SG Growth Partners II, LP identified in footnote 5.

(10)
Consists of shares held by the BVP Entities identified in footnote 1. Robert P. Goodman, one of our directors, J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. ("Deer VIII Ltd.") and hold the voting and dispositive power for the BVP Entities. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the BVP Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee.

(11)
Consists of 694,955 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017, of which 608,085 are vested as of such date.

(12)
Consists of (i) 110,036,350 shares of Class B common stock held of record, of which 38,750 shares are subject to vesting and forfeiture, and (ii) 2,121,480 shares of Class B common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2017, of which 1,969,305 shares are vested as of such date.

148


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

          Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                          shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,                          shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,                           shares of Class C capital stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement for this offering. The following description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

          As of April 30, 2017, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering, there were 152,462,830 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held by 121 stockholders of record, 42,867 shares of Class C capital stock outstanding, held by one stockholder of record, and no shares of preferred stock or Class A common stock outstanding.

          We are issuing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The outstanding shares of Class B common stock are held by our executive officers, employees, directors and their affiliates, and certain other stockholders who held our capital stock immediately prior to this offering. The Class C capital stock is available for use for, among other things, strategic initiatives, including financings and acquisitions, and the issuance of equity incentives to employees and other service providers.

Class A, Class B and Class C Stock

Dividend Rights

          Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled "Dividend Policy."

Voting Rights

          Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and holders of Class C capital stock are not entitled to vote on any matter that is submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of the offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms.

149


Table of Contents

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

          Holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock and Class C capital stock described below.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

          If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C capital stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

          Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon its transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including certain transfers by a stockholder to (1) family members of the stockholder, so long as the stockholder retains voting control over the transferred shares; (2) certain trusts and other permitted entities owned by or for the benefit of the stockholder or family members, so long as the stockholder, or a fiduciary who is selected by such stockholder and whom such stockholder has the power to remove and replace, retains voting control over the transferred shares; and (3) certain foundations and charities, so long as the stockholder, or a fiduciary who is selected by such stockholder and whom such stockholder has the power to remove and replace, retains voting control over the transferred shares. In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock held by a stockholder who is a natural person, or held by the permitted transferees of such stockholder, will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the death or permanent and total disability of such stockholder, subject to a conversion delay of nine months in the event of the death or permanent and total disability of one of our founders, Matthew B. Salzberg, Ilia M. Papas or Matthew J. Wadiak.

          As a result of the conversion provisions described above, unless one of the specified exceptions applies, a holder of Class B common stock cannot transfer shares of Class B common stock without the loss of the higher voting rights associated with the Class B common stock (ten votes per share) as compared to the Class A common stock (one vote per share), which may make the value of such holder's investment in our company lower than it would be if such holder were permitted to transfer shares of Class B common stock without the conversion of the transferred shares into Class A common stock. The conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock, whether upon a transfer of Class B common stock or the death of a holder of Class B common stock, will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares of Class B common stock. If, for example, Mr. Salzberg retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, because of the conversion delay described above, a founder (or such founder's estate or the persons to whom such founder's shares are transferred upon his death, as applicable) will be able to retain such founder's shares of Class B common stock (and the higher voting rights associated with such shares) for a period of nine months after the death or permanent and total disability of such founder.

150


Table of Contents

          Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into one share of Class A common stock. A holder who voluntarily elects to convert shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock will lose the higher voting rights associated with the Class B common stock (ten votes per share) as compared to the Class A common stock (one vote per share), which may make the value of such holder's investment in our company lower than it would be if such holder continued to hold Class B common stock.

          All outstanding Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, (1) upon the date which is nine months after the death or disability of Matthew B. Salzberg or (2) when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 5% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. All outstanding Class C capital stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis, on the date fixed therefor by our board of directors that is between 31 and 90 days following the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock. Upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock and Class C capital stock into Class A common stock, all stockholders will have one vote per share, which will reduce the ability of Matthew B. Salzberg (or his permitted transferees) and the other holders of Class B common stock to exercise voting control over our company.

          Each share of Class B common stock or Class C capital stock that is converted into Class A common stock will thereupon automatically be retired and not be available for reissuance. If we subsequently wish to issue more shares of Class B common stock or Class C capital stock than are then authorized for issuance, we would first have to amend our restated certificate of incorporation with the approval of our board of directors and stockholders in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

          In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of Class A common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

          Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

          The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

          As of April 30, 2017, options to purchase 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.78 per

151


Table of Contents

share, of which 3,468,408 shares were vested and exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.01 per share.

Registration Rights

          Pursuant to our investors' rights agreement, certain stockholders have the right, following the closing of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be included in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. We refer to the shares held by holders having rights under this agreement as registrable securities. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 151,324,376 registrable securities, including shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock, have rights under this agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, until six months after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities with demand registration rights can demand that we file up to two registration statements on Form S-1 registering all or a portion of their registrable securities, provided that the aggregate offering price is expected to be at least $10 million. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 85,190,551 registrable securities have demand registration rights. Under specified circumstances, we also have the right to defer filing of a requested registration statement for a period of not more than 60 days, which right may not be exercised more than once during any 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to additional conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities with demand registration rights have the right to demand that we file additional registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, for such holders on Form S-3, if the aggregate anticipated offering price is at least $5 million. These holders can demand up to two such registrations in any 12-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit or similar plans, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in this registration statement, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, the holders of all registrable securities are entitled to receive notice of the registration and to include their registrable securities in such registration. As of April 30, 2017, the holders of 151,324,376 registrable securities will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their registrable securities in this registration statement, but we anticipate that such right will be waived prior to consummation of this offering. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of the number of registrable securities that may be included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

          We are required to pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, other than the underwriting discount, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the

152


Table of Contents

holders of a majority of the shares requested to be included in such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

          We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning shares representing 15% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Staggered Board; Removal of Directors

          Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

          The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Supermajority Voting

          The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least                          of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described in the prior two paragraphs.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders; Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

          Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for

153


Table of Contents

stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions also could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our capital stock, because even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting stock, it would be able to take action as a stockholder, such as electing new directors or approving a merger, only at a duly called stockholders meeting and not by written consent.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

          The authorized but unissued shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C capital stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved capital stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Choice of Forum

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Corporate Opportunity

          Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we have, on behalf of ourselves, our subsidiaries and our and their respective stockholders, renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be presented to our directors or officers that are not our employees or any of their respective affiliates, partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees or other representatives, and that no such person has any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries or shall be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries or any of our or its stockholders for breach of any duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries, unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of our company, such business opportunity is

154


Table of Contents

expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for the Class A common stock will be                                        .

New York Stock Exchange

          We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN."

155


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there was no public market for the Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Class A common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for the Class A common stock.

          Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                          shares of Class A common stock,                          shares of Class B common stock and no shares of Class C capital stock, assuming (1) the issuance of                           shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering and (3) the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest on the convertible notes into                                        shares of Class B common stock. Of these shares, the                          shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

          The shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, and the shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion of Class B common stock, will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

          Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of Shares    

On the date of this prospectus

    0  

90 days after the date of this prospectus

    0  

120 (1) days after the date of this prospectus

       

180 (1) days after the date of this prospectus

       

(1)
If the 120-day or 180-day periods specified above would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings.

          In addition, of the 11,564,727 shares of Class B common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2017, options to purchase 3,468,408 shares of Class B common stock were vested as of April 30, 2017, and the shares issued upon exercise will be eligible for public sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below.

          Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon its public sale or other transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation. See "Description of Capital Stock—Capital Stock—Conversion."

156


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

          We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of         % of our outstanding capital stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives for the several underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the periods specified below:

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our capital stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our capital stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, owned directly by us (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which we have beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC; or

    engage in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of shares of our capital stock, even if such capital stock would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned.

          The restrictions set forth above shall apply to us for a period of            days after the date of this prospectus. The restrictions set forth above shall apply to our directors, executive officers and the stockholders noted above during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings.

          These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Underwriting."

          Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

          In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the total number of then-outstanding shares of the class of security sold, which will equal, immediately after this offering, approximately                          shares of Class A common stock; or

    the average weekly trading volume in the class of security sold on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

          Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the

157


Table of Contents

seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

          In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

          Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

          The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

          We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of capital stock issued or issuable under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

          Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 151,324,376 shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

158


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

          The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their Class A common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our Class A common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

          This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

          We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

    financial institutions;

    brokers or dealers in securities;

    tax-exempt organizations;

    pension plans;

159


Table of Contents

    owners that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment or who have elected to mark securities to market;

    insurance companies;

    controlled foreign corporations;

    passive foreign investment companies;

    non-U.S. governments; and

    certain U.S. expatriates.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

          As discussed under "Dividend Policy" above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our Class A common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to the holder's tax basis in the Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading "Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock." Any distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" and "FATCA."

          Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          A non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will

160


Table of Contents

be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

          A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

          Subject to the discussions below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding" and "FATCA," a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such non-U.S. holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above under the heading "Distributions" may also apply;

    the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any; or

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder's holding period, if shorter) a "U.S. real property holding corporation" unless our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our Class A common stock. Generally, a corporation is a "U.S. real property holding corporation" if the fair market value of its "U.S. real property interests" (as defined in the Code and applicable regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are a U.S. real property holding corporation and either our Class A common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a non-U.S. holder holds more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such non-U.S. holder's gain on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

161


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

          Shares of our Class A common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

          We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our Class A common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under the heading "Distributions," will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

          Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

          Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

          Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our Class A common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (1) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, or (3) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

162


Table of Contents

          Withholding under FATCA generally (1) applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock and (2) will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock made after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

           The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for informational purposes only. It is not legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

163


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

   

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. 

   

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

Needham & Company, LLC

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

   

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   

Total

   

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock.

    No Exercise     Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of,

164


Table of Contents

directly or indirectly, or file a registration statement relating to, any of our securities, for a period of                          . Our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, they will not dispose of or hedge any of their capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing to and including (i) with respect to 20% of the securities subject to these agreements, 120 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) with respect to the remaining balance of the securities subject to these agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, if such 120-day or 180-day period would end during the period beginning 14 calendar days prior to the end of one of our fiscal quarters or our fiscal year and ending on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release earnings for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, the applicable restricted period will end on the day after the second full trading day following the date on which we publicly release such earnings. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby to persons designated by us. The sales will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services, LLC, through a directed share program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our stockholders who have entered into lock-up agreements described above shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreements. Other participants in the directed share program shall be subject to a lock-up under which they will agree not to dispose of or hedge any shares sold to them pursuant to that program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses in connection with the directed share program. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered hereby.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated by us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "APRN." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may

165


Table of Contents

purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          We estimate that the total expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $              million, which includes up to $             that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

          Entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., who are acting as underwriters in this offering, are lenders under our revolving credit agreement and thus may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering. As of March 31, 2017, there were $100.3 million of

166


Table of Contents

outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility, and as of May 31, 2017, there were $126.4 million of outstanding borrowings and issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility and $48.6 million was available to borrow. For a summary of the terms of the credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Revolving Credit Facility."

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer to the public of our Class A common shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our Class A common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to our Class A common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our Class A common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our Class A common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Director 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

          This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

          In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

          The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an

167


Table of Contents

exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

          Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

          Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance") or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("Securities and Futures Ordinance"), or (ii) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA")) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional

168


Table of Contents

investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation's securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore ("Regulation 32").

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

169


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

          Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, is based on our own internal estimates and research, industry and general publications and research, and surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Our management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions, which we believe to be reasonable, made by us based on such data, as well as our knowledge of our industry and products. This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Euromonitor, Lightspeed Consulting and Nielsen. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. We commissioned some of these reports, as indicated elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, this prospectus contains consumer grocery waste data, most recently updated in 2010, from the USDA. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the USDA grocery waste data or the data contained in any third-party industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and we caution you not to give undue weight to such estimates. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets or industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or us and contained in this prospectus.


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York. Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.


EXPERTS

          Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

170


Table of Contents

          You may read and copy the registration statement for this offering at the SEC's public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC's public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement for this offering at the SEC's Internet website.

          Upon closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.blueapron.com . The information contained in, or which can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

171


Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, NY
March 31, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

    December 31,
    March 31,     Pro Forma
March 31,
 

  2015     2016     2017     2017    

                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

                         

CURRENT ASSETS:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 61,167   $ 61,167  

Accounts receivable

    355     485     624     624  

Inventories, net

    17,476     42,887     49,994     49,994  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    4,029     8,267     7,662     7,662  

Other receivables

    948     4,991     8,397     8,397  

Total current assets

    149,668     138,098     127,844     127,844  

Restricted cash

    337     3,966     3,966     3,966  

Property and equipment, net

    14,633     130,961     190,295     190,295  

Other noncurrent assets

    335     382     360     360  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 164,973   $ 273,407   $ 322,465   $ 322,465  

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                         

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 29,915   $ 49,549   $ 77,668   $ 77,668  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    14,222     40,911     52,032     52,032  

Deferred revenue

    6,252     24,278     21,803     21,803  

Total current liabilities

    50,389     114,738     151,503     151,503  

Long-term debt

        44,533     99,577     99,577  

Facility financing obligation

        49,809     53,273     53,273  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    1,649     2,858     7,124     7,124  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    52,038     211,938     311,477     311,477  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

                         

Convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 17,371,402 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 14,500,938 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 0 shares issued or outstanding pro forma; aggregate liquidation preference of $195,317 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017

    194,869     194,869     194,869      

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):

                         

Class A common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 0 shares, 177,000,000 shares and 177,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 177,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Class B common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 175,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017; 66,565,002, 67,095,128 shares, and 67,156,678 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 175,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    7     7     7        

Class C common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share — 0 shares, 2,000,000 shares, and 2,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 0 shares, 0 shares, and 42,687 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and March 31, 2017, respectively; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 42,687 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Additional paid-in capital

    1,727     5,147     6,860        

Accumulated deficit

    (83,668 )   (138,554 )   (190,748 )      

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    (81,934 )   (133,400 )   (183,881 )      

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 164,973   $ 273,407   $ 322,465   $ 322,465  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

  Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net revenue

  $ 77,806   $ 340,803   $ 795,416   $ 172,098   $ 244,843  

Operating expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

    72,223     263,271     532,682     112,523     168,531  

Marketing

    13,960     51,362     144,141     25,413     60,605  

Product, technology, general, and administrative

    21,811     70,151     165,179     29,690     63,210  

Depreciation and amortization

    611     2,917     8,217     1,485     4,180  

Total operating expenses

    108,605     387,701     850,219     169,111     296,526  

Income (loss) from operations

    (30,799 )   (46,898 )   (54,803 )   2,987     (51,683 )

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

    (4 )   (6 )   25     57     (470 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (30,803 )   (46,904 )   (54,778 )   3,044     (52,153 )

Provision for income taxes

        (61 )   (108 )   (27 )   (41 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Diluted

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders:

                               

Basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,090,001  

Diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,090,001  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders (unaudited):

                               

Basic

              $           $    

Diluted

              $           $    

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to Class B and Class C common stockholders (unaudited):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                               

Unrealized loss on investments

    (10 )                

Reclassification of losses included in net income (loss), net of tax of $0

        10              

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (30,813 ) $ (46,955 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share data)

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
    Treasury     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Accumulated     Total
Stockholders'
 

    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount     Capital     Stock     Loss     Deficit     Equity (Deficit)
 

Balance — January 1, 2014

    1,197,629   $ 7,913         67,634,550   $ 7   $ 3   $   $   $ (4,000 ) $ (3,990 )

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million

    3,001,448     49,824                                  

Repurchase of common stock

                (1,500,725 )           (1,900 )           (1,900 )

Share-based compensation

                        565                 565  

Net loss

                                    (30,803 )   (30,803 )

Unrealized loss on investments

                                (10 )       (10 )

Balance — December 31, 2014

    4,199,077   $ 57,737         66,133,825   $ 7   $ 568   $ (1,900 ) $ (10 ) $ (34,803 ) $ (36,138 )

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million

    10,301,861     137,132                                  

Share-based compensation

                        1,105                 1,105  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                371,177         54                 54  

Issuance of restricted common stock

                60,000                          

Retirement of treasury shares

                            1,900         (1,900 )    

Net loss

                                    (46,965 )   (46,965 )

Reclassification of losses included in net loss

                                10         10  

Balance — December 31, 2015

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         66,565,002   $ 7   $ 1,727   $   $   $ (83,668 ) $ (81,934 )

Share-based compensation

                        3,018                 3,018  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                530,126         402                 402  

Net loss

                                    (54,886 )   (54,886 )

Balance — December 31, 2016

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         67,095,128   $ 7   $ 5,147   $   $   $ (138,554 ) $ (133,400 )

Share-based compensation

                        1,262                 1,262  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                61,550         78                 78  

Issuance of common stock upon acquisition

                42,687         373                 373  

Net loss

                                    (52,194 )   (52,194 )

Balance — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

    14,500,938   $ 194,869         67,199,365   $ 7   $ 6,860   $   $   $ (190,748 ) $ (183,881 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,194 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

                               

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    486     2,298     6,786     1,198     3,606  

Amortization of capitalized software development costs

    125     619     1,431     287     574  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    18     17     3         23  

Changes in reserves and allowances

    408     1,650     151     449     411  

Share-based compensation

    3,665     1,105     2,965     576     1,238  

Investment premium amortization

    19     69              

Debt issuance cost amortization

            62         44  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                               

Accounts receivable

    (169 )   4     (130 )   (420 )   (139 )

Inventories

    (1,264 )   (16,224 )   (25,686 )   (6,585 )   (5,497 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (790 )   (3,355 )   (3,598 )   1,833     523  

Other receivables

    (659 )   (289 )   (319 )   (4 )   (3,406 )

Other noncurrent assets

    (546 )   211     (47 )   66     22  

Accounts payable

    9,113     18,946     3,713     4,220     23,238  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,211     10,965     26,821     2,609     10,727  

Deferred revenue

    1,446     3,967     18,026     (1,242 )   (2,475 )

Other noncurrent liabilities

    881     586     1,163     (49 )   4,266  

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

    (16,859 )   (26,396 )   (23,545 )   5,955     (19,039 )

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Capitalized software development costs

    (535 )   (1,561 )   (3,156 )   (573 )   (146 )

Cash paid for acquisition

                    (1,177 )

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

            (3,629 )   (2,441 )    

Purchases of property and equipment

    (3,702 )   (10,380 )   (59,671 )   (2,729 )   (54,940 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        5              

Proceeds from maturities of investments

        6,000              

Purchases of short-term investments

    (6,088 )                

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,325 )   (5,936 )   (66,456 )   (5,743 )   (56,263 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                               

Net proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

        137,132              

Net proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

    49,824                  

Net proceeds from issuance of Long-term debt

            44,471         55,000  

Net proceeds from issuance of Common stock

        54     402     38     78  

Repurchase of Common stock

    (5,000 )                  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (40 )   (140 )   (264 )   (77 )   (77 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    44,784     137,046     44,609     (39 )   55,001  

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    17,600     104,714     (45,392 )   173     (20,301 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

    4,546     22,146     126,860     126,860     81,468  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

  $ 22,146   $ 126,860   $ 81,468   $ 127,033   $ 61,167  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

                               

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

  $   $   $ 355   $ 70   $  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 14   $ 33   $ 96   $ 10   $ 283  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING INFORMATION:

                               

Acquisition (disposal) of property and equipment financed under capital lease obligations

  $ 262   $ 582   $ 256   $ 144   $ (30 )

Non-cash addition to property and equipment related to build-to-suit lease

  $   $   $ 46,085   $ 883   $ 3,464  

Purchases of property and equipment included in Accounts payable

  $ 888   $ 432   $ 15,713   $ 28,170   $ 20,676  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

          When used in these notes, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company."

          The Company creates original recipes, which are sent along with fresh, high-quality, seasonal ingredients, directly to customers for them to prepare, cook, and enjoy. The Company creates these cooking experiences around original recipes every week based on what's in-season with farming partners and other suppliers. Customers can choose which recipes they would like to receive in a given week, and the Company delivers those recipes to their doorsteps along with the pre-portioned ingredients required to cook those recipes.

          In addition to meals, the Company sells wine through Blue Apron Wine, a direct-to-consumer wine delivery service launched in September 2015. The Company also sells a curated selection of cooking tools, utensils, and pantry items through Blue Apron Market, an e-commerce marketplace launched in November 2014. In addition, in February 2017, the Company acquired BN Ranch, a premium supplier of sustainable beef, poultry and lamb.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016, and Blue Apron, Inc., the parent company prior to the Corporate Reorganization, converted into Blue Apron, LLC and became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The Company's headquarters are in New York, New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

          The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP").

          Certain reclassifications were made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

          In preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities which are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures. The accounting estimates that require the most difficult and subjective judgments include revenue recognition, inventory valuation, leases, recoverability of long-lived assets, the fair value of share-based awards, recoverability of net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance, and the recognition and measurement of income tax uncertainties and other contingencies. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors and adjust those estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could materially differ from the Company's estimates and assumptions.

F-8


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

          The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017, the Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, and the Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2017 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements related to these three month periods are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

          Upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO"), all outstanding convertible preferred stock and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Company's outstanding convertible notes will each automatically convert into shares of the Company's Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2017. The unaudited pro forma Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of March 31, 2017 has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 85,190,551 shares of Class B common stock upon the completion of the IPO as well as             shares of the Company's Class B common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of an aggregate principal amount of $63.5 million and all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the Company's convertible promissory notes upon the closing of the IPO, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range) as of January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017, respectively.

          The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net income (loss) loss per share disclosure provides material information to investors because the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the IPO and, therefore, that the disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) per share provides a measure of net income (loss) per share that is comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest and consist of cash on hand, money market accounts, and amounts held by third-party financial institutions for credit and debit card transactions. Cash as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 was $28.8 million, $13.2 million and $24.5 million, respectively. Cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 were $98.1 million,

F-9


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

$68.3 million and $36.7 million, respectively, and consist of qualifying money market accounts and amounts due from third-party institutions. Amounts due from third-party institutions generally settle within three business days and were $0.0 million, $9.9 million, and $8.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from third parties that market the Company's products. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts, net of allowances for doubtful accounts if applicable, are unsecured, and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is zero at December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

Other Receivables

          Other receivables primarily include amounts due from the landlords of the Company's leased fulfillment centers for tenant improvement allowances. Other receivables are recorded at their carrying amounts, are unsecured, and do not bear interest.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

          Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. All of the Company's cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are held at financial institutions in the United States that management believes to be of high credit quality. Deposits held in the United States with these financial institutions exceed federally insured limits.

          The primary focus of the Company's investment strategy is to preserve capital and meet liquidity requirements. The Company's investment policy addresses the level of credit exposure by limiting the concentration in any one corporate issuer or sector and establishing a minimum allowable credit rating.

          No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's total Net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017. There are no significant concentration risks within the Company's Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

          For the year ended December 31, 2014, an individual shipping carrier accounted for 14% of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, an individual shipping carrier accounted for 12% of the Company's total Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. No individual supplier accounted for 10% or more of total Accounts payable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017.

Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist primarily of bulk and prepped food, products available for resale, packaging, and containers which are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs consist

F-10


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of product costs, inbound shipping and handling costs, and applicable direct labor costs. Inventories are valued on a first in, first out cost basis. The Company records an inventory valuation reserve when applicable based on currently available information about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, donations, or liquidations and expected recoverable values of each inventory category.

Leases

          The Company categorizes lease agreements at their inception as either operating or capital leases. For operating leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For capital leases, the Company records a leased asset with a corresponding liability. Payments are recorded as reductions to the liability with an interest charge recorded based on the remaining liability.

          The Company reviews leases for which it is involved in construction to determine if it is considered to be the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. If the Company is determined to be the owner for accounting purposes, the Company follows build-to-suit accounting and capitalizes the fair value of the building and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will continue to be considered the owner of the building for accounting purposes.

Property and Equipment, Net

          Property and equipment, net, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost and are depreciated using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Computer equipment

 

2 - 3 years

Capitalized software

 

2 years

Fulfillment equipment

 

5 - 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of expected useful life or lease term

Capitalized Software Development Costs

          The Company capitalizes qualifying internally-developed software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage so long as management with the relevant authority authorizes the project, it is probable the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives which is approximately two years. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional significant functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the enhancement. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation operation activities, including training and maintenance, are expensed as

F-11


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

incurred. Capitalized software development costs net of accumulated amortization are included as a component of Property and equipment, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

          Long-lived assets consist of the Company's property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs. The Company periodically evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long-lived assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance may not be recoverable. These factors may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated cash flows. Recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated. If future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment is recognized in earnings to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, no impairment of long-lived assets was indicated.

Fair Value Measurement of Financial Instruments

          The fair value of financial instruments is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability at the balance sheet date. Certain assets are categorized based on the following fair value hierarchy of market participant assumptions:

    Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3 — Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value of the asset or liability and supported by little or no market activity.

          The Company uses observable market data when available, and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

          Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are stated at carrying amounts as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of the long-term debt approximates its carrying value based on the variable nature of interest rates and current market rates available to the Company.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue when the following four criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred; (3) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue, net of promotional discounts, is deferred at the time cash is collected and recognized at the time risk of ownership transfers to the customer. The Company also defers revenue from the sale of gift cards and prepaid orders until all criteria for revenue recognition are met. Net revenue is reduced for actual and estimated customer

F-12


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

credits and refunds expected to be issued. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, credits and refunds represented 4.8%, 4.4%, and 3.3% of Net revenue, respectively.

          The Company periodically enters into agreements with third parties to market the Company's products. The Company records revenue from such arrangements at the gross amount as the Company is the primary obligor with the customer, provides primary customer service for such products sold on its website, has latitude in establishing price and selecting such products sold on its website, and maintains inventory risk. Payments received in advance under these agreements are recorded as deferred revenue until all criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Cost of Goods Sold, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization

          Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization consists of product and fulfillment costs. Product costs include the cost of food, packaging for food that is portioned prior to delivery to customers, labor and related personnel costs incurred to portion food for the Company's meals, inbound shipping costs, and cost of products sold through Blue Apron Wine, Blue Apron Market, and BN Ranch. Fulfillment costs consist of costs incurred in the shipping and handling of inventory including the shipping costs to the Company's customers, labor and related personnel costs related to receiving, inspecting, warehousing, picking inventory, and preparing customer orders for shipment, and the cost of packaging materials and shipping supplies.

Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs are charged to Marketing expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Advertising costs were $5.9 million, $31.1 million, $103.4 million, $16.5 million, and $50.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company recognizes advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. Deferred advertising, marketing, and promotional costs, which principally relate to advertisements that have not yet been exhibited or services that have not yet been received, were $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $3.9 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2017, respectively, and are recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Product, Technology, General, and Administrative

          Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses consist of costs related to the development of the Company's products and technology, general and administrative expenses, and overhead expenses, which include: payroll and related expenses for employees involved in the application, production, and maintenance of the Company's platform and other technology infrastructure costs; payroll and related expenses for employees performing corporate and other managerial functions; facilities costs such as occupancy and rent costs for the Company's corporate offices and fulfillment centers; and payment processing fees, professional fees, and other general corporate and administrative costs.

F-13


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Share-Based Compensation

          The Company recognizes share-based compensation for share-based awards, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the grant date generally using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognizes the related share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the period in which the employee is required to provide services, generally up to four years. For stock repurchases, the Company recognizes any excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the instruments repurchased as additional share-based compensation.

Interest and Other Income and Expense

          Interest and other income and expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with the Company's revolving credit facility and capital lease financings, offset by interest income from cash and short-term investment balances.

Income Taxes

          The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management makes an assessment of the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the ability to recover deferred tax assets in the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company considers three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Based on the Company's historical operating losses, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards.

          The Company recognizes uncertain income tax positions at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which judgment occurs. The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of provision for income taxes.

Segments

          Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company's CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.

F-14


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Emerging Growth Company Status

          The Company is an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." The Company may take advantage of these exemptions until the Company is no longer an "emerging growth company." Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, its financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an emerging growth company. The Company would cease to be an emerging growth company if it has more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, has more than $700.0 million in market value of its stock held by non-affiliates (and it has been a public company for at least 12 months, and has filed one annual report on Form 10-K), or it issues more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 ("ASU 2014-09"), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The new guidance will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Principal versus Agent Considerations) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients) ," to clarify the implementation guidance on assessing collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration and completed contracts, and contract modifications at transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, " Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) ," to clarify the guidance or to correct unintended application of guidance. For non-public entities, the guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Non-public entities are permitted to adopt the standard as early as annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15 ("ASU 2014-15"), Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 provides

F-15


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

guidance on management's responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern and about related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the Consolidated Financial Statements are issued. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05 ("ASU 2015-05"), Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . ASU 2015-05 provides guidance for the accounting of cloud computing arrangements including whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, then the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2015-05 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and will be adopted on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-11 ("ASU 2015-11"), Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory . ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, and defines net realizable value as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2015-11 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued its final standard on lease accounting, Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 ("ASU 2016-02"), Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes Topic 840, Leases . The new accounting standard requires the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all long-term leases, including operating leases, on the balance sheet. The new standard also provides additional guidance on the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and will require enhanced disclosures about the Company's leasing arrangements. For non-public entities, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 ("ASU 2016-09"), Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Some of the areas of simplification apply only to non-public entities. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early

F-16


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact this new guidance may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

          In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-18 ("ASU 2016-18"), Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) . The standard is intended to eliminate diversity in practice in the treatment of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows and requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. For non-public entities, the amendments in ASU 2016-18 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

3. Inventories, Net

          Inventories, net consist of the following:

  December 31,     March 31,    

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Fulfillment

  $ 5,063   $ 5,758   $ 7,476  

Product

    12,413     37,129     42,518  

Inventories, net

  $ 17,476   $ 42,887   $ 49,994  

          Product inventory primarily consists of bulk and prepped food, containers, and products available for resale. Fulfillment inventory consists of packaging used for shipping and handling. Product and fulfillment inventories are recognized as components of Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations when sold.

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

          Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Deposits

  $ 2,228   $ 1,122   $ 1,528  

Prepaid marketing

    255     3,940     590  

Prepaid rent

    492     1,430     460  

Other current assets

    1,054     1,775     5,084  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $ 4,029   $ 8,267   $ 7,662  

F-17


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net

          Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

  $ 2,138   $ 6,468   $ 8,827  

Capitalized software

    2,258     5,448     5,605  

Fulfillment equipment

    4,863     12,525     20,788  

Furniture and fixtures

    680     1,491     1,649  

Leasehold improvements

    7,939     23,660     25,139  

Construction in process (1)

    307     93,092     144,106  

Property and equipment, gross

    18,185     142,684     206,114  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (3,552 )   (11,723 )   (15,819 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 14,633   $ 130,961   $ 190,295  

(1)
Construction in process includes all costs capitalized related to projects that have not yet been placed in service. Included in construction in process are buildings related to build-to-suit lease arrangements where the Company is considered the owner for accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the fair value of buildings under construction was $0.0 million, $45.0 million, and $48.1 million, respectively, based on the percentage completed. Construction costs incurred directly by the Company relating to these arrangements within the construction in process balance were $37.6 million and $80.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          Depreciation and amortization related to the Company's Property and equipment, net for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, was $0.6 million, $2.9 million, $8.2 million, $1.5 million, and $4.2 million, respectively.

          The Company capitalizes the cost of interest for construction projects based on the applicable capitalization rate for the project. Capitalized interest was $0.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017 total equipment financed under capital leases was $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, with related accumulated depreciation of $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, depreciation expense related to total property and equipment under capital leases was $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.3 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million, respectively.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company capitalized software development costs of $0.6 million, $1.6 million, $3.2 million, $0.6 million, and $0.2 million, including share-based compensation of $0.0 million, $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the net book value of capitalized software development costs was $1.5 million, $3.3 million, and $2.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs recognized in Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014,

F-18


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net (Continued)

2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.1 million, $0.6 million, $1.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million, respectively.

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

          Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation

  $ 5,074   $ 11,069   $ 10,327  

Accrued product expenses

    1,273     10,965     7,356  

Accrued marketing expenses

    1,432     5,424     14,148  

Accrued shipping expenses

    1,296     4,930     6,722  

Accrued customer credits and refunds

    1,359     1,235     1,736  

Other current liabilities

    3,788     7,288     11,743  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 14,222   $ 40,911   $ 52,032  

7. Deferred Revenue

          Deferred revenue consists of the following:

    December 31,     March 31,
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

    (In thousands)  

                (unaudited)  

Cash received prior to fulfillment

  $ 3   $ 10,107   $ 11,379  

Gift cards, prepaid orders, and other

    6,249     14,171     10,424  

Deferred revenue

  $ 6,252   $ 24,278   $ 21,803  

8. Long-term Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

          On August 26, 2016, the Company entered into a revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the "revolving credit facility"). The revolving credit facility matures in August 2019 and advances under it are secured by certain of the Company's tangible and intangible assets. Absent any default, the revolving credit facility can be terminated at the Company's discretion. The maximum amount available to borrow under the revolving credit facility is $150.0 million. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $45.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The remaining amount available to borrow as of

F-19


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Long-term Debt (Continued)

December 31, 2016 was $104.7 million. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had $100.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $0.3 million in issued letters of credit under the revolving credit facility. The remaining amount available to borrow as of March 31, 2017 was $49.7 million. The Company incurred and capitalized $0.5 million in deferred financing costs in Long-term debt in connection with the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings in Long-term debt consisted of the following:

    Weighted Average
Interest Rate
                         

    December 31     March 31           December 31,     March 31,
 

    2016     2017     Maturity Date     2015     2016     2017
 

                      (In thousands)  

          (unaudited)                       (unaudited)  

Revolving credit facility

    2.84 %   2.94 %   2019   $   $ 45,000   $
100,000
 

          Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest, at the Company's option, at (1) a base rate based on the highest of prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%, plus in each case a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% (the "base rate") or (2) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%, based on the Company's total leverage ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters and the Company's status as a public or non-public company (the "adjusted LIBOR rate"). During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company borrowed $40.0 million under the revolving credit facility utilizing the adjusted LIBOR rate and $5.0 million utilizing the base rate. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company borrowed $55.0 million under the revolving credit facility utilizing the adjusted LIBOR rate. The Company is also obligated under the revolving credit facility to pay customary fees, including an unused commitment fee on undrawn amounts of 0.15%. The unused commitment fees were $0.1 million and $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, respectively.

          The obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by each of the guarantors as defined in the credit agreement. The revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, restrictions on affiliate transactions, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of collateral, and limitations on dividends and stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants under the revolving credit facility.

Facility Financing Obligation

          Through December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company has recorded a facility financing obligation of $49.8 million and $53.3 million, respectively, related to leased fulfillment centers in New Jersey and California under the build-to-suit accounting guidance. See Note 9 for further discussion.

F-20


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease and Other Commitments

          The Company leases fulfillment centers and office space under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire on various dates through 2027. These arrangements require the Company to pay certain operating expenses, such as taxes, repairs, and insurance, and contain renewal and escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense under these arrangements on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, deferred rent amounted to $1.1 million, $2.4 million, and $6.7 million, respectively, and is included in Other noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

          In addition, the Company leases certain equipment under capital lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2020.

          In March 2016, the Company signed a lease for a new fulfillment center in New Jersey and in August 2016 the Company signed a lease for a new fulfillment center in California, which expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. As a result of the nature of the Company's involvement in the construction of these leased fulfillment centers, the Company is considered to be the owner for accounting purposes. The Company follows build-to-suit accounting for these arrangements and capitalizes the fair value of the buildings and direct construction costs incurred along with a corresponding facility financing liability. At the end of the construction period, the Company assesses whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If upon completion of construction, the arrangement does not meet the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will continue to be considered the owner of the buildings for accounting purposes.

          As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate future non-cancelable minimum lease payments consist of the following:

Years Ended December 31:

    Capital
Leases
    Build-to-Suit
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

    (In thousands)  

2017

  $ 276   $ 2,693   $ 9,945  

2018

    255     4,782     9,687  

2019

    153     4,902     6,304  

2020

    85     5,025     5,246  

2021

    13     5,152     5,183  

Thereafter

        29,269     18,765  

  $ 782   $ 51,823   $ 55,130  

Less: amount representing interest and taxes

    (82 )            

Lease obligations net of interest and taxes

    700              

Less: current portion of capital lease obligations

    (266 )            

Noncurrent portion of capital lease obligations

  $ 434              

          Rent expense was $2.0 million, $3.8 million, $10.0 million, $1.4 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and is recognized in Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-21


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the current portion of the Company's capital lease obligations is a component of other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the noncurrent portion of the Company's capital lease obligations is a component of Other noncurrent liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

          In May 2017, the Company commenced a non-cancellable purchase commitment with a food supplier. Based on minimum purchase quantities and expected pricing, the minimum purchase obligation is estimated to be approximately $42.5 million through 2020. Total anticipated purchases under the contract may be higher than the minimum non-cancellable commitment.

Letters of Credit

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company had $0.7 million, $4.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in letters of credit issued. The letters of credit serve as security primarily for fulfillment centers and office space leases entered into by the Company. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the letters of credit were collateralized by current restricted cash of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 million, and by noncurrent restricted cash of $0.3 million, $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the beneficiaries of the letters of credit had not drawn upon any of the letters of credit.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, the Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings, nor is it aware of any pending or threatened litigation that, in the opinion of the management of the Company, would have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flows, or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

10. Common Stock

          Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., was incorporated in Delaware in December 2016 to enable Blue Apron, Inc. to implement a holding company organizational structure, effected by a merger conducted pursuant to Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as described below. The Company refers to this transaction as its "Corporate Reorganization."

          Immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron, Inc., and Blue Apron Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is referred to as "Merger Sub", was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and Merger Sub were organized for the sole purpose of implementing the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, Merger Sub merged with and into Blue Apron, Inc., with Blue Apron, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The separate corporate existence of Merger Sub ceased and all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. owned by Blue Apron, Inc. were automatically canceled and retired. As a result of the Corporate Reorganization, each stockholder of Blue

F-22


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Common Stock (Continued)

Apron, Inc. became a stockholder of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., holding the same proportional equity interests as immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and Blue Apron, Inc. became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were amended and restated in order to be identical to those of Blue Apron, Inc. prior to the Corporate Reorganization, and the initial directors and executive officers of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. were the same individuals who were directors and executive officers of Blue Apron, Inc. immediately prior to the Corporate Reorganization. In December 2016, immediately after the merger, Blue Apron, Inc. converted into Blue Apron, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. The Company refers to the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as so amended and restated, as the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, LLC's obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in May 2015. The other liabilities of Blue Apron, LLC, including under its revolving credit facility, were not assumed by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. in the Corporate Reorganization and therefore continue to be obligations of Blue Apron, LLC, and the assets of Blue Apron, LLC were not transferred to Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and continue to be assets of Blue Apron, LLC.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the Company also implemented a tri-class capital structure consisting of two classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and one class of non-voting stock, Class C capital stock ("Class C common stock"). To implement the tri-class capital structure, all then-outstanding shares of common stock, having one vote per share, were reclassified into shares of Class B common stock, having ten votes per share, and all then-outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for common stock became convertible or exercisable for Class B common stock. Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain exceptions and permitted transfers, or other events as described in the Company's restated certificate of incorporation.

          In July 2013, the Company effected a forward split of the Company's common stock at a 10-to-1 ratio (the "2013 Stock Split"). In October 2014, the board of directors and stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of the Company's certificate of incorporation to effect a forward split of the Company's common stock at a 5-to-1 ratio (the "2015 Stock Split"). The 2015 Stock Split became effective on February 11, 2015, upon the filing of the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the State of Delaware. The par value of the common and convertible preferred stock and the authorized, issued, and outstanding shares of the convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the 2013 Stock Split and the 2015 Stock Split. All issued and outstanding shares of common stock and options to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Corporate Reorganization, 2013 Stock Split, and 2015 Stock Split for all periods presented.

F-23


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Common Stock (Continued)

          The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock a number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, plus options granted and available for grant under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, are reserved for future issuance as follows:

    December 31,     March 31
 

    2015     2016     2017
 

                (unaudited)  

Conversion of authorized Series A convertible preferred stock

    37,120,450     37,120,450     37,120,450  

Conversion of authorized Series B convertible preferred stock

    22,761,000     22,761,000     22,761,000  

Conversion of authorized Series C convertible preferred stock

    15,007,240     15,007,240     15,007,240  

Conversion of authorized Series D convertible preferred stock

    13,172,325     13,172,325     13,172,325  

Outstanding Class B common stock, stock options, and restricted stock granted under equity incentive plan

    10,486,217     15,041,498     16,350,778  

Shares reserved for future option grants and restricted stock grants under equity incentive plan

    3,044,963     2,689,682     1,380,402  

Total Class B common stock reserved for issuance

    101,592,195     105,792,195     105,792,195  

11. Convertible Preferred Stock

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, each issued and outstanding share of preferred stock of Blue Apron, Inc. was converted into one share of preferred stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. also assumed Blue Apron, LLC's obligations under the various investor agreements that had been entered into in connection with the Series D preferred stock financing of Blue Apron, Inc. in 2015.

          In April 2014, the Company issued 3,001,448 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $16.6586 per share for cash proceeds of approximately $49.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million.

          In May 2015, the Company issued 10,137,398 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $13.3269 per share for cash proceeds of $135.0 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million. In July 2015, the Company issued 164,463 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $13.3269 per share for cash proceeds of $2.2 million, net of issuance costs of $0.0 million.

F-24


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company's authorized, issued and outstanding convertible preferred stock:

          December 31, 2015
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

 

          December 31, 2016
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

 

          March 31, 2017 (unaudited)
 

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    Shares
Authorized
    Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
    Net Proceeds     Liquidation
Price Per Share
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
    Conversion
Price Per Share
 

    (In thousands, except share and per-share data)  

Series A

    742,409     742,409   $ 2,974   $ 4.0751   $ 3,025   $ 0.0815  

Series B

    455,220     455,220     4,939     10.9837     5,000     0.2197  

Series C

    3,001,448     3,001,448     49,824     16.6586     50,000     3.3317  

Series D

    13,172,325     10,301,861     137,132     13.3269     137,292     13.3269  

Convertible preferred stock

    17,371,402     14,500,938   $ 194,869         $ 195,317        

          The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' equity (deficit) because, in the event certain circumstances were to occur in connection with certain liquidation events, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable at the balance sheet dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made if and when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

F-25


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

          The holders of the Company's preferred stock have various rights, preferences, and privileges as follows:

Conversion Rights

          Each share of the Company's Series A convertible preferred stock ("Series A"), Series B convertible preferred stock ("Series B"), Series C convertible preferred stock ("Series C"), and Series D convertible preferred stock ("Series D") is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time and without the payment of additional consideration, into Class B common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price, as described below. The original issue price per share is $4.0751 for the Series A, $10.9837 for the Series B, $16.6586 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D (in each case, as adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends, or similar events). At December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the conversion prices per share are $0.081502 for the Series A, $0.219674 for the Series B, $3.33172 for the Series C, and $13.3269 for the Series D. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, at the current conversion ratio, the Series A will convert on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series B will convert on a 50-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, the Series C will convert on a 5-for-1 basis into Class B common stock, and the Series D will convert on a 1-for-1 basis into Class B common stock. The conversion price per share for the preferred stock shall be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, dividends, or similar events, as discussed below.

          All of the Company's shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into Class B common stock at the respective conversion price effective immediately prior to the earlier of: (a) the closing of an initial underwritten public offering of the Company's common stock resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company and the listing of its common stock on an internationally recognized stock exchange, and (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the majority of the Company's then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that the conversion of the Series C and Series D shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series C and Series D, respectively.

Conversion Price Adjustments

          The conversion price per share of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D will be reduced if the Company issues additional stock or rights to acquire stock (subject to certain limitations) without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D conversion price in effect for that series.

Voting Rights

          Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes. Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to ten votes for each whole share of Class B common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder are convertible. The holders of the Series B, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect one director. The holders of the Series C, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect one director. The holders of the Class B common stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, have the right to elect four directors. The board of directors, by majority vote, has the right to elect the one remaining director.

F-26


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Liquidation Rights

          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, including a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of the Series D then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series D original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series D been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or such Deemed Liquidation Event).

          After the payment of the liquidation amount to be paid to the holders of Series D, the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid on a pari passu basis out of the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Series A, Series B, and Series C had been converted into Class B common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (or Deemed Liquidation Event). As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, the liquidation amount was $4.0751 per share for the Series A, $10.9837 per share for the Series B, $16.6586 per share for the Series C, and $13.3269 per share for the Series D.

          After the payment of the liquidation amounts to be paid to the holders of the Series A, Series B, and Series C, the remaining assets available for distribution to the Company's stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

          A "Deemed Liquidation Event" is in general defined for this purpose as any acquisition of the Company by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the Company's outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a reincorporation transaction) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

Dividend Rights

          The convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends at a rate of $0.326 per annum for each share of Series A, $0.879 per annum for each share of Series B, $1.333 per annum for each share of Series C, and $1.06615 per annum for each share of Series D (in each case, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, or the like). Such dividends are payable out of assets legally available therefore, are payable only when, as, and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative. No dividends may be paid on the Series A, Series B, Series C, or common stock until the Series D has received its dividend preference. After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of the Series D, no dividends may be paid on the common stock until the Series A, Series B, and Series C have received their dividend preference which is distributed in proportion to the number of shares of Class B common stock that would be held by each stockholder if all shares of preferred stock were converted to

F-27


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Class B common stock. After the payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of convertible preferred stock, any additional dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available shall be shared equally among all outstanding shares on an as-converted basis. No dividends have been declared to date.

Redemption Rights

          The Company's convertible preferred stock does not contain any fixed or determinable redemption features, except in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event.

12. Share-based Compensation

          The Company recognized share-based compensation for share-based awards of $3.6 million, $1.1 million, $3.0 million, $0.6 million, and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, inclusive of share-based compensation from common stock repurchase from founders of $3.1 million, $0.0 million, $0.0 million, $0.0 million and $0.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Share-based compensation is primarily included as a component of Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Determination of Fair Value

          The fair value of each stock option grant granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, except the Market Grant as discussed below, was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31
 

    2014     2015     2016     2016     2017
 

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

    5.99 - 6.13     5.86 - 6.06     5.85 - 6.93     5.97 - 6.93     3.49 - 6.01  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.67 - 1.94 %   1.63 - 1.82 %   1.28 - 2.19 %   1.36 - 1.50 %   1.79 - 2.27 %

Expected volatility

    47.56 - 68.38 %   58.95 - 61.51 %   49.83 - 60.37 %   59.71 - 60.37 %   46.35 - 49.24 %

Dividend rate

                     

          The Company determined the assumptions for the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

          Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options granted has been determined using the simplified method, which uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term.

          Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury constant maturity notes with terms approximately equal to the share-based awards' expected term.

          Expected Volatility — Since the Company does not have a trading history of its common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several public

F-28


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

companies within the Company's industry that the Company considers to be comparable to its business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based awards.

          Dividend Rate — The expected dividend is zero as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

          Fair Value of Common Stock — The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the share-based awards has historically been determined, with input from management, by the board of directors. Since there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the share-based award by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including having contemporaneous valuations of the common stock performed by a third-party valuation specialist, valuations of comparable peer companies, sales of the Company's convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company's capital stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlook. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the board of directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

          The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and the Company will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from the Company's estimates, the Company might be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation in future periods.

Market Grant

          In February 2016, the Company granted an option to purchase 481,123 shares of its Class B common stock with an exercise price of $62.35 to one of its executive officers (the "Market Grant"). In addition to the typical vesting requirements of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, this grant allows for acceleration of vesting including full and immediate vesting upon certain termination events. As this grant was determined to include a market condition, the Company utilized the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to value the grant. The total grant date fair value of the Market Grant was $0.5 million and is recognized as expense over the derived service period of 5.7 years.

Equity Incentive Plan

          In August 2012, the Company's board of directors adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of granting incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to employees, directors, and consultants. Options may be granted at a price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value at the date of grant. If, at the time the Company grants an incentive stock option, the optionee owns stock that holds more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock ("10% stockholder"), the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date. Options granted are exercisable over a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, or five years from the date of grant for a 10% stockholder and generally vest over a period of four years.

          In connection with the Corporate Reorganization as discussed in Note 10, Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. assumed Blue Apron, Inc.'s Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as previously

F-29


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

amended, and then amended and restated the plan in its entirety. Following the assumption of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, outstanding options to purchase Blue Apron, Inc.'s common stock were automatically converted into options to purchase an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. with no change in the applicable exercise price, vesting schedule, or term.

          As of December 31, 2014, 13,781,300 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 5,228,865 Class B common stock shares remained available for issuance. As of December 31, 2015, 13,531,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 3,045,963 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance. During 2015, 250,120 Class B common stock shares were retired under the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2016, 17,731,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 2,689,682 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance. In August 2016, the Company's stockholders approved an increase of 4,200,000 Class B common stock shares available in the Plan. As of March 31, 2017, 17,731,180 Class B common stock shares were reserved under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 1,380,402 Class B common stock shares remain available for issuance.

          Shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other options. The board of directors will determine the time or times within which shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such awards. Restricted stock, which remains subject to forfeiture, will be forfeited automatically upon termination of service. To date, there have been no restricted stock units issued within or outside of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

F-30


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the option and restricted stock activity under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and related information:

        Options Outstanding     Restricted Stock
Outstanding
 
 

  Shares
Available
for Grant
 
  Number
of
Options
 
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value of
Outstanding
Options
 
  Unvested
Restricted
Stock
Outstanding
 
  Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
 

                      (Years)     (In thousands)              

Outstanding — January 1, 2014

    6,577,990     2,472,010   $ 0.07     9.91   $ 1,698     3,252,800   $ 0.06  

Options granted

    (1,550,375 )   1,550,375     0.83                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    201,250     (201,250 )   0.25                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (1,182,800 )   0.06  

Outstanding — December 31, 2014

    5,228,865     3,821,135   $ 0.37     9.17   $ 5,164     2,070,000   $ 0.06  

Restricted stock granted

    (60,000 )                       60,000     3.47  

Options granted

    (2,495,439 )   2,495,439     2.76                      

Options exercised

        (371,177 )   0.15                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    372,537     (372,537 )   1.16                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (1,182,800 )   0.06  

Outstanding — December 31, 2015

    3,045,963     5,572,860   $ 1.40     8.81   $ 12,753     947,200   $ 0.28  

Options authorized

    4,200,000                              

Options granted

    (5,286,334 )   5,286,334     9.92                      

Options exercised

        (530,126 )   0.76                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    730,053     (730,053 )   2.46                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (903,450 )   0.12  

Outstanding — December 31, 2016

    2,689,682     9,599,015   $ 6.05     8.73   $ 36,156     43,750   $ 3.47  

Options granted

    (1,482,006 )   1,482,006     7.06                      

Options exercised

        (61,550 )   1.27                      

Options forfeited / cancelled

    172,726     (172,726 )   4.97                      

Restricted stock vested

                            (3,750 )   3.47  

Outstanding — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

    1,380,402     10,846,745   $ 6.23     8.65   $ 90,659     40,000   $ 3.47  

Exercisable — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

          3,386,219   $ 3.81     7.65   $ 35,483              

Vested and expected to vest — March 31, 2017 (unaudited)

          9,534,085   $ 6.38     8.55   $ 81,122              

Stock Options

          The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.86, $1.81, $2.29, $1.84 and $3.41 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.0 million, $0.9 million, $2.0 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.4 million,

F-31


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

$1.0 million, $3.2 million, $0.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The number of shares vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 was 673,900, 1,095,329, 1,609,632, 418,422 and 989,513, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair value of $0.65, $0.93, $1.97, $1.03, and $3.0 per share, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company received $0.0 million, $0.1 million, $0.4 million, $0.0 million, and $0.1 million, respectively, from the exercise of share options granted under share-based payment arrangements. There was no tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during these periods.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, total unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested options was $1.8 million, $4.3 million, $10.5 million, $7.0 million and $13.2 million, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures. As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.17 years, 3.10 years, 3.17 years, 3.44 years, and 3.22 years, respectively.

Restricted Shares

          In August 2012, the Company entered into a restricted stock agreement with one of its founders for the issuance of 4,731,300 shares of restricted stock. Under the terms of the restricted stock agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares of restricted stock at the original issue price of $0.0282 per share in the event such founder's services are terminated. This repurchase right lapsed over the restricted stock's four year vesting period beginning in August 2012. This award was subsequently cancelled in May 2013 and a concurrent replacement award with substantially identical terms was issued to the Company's founder. No incremental share-based compensation expense arose due to this replacement award.

          In November 2015, the Company issued 60,000 shares of restricted stock to a nonemployee director of the Company. These shares vest over a period of four years. Compensation expense related to the restricted stock is recognized using the grant date fair value recognized evenly over the service period. It is included within Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, the total number of restricted stock shares which have vested under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan were 2,661,300, 3,844,100, 4,747,550, 4,139,800, and 4,751,300, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, the unrecognized share-based compensation related to unvested shares of restricted stock was $0.0 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

Share-based Awards Granted Outside of 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Founder Shares

          During 2011, one of the Company's founders purchased 49,800,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement. In August 2012, the Company entered into a stock restriction agreement, with the founder for 37,350,000 of those shares, which was subsequently

F-32


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Share-based Compensation (Continued)

amended in January 2013 to restrict an aggregate of 40,462,500 shares. The agreement was subsequently amended and restated in January 2013 and November 2014, respectively.

          In January 2012, the Company entered into a restricted stock purchase agreement with another founder for the issuance of 12,903,250 shares of restricted stock. The agreement was subsequently amended in January 2013.

          For both agreements, the purchase price of the restricted stock was $0.0005 on a pre-split basis at the time of issuance. The holders of such restricted stock are entitled to all of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the number of shares of restricted stock held by them and receive dividends, even if some or all of the shares of such restricted stock have not yet vested. Among other things, the stock is restricted from being sold, offered for sale or pledged. The shares of restricted stock held by the founders vested on a monthly basis through April 28, 2016 and May 28, 2016, as applicable, and are fully vested as of December 31, 2016.

          As of December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and March 31, 2016 and 2017, 21,169,896 shares, 5,494,081 shares, 0 shares, 1,575,126 shares, and 0 shares of restricted stock were unvested, respectively. The aggregate grant date fair value of the restricted stock vested for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 is $0.0 million. As of December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, there is no unrecognized share-based compensation related to these unvested shares of restricted stock.

Stock Repurchase from Founders and Share Retirement

          In conjunction with the closing of the Company's Series C financing in April 2014 (as discussed in Note 11), the Company repurchased 1,500,725 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.33172 per share from its three founders for total aggregate cash consideration of $5.0 million. The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $3.1 million related to the repurchase, which was calculated as the excess of the repurchase price over the fair value of the shares of common stock repurchased. This share-based compensation expense was recorded as a component of Product, technology, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. In May 2015, the 1,500,725 shares held in treasury were retired, which was recorded as a reduction of common stock at par value and as an increase to accumulated deficit for the excess of carrying value of the treasury shares less par value.

13. Earnings per Share

          The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class C common stock. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A common stock. For the years ended

F-33


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Earnings per Share (Continued)

December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding shares of Class A or Class C common stock. The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the Class A, Class B, and Class C common stock are substantially the same, other than voting rights.

          The Company's convertible preferred stock does not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, the two-class method does not apply for periods in which the Company reports a net loss.

          Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

          Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options, restricted stock, and convertible preferred stock. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, because dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

F-34


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Earnings per Share (Continued)

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

  Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class C    

    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $ 3,017   $ (52,182 ) $ (12 )

Undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible preferred stock

                (3,017 )        

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (30,803 ) $ (46,965 ) $ (54,886 ) $   $ (52,182 ) $ (12 )

Denominator:

                                     

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     61,973,247     67,074,824     15,177  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                7,334,361          

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted

    34,841,852     51,137,406     65,425,609     69,307,608     67,074,824     15,177  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic (1)

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 ) $ (0.78 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted (1)

  $ (0.88 ) $ (0.92 ) $ (0.84 ) $   $ (0.78 ) $ (0.78 )

(1)
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted may not recalculate due to rounding.

          The following have been excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect would have been antidilutive:

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016     2016     2017    

  Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class B     Class C    

                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Stock options

    3,113,092     4,473,853     7,390,067     2,421,028     9,806,731      

Restricted stock

    32,066,158     15,190,800     1,422,319         42,500      

Convertible preferred stock (1)

    74,888,690     85,190,551     85,190,551     85,190,551     85,190,551      

Total anti-dilutive securities

    110,067,940     104,855,204     94,002,937     87,611,579     95,039,782      

(1)
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Undistributed earnings reallocated to convertible preferred stock does not fully cover the participation rights of the convertible preferred stock under the two-class method. As such, the Company has included the convertible preferred stock as antidilutive in the above table.

F-35


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes

          The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Current provisions for income taxes:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State

        61     108  

Total current

        61     108  

Deferred tax benefit:

                   

Federal

             

State

             

Total deferred

             

Provision for income taxes

  $   $ 61   $ 108  

          The provisions (benefits) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, and 2016 differ from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes for the following reasons:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

Tax at statutory federal rate

    35.00 %   35.00 %   35.00 %

State tax — net of federal benefit

     — %   (0.08 )%   (0.13 )%

Change in valuation allowance

    (34.67 )%   (36.27 )%   (37.71 )%

Share-based compensation

    (0.62 )%   (0.82 )%   (1.28 )%

Charitable contributions

    0.29 %   2.26 %   3.47 %

Other

     — %   (0.22 )%   0.45 %

Provision for income taxes

    (0.00 )%   (0.13 )%   (0.20 )%

F-36


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

    December 31,
 

  2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Tax attribute carryforwards

  $ 30,218   $ 47,647  

Inventories

    1,400     3,811  

Accruals, reserves, and other

    1,856     4,896  

Gross deferred tax assets

    33,474     56,354  

Valuation allowance

    (33,474 )   (56,354 )

Total deferred tax assets

         

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Property and equipment

         

Total deferred tax liabilities

         

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

          Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Each reporting period the Company assesses the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and are required to establish a valuation allowance for any portion of the assets that the Company concludes is not more likely than not realizable. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company's historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in prior fiscal periods, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $33.5 million and $56.4 million against the net U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $18.9 million and $22.9 million during 2015 and 2016, respectively, as a result of additional losses generated.

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $57.0 million and $62.9 million, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $35.8 million and $42.0 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under applicable tax laws and will expire at various dates beginning in 2033, if not utilized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, none of which would materially impact the effective tax rate if realized during the year due to the Company's full valuation allowance position. The Company's policy for classifying interest and penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits is to include such items in the provision for income tax.

F-37


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

    Year Ended December 31,
 

  2014     2015     2016    

    (In thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits — beginning balance

  $   $ 39   $ 341  

Decreases related to tax positions taken in prior years

        (2 )   (12 )

Increases related to tax positions taken during current year

    39     304     526  

Decreases related to tax positions taken during the current year

             

Gross unrecognized tax benefits — ending balance

  $ 39   $ 341   $ 855  

          The Company believes that there will not be any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.

          The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states. All tax years remain open and are subject to examinations by the appropriate governmental agencies in all of the jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns. The Company is not currently under examination in any major jurisdiction.

15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and March 31, 2017, the Company had $98.0 million, $58.3 million, and $28.4 million, respectively, in financial assets held in money market accounts, all of which were classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

          For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company did not have net realized gains or losses related to its financial assets. The Company measured money market accounts and corporate bonds at fair value. The Company classified its money market accounts within Level 1 because the values of these assets are determined using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The Company did not have any assets or liabilities classified as Level 2 or 3.

16. Acquisition (unaudited)

          On February 28, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, a premium supplier of sustainable poultry, beef and lamb. The transaction has been accounted for as a purchase of a business. The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Subsequent Events

          For the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 31, 2017, the date that these financial statements were issued.

Asset Acquisition

          On February 28, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, a premium supplier of sustainable poultry, beef and lamb, for a purchase price of $1.4 million in cash and 52,972 shares of Class C common stock, of which $0.3 million and 10,285 shares will be held back by the Company for a period of 15 months as security for potential claims for indemnification. The transaction will be accounted for as a purchase of a business.

18. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

          For the interim Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2017, and for the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through May 11, 2017, the date that these financial statements were issued, and further evaluated subsequent events through June 1, 2017.

Convertible Notes and Revolving Credit Facility

          In May 2017, the Company issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes (the "convertible notes") to entities affiliated with Fidelity. The convertible notes are unsecured general obligations and are subordinated to all of the Company's current or future senior debt, including indebtedness under the revolving credit facility. The convertible notes mature on May 3, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum, compounded annually. Upon maturity, the Company may repay the convertible notes in cash or through the issuance of shares of its Series D preferred stock valued at $13.3269 per share (currently convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis and representing a Class B common stock-equivalent purchase price of $13.3269 per share). If the Company elects to repay all or a portion of the convertible notes in cash, the holders may nonetheless elect to receive shares of Series D preferred stock (valued at $13.3269 per share) in lieu of cash.

          Upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, the convertible notes will convert into an aggregate number of shares of the Company's Class B common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of the Company's Class A common stock, less a specified discount to such price. If the Company were to consummate a change of control transaction prior to the closing of this offering, as of immediately prior to such change of control transaction, the convertible notes would convert, immediately prior to such change of control transaction, into shares of the Company's Class B common stock on terms (including a discount based on the amount of time that transpires prior to such transaction) that are similar to the conversion terms in connection with a qualified initial public offering.

          In April 2017, the Company drew an additional $25.0 million under the revolving credit facility, increasing the total outstanding borrowings to $125.0 million. In addition, in May 2017, the revolving credit facility was amended to permit the issuance of the convertible notes and to increase the amount available to borrow by $25.0 million to a total maximum amount of $175.0 million. In May 2017, the Company also cancelled a previously issued letter of credit for $0.7 million and issued a

F-39


Table of Contents


BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

letter of credit for $1.1 million under the revolving credit facility, increasing total letters of credit under the revolving credit facility to $1.4 million.

Share Exchange

          In May 2017, the Company issued 42,687 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for an equal number of shares of outstanding Class C common stock and agreed to hold back an additional 10,285 shares of Class A common stock as security for potential claims for indemnification related to its acquisition of certain assets of BN Ranch, LLC, rather than an equal number of shares of Class C common stock.

Commitments

          In May 2017, the Company amended the lease of one of its principal executive offices in New York, New York to extend the term through October 2019 and lease additional office space at the location. The amendment resulted in an increase of $7.6 million in the minimum payments required over the remaining term of the lease arrangement.

F-40


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC








GRAPHIC

Class A Common Stock







Through and including                , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than the underwriting discount, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

    Amount
 

SEC registration fee

  $ *  

FINRA filing fee

    *  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  

Total expenses

  $ *  

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

          Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such

II-1


Table of Contents

person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee, or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

          Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

          In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us since January 1, 2014, that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

    (1)
    Under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 14,488,120 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.0282 to $62.35 per share, issued an aggregate of 1,132,179 shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options, and issued 4,791,300 shares of Class B common stock as restricted stock awards.

    (2)
    In May 2017, we issued and sold $63.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes to eight investors.

    (3)
    In February 2017, we issued 42,687 shares of Class C capital stock as consideration for our purchase of the assets of BN Ranch, LLC. In May 2017, we issued 42,687 shares of Class A common stock in exchange for an equal number of then-outstanding shares of Class C capital stock.

    (4)
    In May and July 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,301,861 shares of Series D preferred stock to 24 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $137.3 million.

    (5)
    In April 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,001,448 shares of Series C preferred stock to 10 investors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million.

          The stock options, the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options, and the restricted common stock described in paragraph (1) of this Item 15 were issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

          The offer, sale, and issuance of the securities described in paragraphs (2), (3), (4) and (5) of this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of the securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients of the securities in these transactions were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits.

          The exhibits to the registration statement for this offering are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules.

          No financial statement schedules have been submitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

    (1)
    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

    (2)
    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

    (3)
    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

    (4)
    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on this 1 st day of June, 2017.

    BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MATTHEW B. SALZBERG

Matthew B. Salzberg
President and Chief Executive Officer


SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

          We, the undersigned officers and directors of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Matthew B. Salzberg, Bradley J. Dickerson, and Benjamin C. Singer, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (and any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature   Title   Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MATTHEW B. SALZBERG

Matthew B. Salzberg
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 1, 2017

/s/ BRADLEY J. DICKERSON

Bradley J. Dickerson

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ JULIE M.B. BRADLEY

Julie M.B. Bradley

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ TRACY BRITT COOL

Tracy Britt Cool

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

Table of Contents

Signature   Title   Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ KENNETH A. FOX

Kenneth A. Fox
  Director   June 1, 2017

/s/ ROBERT P. GOODMAN

Robert P. Goodman

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ GARY R. HIRSHBERG

Gary R. Hirshberg

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

/s/ BRIAN P. KELLEY

Brian P. Kelley

 

Director

 

June 1, 2017

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

          Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of "materiality" that are different from "materiality" under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

          The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

  Exhibit   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.3

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.4

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

4.1

*

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Class A common stock

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

 

10.1

 

Third Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2015, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto

 

10.2

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers

 

10.3

+

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.4

+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.5

+

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.6

+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.7

+*

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.8

+*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.9

+*

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.10

+*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.11

+*

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.12

 

Lease, dated as of July 15, 2013, as amended, by and between Dreisbach Enterprises, Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.13

 

Lease, dated as of February 10, 2014, as amended, by and between 5 Crosby Street Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

Table of Contents

  Exhibit   Description
  10.14   Lease, dated as of October 28, 2014, as amended, by and between 5 Crosby Street Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.15

 

Lease, dated as of March 27, 2014, as amended, by and between Cabot Acquisition, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.16

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease, dated as of August 1, 2014, by and between DF/Hilltop, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.17

 

Sublease Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2015, by and between East Coast Warehouse & Distribution Corp. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.18

 

Lease, dated as of March 21, 2016, by and between Duke Linden, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.19

 

Sublease Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2016, as amended by and between Appnexus Inc. and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.20

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2016, by and between Gateway 80 Industrial, LLC and Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.)

 

10.21

 

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016, by and among Blue Apron, LLC (formerly known as Blue Apron, Inc.), Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and the other parties thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of May 3, 2017, and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated as of May 11, 2017

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

99.1

 

Consent of Euromonitor International

 

99.2

 

Consent of Lightspeed, LLC

*
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.1

 

CORRECTED SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

2.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 29, 2016 and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires correction as permitted by subsection (f) of Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       The inaccuracy or defect of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be corrected is that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is an inaccurate record of the corporate action referred to therein in that the description of the voting rights of the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock set forth in Section 3.1 of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorrect.

 

4.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is corrected to read in its entirety as follows:

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 



 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and that the Corporation was originally incorporated under the same name pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 22, 2016.

 

2.                                       That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.                                       That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

4.                                       That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 371,371,402, consisting of 177,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), 175,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class B Common Stock ”), 2,000,000 shares of Class C Capital Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Class C Capital Stock ”), and 17,371,402 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below (i) the number of shares thereof then outstanding or (ii) with the respect to the Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved pursuant to Section 8 of Part A of this Article Fourth) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

Upon the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Corporation  issued and outstanding (or held by the Corporation in treasury) immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Old Common Stock ”) shall, automatically and without any further action by the Corporation or any stockholder, be reclassified into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock (the “ Reclassification ”).  Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Old Common Stock will, upon the Effective Time and as a result of the Reclassification, automatically and without any

 

2



 

further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, represent the shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares of Old Common Stock have been so reclassified.

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     CLASS A COMMON STOCK, CLASS B COMMON STOCK AND CLASS C CAPITAL STOCK

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part A of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part A of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       General .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably and be identical in all respects and as to all matters.  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .

 

2.1                                Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, at all meetings of stockholders (and for all actions taken by written consent in lieu of meetings), each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to ten (10) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation (including Subsection 3.2 of Part B of this Article Fourth), the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

2.2                                Class C Capital Stock .  Except as otherwise required by applicable law or provided herein, the holders of shares of Class C Capital Stock shall (a) have no voting rights or power, (b) not be entitled to vote on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation and (c) be entitled to notice of all stockholders’ meeting.

 

3



 

3.                                       Dividend and Distribution Rights .  Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends or distributions as may be declared and paid from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class C Capital Stock shall be entitled to receive shares of Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such shares, as the case may be), as applicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4.                                       Subdivisions, Combinations or Reclassifications .  Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock may not be subdivided, combined or reclassified unless the shares of each of the other two classes are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

5.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .  Subject to the preferential or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4



 

6.                                       Certain Transactions .

 

6.1                                Merger or Consolidation .  In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock upon the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, such distribution or payment that the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock as a single class; provided, however, that shares of such classes may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with such consolidation, merger or other transaction if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have ten (10) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock and that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class C Capital Stock have no voting rights or power.

 

6.2                                Third-Party Tender or Exchange Offers .  The Corporation may not enter into any agreement pursuant to which a third party may by tender or exchange offer acquire any shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, nor may the Corporation or the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) recommend that holders tender shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock into any third party tender or exchange offer, unless the holders of (a) the Class A Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable, (b) the Class B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable, and (c) the Class C Capital Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock would receive, or have the right to elect to receive, as applicable; provided, however, that shares of such classes may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with such tender or exchange offer if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have ten (10) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock and that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class C Capital Stock have no voting rights or power.

 

7.                                       Conversion .

 

7.1                                Automatic Conversion of Class B Common Stock .  Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of an event described below (each, a “ Class B Conversion Event ”):

 

5



 

(a)                                  Transfers .  Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined in Section 10 ), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 10 ), of such share of Class B Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Death or Disability of Holder .  In addition to the automatic conversion provisions contained in Section 7.1(a) , each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a holder of Class B Common Stock who is a natural person, or held of record by Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 10 ) of such holder of Class B Common Stock, shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 ) of such holder of Class B Common Stock; provided, however, that following the death or Disability of a Founder (as defined in Section 10 ), each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such Founder, or held of record by Permitted Transferees of such Founder, shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon that date which is the earlier of (i) nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of such Founder, and (ii) the date upon which such Founder’s Permitted Transferees cease to hold such shares of Class B Common Stock or to exercise Voting Control (as defined in Section 10 ) over such shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable.

 

(c)                                   Death or Disability of Matthew Salzberg .  In addition to the automatic conversion provisions contained in Section 7.1(b) , each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the date which is nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of Matthew Salzberg (“ Salzberg ”).

 

(d)                                  Reduction in Voting Power .  Each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the first date on which the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than five percent (5%) of the combined voting power of all then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

7.2                                Automatic Conversion of Class C Capital Stock .  Upon the conversion or other exchange of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into or for shares of Class A Common Stock, each outstanding share of Class C Capital Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holders thereof, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the date fixed therefor by the Board of Directors that is no less than thirty-one (31) days and no more than ninety (90) days following such conversion or other exchange of Class B Common Stock (the “ Class C Conversion Event ”).

 

7.3                                Certificates .  Each outstanding stock certificate (if shares are in certificated form) that, immediately prior to the occurrence of a Class B Conversion Event or the

 

6



 

Class C Conversion Event (either, a “ Conversion Event ”) represented one or more shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock subject to such Conversion Event shall, upon such Conversion Event, be deemed to represent an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.  The Corporation shall, upon the request of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a Conversion Event and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s) formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (if any), issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock were converted as a result of such Conversion Event (if such shares are certificated) or, if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form.  Each share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock that is converted pursuant to Subsection 7.1 or 7.2 shall thereupon automatically be retired and shall not be available for reissuance.

 

7.4                                Policies and Procedures .  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable, into Class A Common Stock, as it may deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer or other Conversion Event giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but has not theretofore been reflected on the books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request that the holder of such shares furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as the Corporation deems necessary to determine whether a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock has occurred, and if such holder does not within ten (10) days after the date of such request furnish sufficient evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that no such conversion has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and the same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation.  In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any such written consent and the class or classes or series of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class or classes or series held by such stockholder.

 

8.                                       Reservation of Stock .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

9.                                       Protective Provision .  The Corporation shall not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of Part A of this Article Fourth (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), without first obtaining the affirmative

 

7



 

vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

 

10.                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person, including, without limitation, any trustee, partner, officer, director or member of such person and any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or shares the same management company with such person.

 

Delayed Conversion Period ” means the period of time following the death or Disability of a Founder until all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such Founder, or such Founder’s Permitted Transferees, upon his death or Disability are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Subsection 7.1(b) above.

 

Disability ” means permanent and total disability such that the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner.  In the event of a dispute whether the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock has suffered a Disability, no Disability of the natural person holder of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Disability has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction, and such ruling has become final and nonappealable.

 

Family Member ” means with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified Stockholder (a) the spouse of such Qualified Stockholder, (b) the parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings or lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder or (c) the parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings or lineal descendants of siblings of the spouse of such Qualified Stockholder.  Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted during minority.

 

Fiduciary ” means a natural person who (a) is an executor, personal representative, administrator, trustee, manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer or any other agent of a person and (b) manages, controls or otherwise has decision-making authority with respect to such person.

 

Founder ” means Matthew Salzberg, Matthew Wadiak or Ilia Papas.

 

Founder Qualified Stockholder ” means a Qualified Stockholder who is also a Founder.

 

Founder Trustee ” means any natural person designated or approved by a Founder and approved by resolution of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors, in each case acting in his or her capacity

 

8



 

as voting trustee pursuant to a written voting trust agreement entered into by such Founder prior to his death or Disability; provided, however, that approval of the Board of Directors shall not be required for any such natural person designated or approved by such Founder pursuant to a written voting trust agreement entered into by such Founder prior to the Effective Time and serving as voting trustee at the Effective Time.

 

Parent ” of an entity means any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

 

Permitted Entity ” means with respect to a Qualified Stockholder:

 

(a)  a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

 

(b)  any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, public benefit corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

 

(c)  the executor or personal representative of the estate of a Qualified Stockholder upon the death of such Qualified Stockholder solely to the extent the executor or personal representative is acting in the capacity of executor or personal representative of such estate;

 

(d)  a revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, during the lifetime of the natural person grantor of such trust; or

 

(e)  a revocable living trust (including any irrevocable administrative trust resulting from the death of the natural person grantor of such trust) which trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder, following the death of the natural person grantor of such trust, solely to the extent that such shares are held in such trust pending distribution to the beneficiaries designated in such trust.

 

Except as explicitly provided for herein, a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder shall not cease to be a Permitted Entity of that Qualified Stockholder solely by reason of the death of that Qualified Stockholder.

 

Permitted Transfer ” means, and is restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

 

(a)  by a Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) to (i) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder so long as such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period)

 

9



 

continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, (ii) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder so long as (A) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (B) a Fiduciary of such Permitted Entity who is selected by such Qualified Stockholder, and whom such Qualified Stockholder has the power to remove and replace with another Fiduciary selected by such Qualified Stockholder, exercises Voting Control over such shares, (iii) any foundation or similar entity or any Qualified Charity so long as (A) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (B) a Fiduciary of such foundation, similar entity or Qualified Charity who is selected by such Qualified Stockholder, and whom such Qualified Stockholder has the power to remove and replace with another Fiduciary selected by such Qualified Stockholder, exercises Voting Control over such shares, (iv) any Permitted Entity of a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder so long as such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) continues to exercise Voting Control over such shares, or (v) such Qualified Stockholder’s revocable living trust which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder;

 

(b)  by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) to (i) such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) or one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder (or, in the case of a deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder, the executor or personal representative of the estate of such deceased Founder Qualified Stockholder during the Delayed Conversion Period) or (iii) any Permitted Entity of a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder; or

 

(c)  by a Qualified Stockholder that is an entity to an Affiliate (provided, that for purposes of a Permitted Transfer, an Affiliate shall not include, in any case, limited partners, stockholders or members of such Qualified Stockholder).

 

Permitted Transferee ” means a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

 

Permitted Trust ” means a bona fide trust where each trustee is (a) a Qualified Stockholder; (b) a Family Member of a Qualified Stockholder; (c) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, accounting, legal or financial advisor, or bank trust departments; (d) an employee of the Corporation or a member of the Board of Directors; or (e) solely in the case of any such trust established by a natural person grantor, any other bona fide trustee; provided, however, that solely with respect to a trust (whether existing at the Effective Time or established thereafter)

 

10


 

receiving or holding shares of a Founder, which trust is contingent and effective upon the death or Disability of such Founder, each trustee of such trust shall be a Founder Trustee in order for such trust to constitute a Permitted Trust.

 

Qualified Charity ” means a domestic U.S. charitable organization, contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate, gift and generation skipping transfer tax purposes.

 

Qualified Stockholder ” means:

 

(a)  the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of the Effective Time;

 

(b)  the registered holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock (each as defined in Part B of this Article Fourth) immediately prior to the conversion thereof;

 

(c)  the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options or warrants or settlement of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) that, in each case, are outstanding as of the Effective Time;

 

(d)  the initial record holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time upon the approval of the Board of Directors;

 

(e)  the initial record holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities issued pursuant to the preceding subclause (d);

 

(f)  each natural person who Transferred shares of or equity awards for Class B Common Stock (including any option or warrant exercisable or convertible into, or any RSU that can be settled in shares of, Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder pursuant to the foregoing subclauses (a), (b) or (c); and

 

(g) a Permitted Transferee.

 

Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock means, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, the transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise.  A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (x) an entity that is a Permitted Entity if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (y) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such

 

11



 

entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.  In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer shall be deemed to have occurred if a holder that is a partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation distributes or otherwise transfers its shares of Class B Common Stock to its partners, stockholders, members or other equity owners.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered a Transfer:

 

(a)  the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders solicited by the Board of Directors;

 

(b)  entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock, which voting trust, agreement or arrangement (i) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash, securities or other property to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

 

(c)  the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer at such time;

 

(d)  any change in the trustee(s) or the person(s) and/or entity(ies) having or exercising Voting Control over shares of Class B Common Stock of a Permitted Entity, provided that following such change such Permitted Entity continues to be a Permitted Entity;

 

(e) (1) the assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Qualified Stockholder to a grantor retained annuity trust (a “ GRAT ”) for which the trustee is (A) such Qualified Stockholder, (B) a Family Member of such Qualified Stockholder, (C) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies, accounting, legal or financial advisors, or bank trust departments, (D) an employee of the Corporation or a member of the Board of Directors or (E) solely in the case of any such trust established by a natural person grantor, any other bona fide trustee; (2) the change in trustee for such a GRAT from one of the persons identified in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E) to another person identified in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E); and (3) the distribution of such shares of Class B Common Stock from such GRAT to such Qualified Stockholder (provided, however, that the distribution of shares of Class B Common Stock to any beneficiary of such GRAT except such Qualified Stockholder shall constitute a Transfer unless such distribution qualifies as a Permitted Transfer at such time); or

 

12



 

(f) the assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of shares of Preferred Stock which are then-convertible into Class B Common Stock.

 

Voting Control ” means, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

Seven Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Four Hundred Nine (742,409) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” Four Hundred Fifty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Twenty (455,220) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” Three Million One Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Eight (3,001,448) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and Thirteen Million One Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Three Hundred Twenty-Five (13,172,325) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ,” each with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

1.1                                Series D Preferred Stock .  The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”), Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a separate class).

 

1.2                                Junior Preferred Stock .  After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock , Class C Capital Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends

 

13



 

shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Junior Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis).

 

1.3                                Further Dividends .  After payment of the foregoing dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Class B Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate; provided, however, that the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock may receive disparate treatment with respect to such additional dividends or distributions (in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate treatment is approved in advance by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

1.4                                Dividend Rates .  For purposes of this Section 1 , “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean $0.326 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time, $0.879 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), $1.333 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time) and $1.06615 per annum for each share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).

 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1                      Series D Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock  pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such

 

14



 

liquidation, dissolution or winding up (or Deemed Liquidation Event).  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1.1 .

 

2.1.2                      Junior Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including a Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid on a pari passu basis out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to and after the payment of the amount to be paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1.1 but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the applicable series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (or Deemed Liquidation Event).  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation thus distributed among the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then all such assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1.2 .

 

2.1.3                      Certain Definitions .  The amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”, the amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”, the amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Amount ”, and the amount which a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Liquidation Amount ”.  The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $4.0751 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $10.9837 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $16.6586 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall mean $13.3269 per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock

 

15



 

(subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time).  The “ Applicable Original Issue Price ” shall mean (a) in the case of the holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price, (b) in the case of a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price, (c) in the case of a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price, and (d) in the case of a holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Original Issue Price.

 

2.2                                Payments to Holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  The following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 unless (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) each elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event (any such event, unless such an election is made, is referred to herein as a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”):

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                      the Corporation is a constituent party; or

 

(ii)                                   a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting entity or (2) if the surviving or resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another entity immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent entity of such surviving or resulting entity (provided that, for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or

 

16



 

consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 

(b)                                  the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (including, without limitation, the Corporation’s intellectual property), except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i)  above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)                                  In the event of the consummation of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii)  or 2.3.1(b)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ten (10) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the tenth (10 th ) day after the consummation of the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) unless the holders of (x) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (y) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting separately as a class) request otherwise in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than fifteen (15) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation from such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the twentieth (20 th ) day after the consummation of such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Liquidation Amount applicable to such shares based on the series thereof.  In the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall, first, redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Series D Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, and

 

17



 

after redemption of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall, second, redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Junior Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such remaining Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares of Junior Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2 , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received from such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3  Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person or entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.3.4                      Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration .  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

3.  Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast ten (10) votes for each whole share of Class B Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by applicable law or by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ”).  The holders of record of the shares of

 

18



 

Series C Preferred Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series C Director ”).  The holders of record of the shares of Class B Common Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding three sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a director to fill any directorship for which they are entitled to elect a director, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock or Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  The holders of record of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent of such class or series or by any director or directors elected exclusively by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when shares of Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Corporation) by amendment, merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger, consolidation or Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                  alter, amend or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                   increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock;

 

(d)                                  create or authorize the creation of or issue any additional class or series of stock, unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the

 

19



 

distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and with respect to the payment of dividends, redemption rights and voting rights;

 

(e)                                   purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of stock other than the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, other than (i) dividends or other distributions payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, respectively, (ii) securities repurchased from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service in a transaction approved by Board of Directors or (iii) as the result of the exercise by the Corporation of a right of first refusal;

 

(f)                                    create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or other debt instrument, if the Corporation’s aggregate indebtedness would exceed $10,000,000, other than trade credit incurred in the Corporation’s ordinary course of business, bank lines, equipment leases or other debt securities contemplated in a budget approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director), unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director);

 

(g)                                   increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), or any other equity incentive, option or similar benefit plan, agreement or arrangement of the Corporation;

 

(h)                                  increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors; or

 

(i)                                      permit any subsidiary to do any of the foregoing.

 

3.4                                Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   At any time when at least 950,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a separate class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  create or authorize the creation of or issue any equity security which has a liquidation preference which is senior in terms of payment priority to the liquidation preference of the Series C Preferred Stock, or which participates along with the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock in the proceeds of a Deemed Liquidation Event after such security, and all other series of Preferred Stock, receive their

 

20


 

liquidation preferences (a “ Series C Senior or Participating Equity Security ”), or other security convertible into, or exercisable for, any such Series C Senior or Participating Equity Security;

 

(b)                                  increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)                                   alter, amend or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

3.5                                Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   At any time when at least 3,189,039 shares of Series D Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock occurring after the Effective Time), in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Corporation) by amendment, merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization or in any other manner:

 

(a)                                  purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of stock other than the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in Sections 1.1 , 1.2 , and 2.3.2(b) , other than (i) dividends or other distributions payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, respectively, (ii) securities repurchased from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at or below the original purchase price of such capital stock issued, sold and/or granted pursuant to a stock benefit plan or agreement approved by the Board of Directors or (iii) as the result of the exercise by the Corporation of a right of first refusal pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders, dated on or about May 18, 2015;

 

(b)                                  increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                   alter, amend or waive the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely; or

 

(d)                                  effect any transaction that constitutes a Deemed Liquidation Event (or would constitute a Deemed Liquidation Event but for the election, pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1 , of (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) the holders of a majority of the

 

21



 

outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) not to treat such transaction as a Deemed Liquidation Event) unless the holders of Series D Preferred Stock receive consideration in such transaction at least equal to the Series D Original Issue Price per share of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the Applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series in effect at the time of conversion.  The “ Applicable Conversion Price ” per share for each series of Preferred Stock shall initially be equal to $0.081502 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.219674 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.33172 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, and $13.3269 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock.  The initial Applicable Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the rights of the Preferred Stock to convert to Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Class B Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is holding at the time converting into Class B Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of shares of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for

 

22



 

Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate(s) that were not converted into Class B Common Stock, (b) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (c) subject to applicable law, pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock

 

23



 

so converted shall automatically be retired and shall not be available for reissuance, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Class B Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                                Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Series D Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series D Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock and (2) shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                      shares of Class B Common Stock issued in the Reclassification upon the Effective Time;

 

24



 

(ii)                                   shares of Class B Common Stock issued or deemed issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms as of the Effective Time;

 

(iii)                                shares of Class A Common Stock issued or deemed issued upon conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock in accordance with the terms of the Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, as of the Effective Time;

 

(iv)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may, that is covered by Subsections 4.5 or 4.6 below;

 

(v)                                  shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock or Options issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, up to an aggregate of 17,981,300 shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock, of which, as of the Effective Time, an aggregate of 10,507,923 shares are issued and are outstanding (net of repurchases, and including shares underlying (directly or indirectly) any such Options) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock occurring after the Effective Time);

 

(vi)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options outstanding as of the Effective Time or shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Effective Time, in each case provided such issuance

 

25



 

is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security as of the Effective Time;

 

(vii)                            shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issued in a public offering;

 

(viii)                         shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as consideration for the acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or for a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director); or

 

(ix)                               shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Capital Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks or equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director).

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if:  (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 ) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the affected series of Preferred Stock, agreeing that no such adjustment to such series of Preferred Stock’s Applicable Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be (as set forth in the

 

26



 

instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number), issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock relating to such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities, other than Exempted Securities covered by clause (vi) of Subsection 4.4.1(d) ), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series D Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series D Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided

 

27



 

in Subsection 4.4.3(a)  above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3) .  If the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series D Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  * (A + B) ¸ (A + C)

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  CP 2 ” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)                                  CP 1 ” shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

28



 

(c)                                   A ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)                                  B ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)                                   C ” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the

 

29



 

instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                      Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one (1) date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 above, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  Any adjustment under this Subsection 4.5 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or

 

30


 

combination becomes effective.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date (a) effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, with a comparable subdivision or combination, as applicable, of a series of Preferred Stock or (b) effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of a series of Preferred Stock with a comparable subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, then in each case, no adjustment shall be made to the Applicable Conversion Price.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock in additional shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, then and in each such event the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(a)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(b)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Subsection 4.6 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Class B Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock  as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock immediately prior to such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Class B Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Class B Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Class B Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

 

31



 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series D Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, in respect of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Subsection 4.6 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock immediately prior to such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock that remains outstanding thereafter (if any) shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Class B Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that such share of Preferred Stock would have been entitled to receive had such share of Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to such transaction into that number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which it was convertible at such time; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of shares of a Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days after receipt thereof), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (a) the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (b) the number of

 

32



 

shares of Class B Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation shall send or cause to be sent to the holders of  Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock), shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as applicable (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to shares of Preferred Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, as the case may be.  Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date (in the case of a dividend or distribution or subscription right) or effective date (in the case of a reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up) for the event specified in such notice.  Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

4.11                         Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into Class A Common Stock, all references in this Section 4 to “Class B Common Stock” shall mean “Class A Common Stock” from and after such conversion, and any right, power or preference of shares of Preferred Stock determined by reference to Class B Common Stock shall, instead, be determined by reference to Class A Common Stock.

 

33



 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  Upon the earlier of (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) of gross proceeds to the Corporation and the listing of the Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or another internationally recognized stock exchange (a “ Qualified IPO ”) or (b) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) (provided, however, that the conversion of all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)  shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and provided further that the conversion of all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)  shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class) (the date of such closing or such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate and (y) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Date.  Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Preferred Stock.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .  On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to shares of such  Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Class B Common Stock), will terminate, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which shares of Preferred Stock has been converted, cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly

 

34



 

authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.  All shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been automatically retired and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Class B Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.  Such converted shares of Preferred Stock shall not be available for reissuance, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

5.3                                Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into Class A Common Stock, all references in this Section 5 to “Class B Common Stock” shall mean “Class A Common Stock” from and after such conversion, and any right, power or preference of shares of Preferred Stock determined by reference to Class B Common Stock shall, instead, be determined by reference to Class A Common Stock.

 

6.                                       Redemption .  The Preferred Stock is not mandatorily redeemable except to the extent provided in Subsection 2.3.2(b)  above.

 

7.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

35



 

SEVENTH :  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

EIGHTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH :  The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

 

1.                                       Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, nonprofit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts

 

36



 

advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

 

3.                                       Claims by Directors and Officers .  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

4.                                       Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust,  nonprofit entity or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding.  The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                       Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents .  The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6.                                       Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

7.                                       Other Indemnification .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

8.                                       Insurance .  The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance:  (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the

 

37



 

indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers, employees and agents against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

 

9.                                       Amendment or Repeal .  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.  The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

ELEVENTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

TWELFTH :  The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee or advisor of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

THIRTEENTH :  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery  or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article Thirteenth.

 

*     *     *

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Corrected Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 17 th  day of March, 2017.

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin C. Singer

 

 

Benjamin C. Singer, Secretary

 

39



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       The name of the Corporation is Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. and the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 22, 2016.

 

2.                                       The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended (the “ Restated Certificate ”), of the Corporation is hereby further amended by deleting the third sentence of Section B.3.2 of Article FOURTH of the Restated Certificate and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“The holders of record of the shares of Class B Common Stock, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation.”

 

3.                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4 .                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 27 th  day of March, 2017.

 

 

/s/ Benjamin C. Singer

 

Benjamin C. Singer

 

Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.                                                            Registered Office.   The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent shall be Corporation Service Company.

 

SECTION 1.02.                                                            Other Offices.   The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.                                                            Annual Meeting.   The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, and for the transaction of any other proper business, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.02.                                                            Special Meeting.   Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the corporation or by the Board of Directors or by written order of a majority of the directors and shall be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning shares representing not less than ten percent of the voting power of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

SECTION 2.03.                                                            Place of Meeting.   All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any specific place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication.

 

SECTION 2.04.                                                            Notice of Meeting.   Written or other proper notice of any meeting of stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be

 



 

present in person and vote at such adjourned meetings, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

SECTION 2.05.                                                            Voting List.   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a specific place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.06.                                                            Quorum.   At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.    If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.07.                                                            Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of the stockholders, the vote of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter and present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable statutes, of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by the stockholder.

 

2



 

SECTION 2.08.                                                            Proxies .  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders may authorize, by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder, bearing a date not more than three years prior to voting, unless such instrument provides for a longer period, and filed with the Secretary of the corporation before, or at the time of the meeting, another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

 

SECTION 2.09.                                                            Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated, for the purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 2.10.                                                            Voting of Stock of Certain Holders . Shares of the corporation’s capital stock standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.  Shares standing in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such deceased person, either in person or by proxy.  Shares standing in the name of a guardian, conservator, or trustee may be voted by such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy, but no such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote shares held in such fiduciary capacity without a transfer of such shares into the name of such fiduciary.  Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver.  A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent the stock and vote thereon.

 

SECTION 2.11.                                                            Treasury Stock .  The corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own capital stock owned by it; and such shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

SECTION 2.12.                                                            Fixing Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than 60 days preceding the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining a consent, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the

 

3



 

rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such case such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed, shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.                                                            Powers .  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02.                                                            Number, Election and Term .  The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be not less than one.  Subject to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, such number of directors shall from time to time be fixed and determined by the directors and shall be set forth in the notice of any meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors.  The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.03, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or, if earlier, his death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.  The vote of any stockholder on an election of directors may be taken in any manner and no such vote shall be required to be taken by written ballot or by electronic transmission unless otherwise required by law.  Directors need not be residents of Delaware, citizens of the United States or stockholders of the corporation.

 

SECTION 3.03.                                                            Vacancies, Additional Directors, and Removal from Office .  If any vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office of any director, or otherwise, or if any new directorship is created by an increase in the authorized number of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director, may choose a successor or fill the newly created directorship; and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next election and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.  Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders duly called and held for such purpose.

 

SECTION 3.04.                                                            Resignation .  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation from the Board of Directors shall be deemed to take effect immediately upon receipt of such notice or at such other time as the director may specify in the notice.

 

4



 

SECTION 3.05.                                                            Regular Meetings .  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held each year, without other notice than this bylaw, at the place of, and immediately following, the annual meeting of stockholders; and other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places (within or without the State of Delaware), if any, and at such times as the Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, without other notice than such resolution.

 

SECTION 3.06.                                                            Special Meetings .  A special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by the President of the corporation or the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any director.  Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 48 hours prior to the time of such meeting and shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission. Each such notice shall state the time and place (within or without the State of Delaware), if any, of the meeting but need not state the purposes thereof, except that notice shall be given of any proposed amendment to the by-laws if it is to be adopted at any special meeting or with respect to any other matter where notice is required by statute or by these by-laws.

 

SECTION 3.07.                                                            Quorum .  A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

SECTION 3.08.                                                            Communications .  Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.09.                                                            Action Without Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof as provided in Article IV of these by-laws, may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.10.                                                            Compensation .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at

 

5



 

each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  Nothing herein shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEE OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 4.01.                                                            Designation, Powers and Name .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including, if they shall so determine, an Executive Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation as may be provided in such resolution.  The committee may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Such committee or committees shall have such name or names and such limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.02.                                                            Minutes .  Each committee of directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

SECTION 4.03.                                                            Compensation .  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings, if the Board of Directors shall so determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

NOTICE

 

SECTION 5.01.                                                            Methods of Giving Notice .  Whenever, under the provisions of applicable statutes, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director, member of any committee, or stockholder, it shall not be necessary that personal notice be given, and such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director, member, or stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation or at his or her residence or usual place of business, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice also may be given in any other proper form, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Notice that is given by facsimile shall be deemed delivered

 

6



 

when sent to a number at which any director, member or stockholder has consented to receive such notice. Notice by telegram or cablegram shall be deemed to be given when the same shall be filed. Notice that is given in person or by telephone shall be deemed to be given when the same shall be delivered. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to any director, member or stockholder, any notice given under any provision of these by-laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by such person. Notice given by electronic mail shall be deemed delivered when directed to an electronic mail address at which such person has consented to receive notice and notice given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to such person of such specific posting shall be deemed delivered upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice. Notice given by any other form of electronic transmission shall be deemed given when directed to any director, member or stockholder in the manner consented to by such director, member or stockholder

 

SECTION 5.02.            Waiver .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of an applicable statute, the certificate of incorporation, or these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 6.01.                                                            Officers .  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, any one or more of which may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents, including a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, in each case as the Board of Directors shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined by the Board.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.  The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected from among the directors.  With the foregoing exceptions, none of the other officers need be a director, and none of the officers need be a stockholder of the corporation.

 

SECTION 6.02.                                                            Election and Term of Office .  The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first regular meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been chosen and shall have qualified or until his death or the effective date of his resignation or removal, or until he shall cease to be a director in the case of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman.

 

7



 

SECTION 6.03.                                                            Removal and Resignation .  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 6.04.                                                            Vacancies .  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

SECTION 6.05.                                                            Salaries .  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction; and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of his also being a director.

 

SECTION 6.06.                                                            Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board) shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders of the corporation.  The Chairman shall formulate and submit to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee matters of general policy for the corporation and shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 6.07.                                                            Vice Chairman of the Board .  The Vice Chairman of the Board (if such office is created by the Board) shall, in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board.  The Vice Chairman shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or assigned by the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 6.08.                                                            President; Chief Executive Officers .  The President and the Chief Executive Officer (if such office is created by the Board), which posts may be held by the same or different persons, shall be the chief executive officers of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control the business and affairs of the corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board (if such offices are created by the Board), the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders.  Either such person may also preside at any such meeting attended by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board if he is so designated by the Chairman, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman.  Both shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. The President and the Chief Executive Officer both shall keep the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee fully informed and shall consult them concerning the business of the corporation.  Either may sign certificates for shares of the corporation and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts, or other instruments that the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been expressly delegated by these by-laws or by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.  Either shall vote, or give a proxy to any other officer

 

8



 

of the corporation to vote, all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation and in general he shall perform all other duties normally incident to the office of President or Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, and such other duties as may be prescribed by the stockholders, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee from time to time.

 

SECTION 6.09.                                                            Vice Presidents .  In the absence of the President and the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of their inability or refusal to act, the Executive Vice President (or in the event there shall be no Vice President designated Executive Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and the Chief Executive Officer.  Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the corporation.  The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.10.                                                            Secretary .  The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of directors; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws and as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation, and see that the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issue thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws; (d) keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished by such stockholder; (e) sign with the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (g) in general, perform all duties normally incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.11.                                                            Treasurer .  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  He shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.03 of these by-laws; (c) prepare, or cause to be prepared, for submission at each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, at each annual meeting of the stockholders, and at such other times as may be required by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer, a statement of financial condition of the corporation in such detail as may be required; and (d) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.12.                                                            Assistant Secretary and Treasurer .  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the

 

9



 

Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee.  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in the absence of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, perform all functions and duties which such absent officers may delegate, but such delegation shall not relieve the absent officer from the responsibilities and liabilities of his office.  The Assistant Secretaries may sign, with the President, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 7.01.                                                            Contracts .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, officers, agent, or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 7.02.                                                            Checks .  All checks, demands, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.03.                                                            Deposits .  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

SECTION 8.01.                                                            Issuance .  Each stockholder of this corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing the number of shares of capital stock registered in his name on the books of the corporation.  The certificates shall be in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, shall be issued in numerical order and shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.  They shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares and shall be signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The same person shall be permitted to sign a single stock certificate in more than one capacity.  If any certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, or (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or any employee of the corporation, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile.  If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the

 

10



 

qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided by statute, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and rights.  All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and with such indemnity, if any, to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.  Certificates shall not be issued representing fractional shares of stock.

 

SECTION 8.02.                                                            Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require (1) the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, (2) such owner to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or (3) both.

 

SECTION 8.03.                                                            Transfers .  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books.  Transfers of shares shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or the Transfer Agent.

 

SECTION 8.04.                                                            Registered Stockholders .  The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of the corporation’s capital stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

11


 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

SECTION 9.01.                                                            Declaration .  Dividends with respect to the shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to applicable law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

SECTION 9.02.                                                            Reserve .  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 10.01.                                                     Third Party Actions .  The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the corporation, and may indemnify any other person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 10.02.                                                     Actions by or in the right of the corporation .  The corporation shall indemnify any director or officer, and may indemnify any other person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another

 

12



 

corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

SECTION 10.03.                                                     Mandatory Indemnification .  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 10.01 and 10.02, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 10.04.                                                     Determination of Conduct .  Any indemnification under Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 10.01 or 10.02 of this Article X.  Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 10.05.                                                     Payment of Expenses in Advance .  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article X.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 10.06.                                                     Indemnity Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

13



 

SECTION 10.07.                                                     Definitions .  For purposes of this Article X:

 

(a)                                  “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article X with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued;

 

(b)                                  “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans;

 

(c)                                   “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan;

 

(d)                                  “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and

 

(e)                                   a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article X.

 

SECTION 10.08.                                                     Continuation of Indemnity .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided or granted hereunder shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.01.                                                     Seal .  The corporate seal, if one is authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

SECTION 11.02.                                                     Books .  The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at the offices of the corporation, or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

14



 

SECTION 11.03:                            Right of First Refusal .  No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Class A Common Stock of the corporation (“ Class A Common Stock ”), Class B Common Stock of the corporation (“ Class B Common Stock ”) or Class C Capital Stock of the coporation (“ Class C Capital Stock ”) or any right or interest therein held by such stockholder, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw .

 

(a)                                  If the stockholder receives from anyone a bona fide offer acceptable to the stockholder to purchase any Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held by such stockholder, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation.  The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other terms and conditions of the offer.

 

(b)                                  For fifteen (15) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation or its assigns shall have the option to purchase all or, with the consent of the stockholder, any lesser part of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such bona fide offer.  In the event the corporation elects to purchase all or, as agreed by the stockholder, a lesser part, of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock, it shall give written notice to the selling stockholder of its election and settlement for said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock shall be made as provided below in paragraph (c).

 

(c)                                   In the event the corporation elects to acquire any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock of the selling stockholder as specified in said selling stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the selling stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said selling stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation shall pay for said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.

 

(d)                                  In the event the corporation does not elect to acquire all of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, said selling stockholder may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation, sell elsewhere the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock specified in said selling stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this bylaw, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in the bona fide offer set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.  All Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock so sold by said selling stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

 

(e)                                   Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

 

15



 

(1)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s family.  “ Immediate family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendent, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

 

(2)                                  A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

 

(3)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to any other stockholder of the corporation.

 

(4)                                  A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

 

(5)                                  A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of capital stock of the corporation or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

 

(6)                                  A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock to any or all of its stockholders.

 

(7)                                  A transfer of any or all of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock held by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners.

 

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock except in accord with this bylaw.

 

(f)                                    Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

 

(g)                                   The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

 

(1)                                  upon the date capital stock (of any class) of the corporation is first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

16



 

(2)                                  upon any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or if not so defined, upon the consummation of either of the following: (X) a merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a constituent party or a subsidiary of the corporation is a constituent party and the corporation issues membership interests (or similar securities) pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the corporation or a subsidiary in which the membership interest (or similar securities) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for interests or shares of capital stock (or other securities) that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the equity securities (whether membership interests, capital stock, or otherwise) of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation, or (Y) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the corporation if substantially all of the assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation).

 

The certificates representing the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Capital Stock shall bear the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(h)                                  The provisions of this bylaw shall not apply to any transfer of shares of Preferred Stock of the corporation or the shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

 

SECTION 11.04:                                                    Notwithstanding any provision in this Article XI to the contrary, shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock (other than Class B Common Stock acquired upon conversion of Preferred Stock) shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred (including by way of any arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Class C Capital Stock) without the express written consent of the Board of Directors (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors) except to the Company and shares (a) by gift to immediate family members, or (b) pursuant to a participant’s beneficiary designation, will or the laws of intestate succession, provided in all cases that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the same transfer restrictions.  These transfer restrictions will terminate when the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or upon closing of a

 

17



 

change in control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded on an established securities market.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

SECTION HEADINGS

 

The headings contained in these by-laws are for reference purposes only and shall not be construed to be part of and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of these by-laws.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENT

 

These by-laws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by a majority of the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors without prior notice, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

18




Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 18 th , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ” and collectively referred to as the “ Investors ,” and each of the individuals listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to in this Agreement as a “ Key Holder ” and collectively referred to as the “ Key Holders .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors previously entered into a Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 22, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Prior Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (or Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof) then outstanding;

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors who are parties to the Prior Agreement hold all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as of a date immediately prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto each hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners (or member thereof) or managing members of (or member thereof), or shares the same management company (or member thereof) with, such Person.

 

1.2                                Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 



 

1.3                                Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.4                                Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1.5                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.6                                Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.7                                Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.8                                Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.9                                GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.10                         Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.11                         Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

2



 

1.12                         Initiating Holders ” means any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities and who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.13                         IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.14                         Key Employee ” means Matthew Salzberg, Matthew Wadiak and Ilia Papas.

 

1.15                         Key Holder Registrable Securities ” means (i) the 66,133,825 shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders, and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

 

1.16                         Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,500,000 shares shares (or, in the case of Fidelity, at least 4,689,766 shares) of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

 

1.17                         Non-Major Investor ” means any Investor other than a Major Investor.

 

1.18                         Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.19                         Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

1.20                         Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided , however , that the Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 2.1 , 2.10 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 4.1 and 6.6 , and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i), and (ii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.21                         Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

3



 

1.22                         Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b)  hereof.

 

1.23                         SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.24                         SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.25                         SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.26                         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.27                         Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6 .

 

1.28                         Series B Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

 

1.29                         Series C Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect pursuant to the Restated Certificate.

 

1.30                         Series A Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.31                         Series B Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.32                         Series C Preferred Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.33                         Series D Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Form S-1 Demand .  If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a written request from Initiating Holders that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities, and if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of

 

4



 

Selling Expenses, would exceed $10 million, then the Company shall promptly give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and as soon as practicable, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                                  Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Initiating Holders that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall promptly give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(c)                                   Delay in Demand Registration .  Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred eighty (180) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                  Number of Demand Registrations .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii)

 

5



 

after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

 

2.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and

 

6



 

the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be entirely excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering, or (iii) notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering .   For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b)  concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

7



 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities

 

8



 

exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(i)                                      after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a ) or Section 2.1(b ).  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

9


 

2.8                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages arising out of or based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which such Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages arising out of or based on a Violation and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b)  and 2.8(d)  exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

10



 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided , further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

11



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

12



 

2.11                         “Market Stand-off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the voting capital stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary release, waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements; provided , however , that the provisions of this sentence will not apply if (1)(a) the release, waiver or termination is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in such agreements and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer; or (2) the release, waiver or termination is granted to a Holder in connection with a follow-on public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed with the SEC and the Holder has (a) been given an opportunity to participate with other selling stockholders in such public offering on a pro rata basis and (b) declined to so participate.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.11 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided , however , that the provisions of this

 

13



 

sentence shall not apply at any time that the Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act.

 

2.12                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AND VOTING RESTRICTIONS, AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12 .

 

14



 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 .  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 .  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

2.13                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate;

 

(b)                                  such date on or after the closing of the Company’s IPO when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144; and

 

(c)                                   the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the IPO.

 

3.                                       Information Rights .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, if requested by such Major Investor and provided that the Board of Directors of the Company has not determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor (as defined below) of the Company:

 

15


 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014), (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(c) ) for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such financial statements to be audited by a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Fidelity (as defined below), FRC (as defined below), BVP (as defined below) and Stripes (as defined below); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to deliver to the Major Investors audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 prior to the six-month anniversary of the date hereof, and provided further that the Company’s failure to comply with this Section 3.1(a)  shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement and the only remedy available to the Major Investors for such failure shall be for the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the audited financial statements under this Section 3.1(a)  as soon as practicable;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the first full quarter after the date hereof), unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such quarter and (y) the comparable amounts as included in the Budget, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP) and (iii) deviate from GAAP in the respects described in Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C to the Purchase Agreement);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event forty-five (45) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a quarterly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for each such quarter and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, an up-to-date capitalization table for the Company; and

 

(e)                                   such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as the Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time deliver (including valuation reports prepared on the Company’s behalf in accordance with IRC 409A); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the

 

16



 

foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

The Company shall promptly and accurately respond, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to promptly respond, to reasonable requests for information made on behalf of any Major Investor relating to the actual holdings of such Major Investor (based on stock records in the possession or control of the Company or transfer agent), including in relation to the total outstanding shares; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any such information that could reasonably result in a violation of applicable law or conflict with the Company’s insider trading policy or a confidentiality obligation of the Company.  The rights contained in this paragraph shall terminate with respect to a Major Investor once such Major Investor no longer holds any Restricted Securities.

 

For purposes of this Section 3 , “ Competitor ” means a person or entity engaged, directly or indirectly (including through a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)) in the business of the Company, but shall not include Fidelity or any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle solely by virtue of its ownership (and/or its Affiliates’ ownership) of any equity interest in any Competitor held solely for investment purposes.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense (provided that the Board of Directors of the Company has not determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor of the Company), to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Observer Right .

 

(a)                                  For so long as FRC continues to own beneficially shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock), one representative of FRC, who currently is Phineas Barnes, shall be entitled to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity.  The Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust

 

17



 

and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that such representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information, or for other similar reasons.

 

(b)                                  For so long as (x) Fidelity Management & Research Company or any nominee holder therefor or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof which holds Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, “ Fidelity ”) continues to own beneficially not less than 4,689,766 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof), or (y) the Company has not consummated a public offering, one representative of Fidelity shall be entitled to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity.  The Company shall give Fidelity and such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided , however , that Fidelity shall cause such representative to hold in confidence all such materials to the same extent required by the provisions of Section 3.5 ; and provided further , that such representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege.

 

3.4                                Termination of Information, Inspection and Observer Rights .  The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, or (iv) as otherwise set forth herein, whichever event occurs first.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the covenants set forth in Section 3.3 shall be suspended with respect to Fidelity during such time as Fidelity directly invests in, or otherwise holds an investment in, any private entity that Fidelity becomes aware, whether through such entity or through any parent, subsidiary or sibling entity of such entity, engages in the business of selling recipes, and ingredients with which to prepare such recipes, to consumers.

 

3.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without, to the knowledge of such Investor, a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser (A) has been approved as a prospective purchaser by the Company’s Board of Directors (if the investor originally purchased fewer than 1,900,000 shares of Preferred

 

18



 

Stock from the Company); and (B) agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Section 3.5 ; (iii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  The Company hereby grants to each Investor the right of first offer to purchase up to its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4 ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement.  An Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock into which Preferred Stock of the Investor may then be converted) owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants but excluding any unused portion of any option or similar pool).  An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

4.2                                Restrictions .  This right of first offer shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

 

(i)                                      securities or rights to acquire securities that are excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under the Restated Certificate; or

 

(ii)                                   any shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued under the Purchase Agreement, as such agreement may be amended.

 

(b)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 4.2 shall not be applicable with respect to any Investor if (i) at the time of such offering, the Investor is not an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Section 501(a) of the Securities Act and (ii) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each (i) Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days and (ii) Non-Major Investor shall

 

19



 

have seven (7) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company.  If any (i) Major Investor fails to give such written notice within the fifteen (15) day period described in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence (the “ Fifteen Day Period ”), or (ii) Non-Major Investor fails to give such written notice within the seven (7) day period described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, as the case may be, such Major Investor or Non-Major Investor, as the case may be (a “ Waiving Investor ”), shall have waived such Waiving Investor’s right to acquire any New Securities being offered in such issuance and shall not be entitled to acquire any such New Securities in accordance with this Section 4 ( provided that such waiver shall not serve as a waiver of such Waiving Investor’s rights with respect to any future issuances of New Securities pursuant to this Section 4 ).  At the expiration of the Fifteen Day Period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Fully Exercising Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Investor) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by all Fully Exercising Investors (assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by all Fully Exercising Investor) who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.

 

(d)                                  In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer within said twenty-five (25) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Investors’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.2 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors delivered pursuant to Section 4.2(b) .  In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.2 .

 

(e)                                   The right of first offer granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to the first to occur of (i) the Qualified IPO or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined in the Restated Certificate.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Section 4.2 , the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities.  Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities.  Each (i) Major Investor shall have twenty (20)

 

20



 

days and (ii) Non-Major Investor shall have seven (7) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Investor, maintain such Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Section 4.1 before giving effect to the issuance of New Securities.  The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Investors.

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to BVP and Stripes, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director) determines that such insurance should be discontinued, and will deliver a copy of such insurances policies annually to each of BVP and Stripes within fifteen (15) days of binding such insurance policies.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) to the extent permitted under applicable law, each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year non-solicitation and non-competition agreement, in the form approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative approval of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).  All current and future employees shall be employed by the Company “at will” unless otherwise provided by the terms of an employment agreement approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).

 

5.3                                Employee Stock .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4)-year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, (ii) no accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate) and (iii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 .  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Employee Matters .  Each executive officer of the Company shall devote 100% of his or her professional time to the Company (excluding charitable work, writing

 

21



 

activities, public appearances and other quasi academic pursuits).  Any other professional activity shall require the approval of the Board of Directions (including the affirmative consent of the Series B Director and the Series C Director).

 

5.5                                Board Matters .  The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Series B Director and the Series C Director each shall be entitled to be a member of each committee of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall hold meetings at least four times each calendar year.

 

5.6                                Matters Requiring Series B/Series C Director Approval .  So long as there is a Series B Director or a Series C Director serving on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote or consent of the Series B Director or the Series C Director; provided, that, if either such Director has a financial interest in such matter (except for a Financing Matter (as defined below), the approval must also include the affirmative vote or consent of the other disinterested Director:

 

(a)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to (other than travel or other ordinary course business expenses), or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

 

(b)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(c)                                   implement or change a cash investment policy of the Company;

 

(d)                                  guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $10 million that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the Company’s ordinary course of business and equipment leases;

 

(f)                                    enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company, or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or Affiliate of any such Person, except for (i) transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) a Financing Matter;

 

(g)                                   hire, fire or change the compensation of the Company’s senior executive officers, including approving any severance agreements, equity incentive or option plans or provisions;

 

22



 

(h)                                  increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under any equity incentive or options plans, or approve any awards under such equity incentive or option plans providing for accelerated vesting;

 

(i)                                      change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business or exit the current line of business; or

 

(h)                                  sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property of the Company, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.6 , a “ Financing Matter ” means the creation, authorization, and/or issuance in accordance with the terms hereof of capital stock of the Company, or of any security or instrument which is convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company, for the primary purpose of providing capital to the Company.

 

5.7                                Competitive Investments .  The Company hereby acknowledges that (i) Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and 15 Angels II, LLC (collectively, “ BVP ”), (ii) First Round Capital IV, L.P. (“ FRC ”), (iii) SG Growth Partners II, LP (“ Stripes ”), (iv) Fidelity and their respective affiliated advisors and funds are professional investment managers and/or funds and, as such, invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as conducted or proposed to be conducted).  Subject to the last sentence of Section 3.4 , neither BVP, FRC, Stripes, Fidelity, nor their respective affiliates (including affiliated advisors and funds) shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by BVP, FRC, Stripes or Fidelity, as applicable, or any of their respective affiliated funds in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any advisor, partner, officer or other representative of BVP, FRC, Stripes or Fidelity, as applicable, or any of their respective affiliated funds to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise.

 

5.8                                Real Property Holding Corporation .  If at any time the Company determines that it is a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code (a “ USRPHC ”) , it shall promptly inform the Investor in writing of such determination. In addition, upon the Investor’s request, the Company shall promptly determine whether or not it is a USRPHC and shall promptly inform the Investor in writing of such determination.

 

5.9                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Restated Certificate, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

23



 

5.10                         Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Section 5.9 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations) or all shares of the transferor held prior to the transfer, if less; provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country.

 

6.3                                Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

24


 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto or such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5 .  If notice is given to the Company such notice shall be sent to 5 Crosby Street, 3 rd  Floor, New York, New York 10013, Attn: General Counsel, with a copy (which itself shall not constitute notice) to Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attn: David A. Westenberg, Esq., and if notice is given to the Investors, a copy of such notice (which itself shall not constitute notice), shall be given to Ropes & Gray LLP, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199, Attn: Joel F. Freedman, Esq.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof) then outstanding, consenting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) ; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Major Investor without the written consent of such Investor or Major Investor, as applicable, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors or Major Investors in the same fashion, and the consent of Fidelity shall be required to amend, modify, waive or terminate the provisions of Sections 2.11 , 3.1 , 3.3(b) , the last sentence of Section 3.4 , or this sentence in a manner that adversely affects the rights of Fidelity; and provided further that the consent of FRC shall be required to amend, modify, waive or terminate the provisions of Section 3.3(a)  in a manner that adversely affects the rights of FRC.  Further, this Agreement may not be amended, and no provision hereof may be waived, in each case, in any way which would adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders hereunder in a manner disproportionate to any adverse effect such amendment or waiver would have on the rights of the Investors hereunder, without also the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Key Holders.  The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this

 

25



 

Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates of each other shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability to such Affiliates of any rights under this Agreement, and such Affiliates may allocate such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.  The parties hereto agree that Bessemer Venture Partners VIII, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and 15 Angels LLC are Affiliates of each other, and that Fidelity Management & Research Company, any nominee holder therefor and any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof are Affiliates of each other, for purposes of this Section 6.8 .

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

 

6.10                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.11                         Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.

 

6.12                         Acknowledgment.   The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

26



 

6.13                         Effect on Prior Agreement .  Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and all Investors, the Prior Agreement automatically shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

BLUE APRON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND COMMINGLED POOL

 

 

 

BY: FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & TRUST CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR NEW INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES

OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY CONTRAFUND:

 

FIDELITY SERIES OPPORTUNISTIC INSIGHTS FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY COMMINGLED POOL

 

 

 

BY:

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT & TRUST CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

 

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

 

FIDELITY SERIES GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY SERIES BLUE CHIP GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:

 

FIDELITY OTC PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III:  GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

 

Name:

Adrien Deberghes

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

SG GROWTH PARTNERS II, LP

 

By its general partner, SGGP II LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth A. Fox

 

Name:

Kenneth A. Fox

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VIII L.P.

 

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VIII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.

 

 

 

By: Deer VIII & Co. L.P., their General Partner

 

By: Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

 

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

FIRST ROUND CAPITAL IV, L.P.

 

as nominee for itself and affiliated funds

 

 

 

By: FIRST ROUND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT IV, L.P,

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

By: FIRST ROUND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT IV, LLC,

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phin Barnes

 

Name:

Phin Barnes

 

Title:

Partner

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Wadiak

 

Name:

Matthew Wadiak

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ilia Papas

 

Name:

Ilia Papas

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

THE MATTHEW SALZBERG FAMILY 2014 TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Smith

 

Name:

Jeremy Smith

 

Title:

Co-Trustee

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

THE MATTHEW SALZBERG 2014 ANNUITY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Salzberg

 

Name:

Matthew Salzberg

 

Title:

Trustee

 

[ Signature Page to Blue Apron, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 


 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Name and Address

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I:  Fidelity

Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund

BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, PA  15259

Email: [email protected]

Fax number: 412-236-1012

 

Fidelity Advisor Series I:  Fidelity

Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: WARMWIND + CO. FBO Fidelity

Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series

Growth Opportunities Fund

Email: [email protected]

Fax number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Contrafund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund Commingled Pool

By:  Fidelity Management & Trust Co.

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 



 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Advisor

New Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity Advisor

Series Opportunistic Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Contrafund:  Fidelity

Series Opportunistic Insights Fund

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Growth Company

Commingled Pool By:  Fidelity

Management & Trust Co.

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617 772-2418

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust:

Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Ball & Co

C/O Citibank N.A./Custody

IC&D Lock Box

P.O. Box 7247-7057

Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

Account #: 206681

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 813-604-1415

 



 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust:

Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: Wavelength + Co Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:  Fidelity Blue

Chip Growth Fund

Ball & Co

C/O Citibank N.A./Custody

IC&D Lock Box

P.O. Box 7247-7057

Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

Account #: 206681

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 813-604-1415

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:  Fidelity

Series Blue Chip Growth Fund

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: Wavechart & Co fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 617-988-9110

 

Fidelity Securities Fund:

Fidelity OTC Portfolio

The Northern Trust Company

Attn: Trade Securities Processing, C-1N

801 South Canal Street

Chicago, Il 60607

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio

Reference Account # 26-68304

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 312-557-5417

 

Variable Insurance Products Fund III:

Growth Opportunities Portfolio

BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, Pa  15259

Email: [email protected]

Fax Number: 412-236-1012

 

SG Growth Partners II, LP

Stripes Group, LLC

402 West 13 th  Street, 5 th  Floor

New York, NY 10014

 



 

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P.

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 140

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel: (914) 833-5300

[email protected]

 

First Round Capital IV, L.P., as Nominee

4040 Locust Street

Philadelphia, PA 19104

Attention:  Josh Kopelman

Fax:  (610) 834-7635

 

Invite Investments, LLC

14 Hampton Place

The Woodlands, TX 77381

[email protected]

 

Anderson’s Children’s Trust

c/o Jay Anderson

812 Lenape Trail

Westfield, NJ 07090

[email protected]

 

Anthony G. Orphanos

61-63 Crosby Street

New York, NY 10012

[email protected]

 

Arthur LP Papas

71 Bullard Road

Weston, MA 02493

[email protected]

 

Athena Papas

5 Byron Road

Weston, MA 02493

[email protected]

 

Elements Capital Partners, LLC

c/o Jason Finger

[email protected]

 



 

15 Angels II LLC*

1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

[email protected]

 

Barry Salzberg

21 Raspberry Trail

Warren, NJ 07059

[email protected]

 

Joseph N. Sanberg

c/o Sanford Michelman

Michelman & Robinson LLP

15760 Ventura Blvd, Fl. 5

Encino, CA 91436

[email protected]

 

RJB Partners LLC

40 E. Main St, #856

Newark, DE 19711

[email protected]

 

The Salzberg Family 2011 Trust

[email protected]

 

Red River Collective, LLC

P.O. Box 600099

Dallas, TX 75360

[email protected]

 

Box Group LLC

[email protected]

 

Paul Eisenstein

Room 2725

Four Seasons Place

Central, Hong Kong, 8 Finance Street

[email protected]

 

Jay Anderson

812 Lenape Trail

Westfield, NJ 07090

[email protected]

 



 

Jason Finger

[email protected]

 

Peak Opportunity Partners LP

584 Highland Avenue

Ridgewood, NJ 07450

 

Graph Ventures, L.L.C.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

The Social+Capital Partnership, L.P.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

The Social+Capital Partnership Principals Fund, L.P.

120 Hawthorne Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 


*Affiliate of Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

SCHEDULE OF KEY HOLDERS

 

Name and Address

 

Matthew Salzberg

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Ilia Papas

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Matthew Wadiak

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Shaun Salzberg

c/o Blue Apron, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

The Matthew Salzberg Family 2014 Trust

280 Park Avenue #9A

New York, NY 10010

 

The Matthew Salzberg 2014 Annuity Trust

280 Park Avenue #9A

New York, NY 10010

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This plan was adopted by Blue Apron Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with an internal corporate reorganization (the “ Transactions ”) as a result of which Blue Apron, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Blue Apron ”), became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and each share of Blue Apron common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Blue Apron Common Stock ”) became a share of Company Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”).

 

Immediately prior to the Transactions, this plan was the Restated Blue Apron, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (“ Blue Apron Plan ”) and there were awards (the “ Blue Apron Awards ”) with respect to Blue Apron Common Stock outstanding under the Blue Apron Plan.  As a result of the Transactions, the Company assumed the Blue Apron Plan and renamed it the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and assumed all outstanding Blue Apron Awards and converted them into awards with respect to Class B Common Stock, with no other changes to the terms of the awards.

 

This Plan document reflects the foregoing.

 

SECTION 1.                          Purpose ; Definitions .  The purposes of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to: (a) enable Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its affiliated companies to recruit and retain highly qualified employees, directors and consultants; (b) provide those employees, directors and consultants with an incentive for productivity; and (c) provide those employees, directors and consultants with an opportunity to share in the growth and value of the Company.

 

For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided by the Board with respect to a particular Award, the following initially capitalized words and phrases will be defined as set forth below, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such Person.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means a grant of Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means, with respect to any particular Award, the written document that sets forth the terms of that particular Award.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time; provided, however , that if the Board appoints a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder pursuant to Section 2 , references in the Plan to the “Board” will be deemed to also refer to that Committee in connection with administrative matters to be performed by that Committee.

 



 

(e)                                   Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Company or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or materially and adversely affects the Company’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance or the relationship the Company has with its customers, (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of his or her employment; (iii) alcohol abuse or use of controlled drugs other than in accordance with a physician’s prescription; (iv) refusal to perform any lawful, material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (vi) below) to the Company or its Affiliates (other than due to a Disability), which refusal, if curable, is not cured within 15 days after delivery of written notice thereof; (v) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates, which breach, if curable, is not cured within 15 days after the delivery of written notice thereof; or (vi) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law or agreement) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means, with respect to any entity: (i) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (including by merger or consolidation, but excluding any sales by stockholders made as part of an underwritten public offering of the common stock of the entity) by stockholders of the entity, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of more than 50% of the voting power represented by the then outstanding capital stock of the entity to one or more Persons, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the entity (other than a transfer of financial assets made in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of securitization), or (iii) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the entity.

 

(g)                                   Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(h)                                  Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Class B Common Stock ” means the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(j)                                     Control ” means, as to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ” shall have correlative meanings).

 

(k)                                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(l)                                      Disability ” means a condition rendering a Participant Disabled.

 

2



 

(m)                              Disabled ” with respect to a particular Participant will have the same meaning as set forth in any long-term disability policy or program sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate covering such Participant, as in effect as of the date of such determination, or if no such policy or program shall be in effect, “Disabled” will have the meaning as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(n)                                  Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(o)                                  Fair Market Value ” of a Share, means, as of any date:  (i) the closing price of the Share as reported on the principal nationally recognized stock exchange on which the type of Shares are traded on such date, or if no prices are reported with respect to such Shares on such date, the closing price of the Share on the last preceding date on which there were reported prices of such Shares or (ii) if Shares of that type are not listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board acting in its discretion based upon the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method taking into account the facts and circumstances existing on the valuation date, which determination will be conclusive.

 

(p)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(q)                                  Non-Employee Director ” will have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(r)                                     Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(s)                                    Option ” means any option to purchase Shares (including Restricted Stock, if the Board so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

 

(t)                                     Parent ” means a “parent corporation” of the Company (or, in the context of Section 3(d) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(u)                                  Participant ” means an employee, leased employee, consultant, Director or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates to whom an Award is granted.

 

(v)                                  Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated association, or other entity or association.

 

(w)                                Restricted Stock ” means Shares that are subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

(x)                                  Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right granted under and subject to restrictions pursuant to Section 8 hereof.

 

3



 

(y)                                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(z)                                   Stockholders Agreement ” means any stockholders agreement, by and between the Company and certain stockholders and/or one or more agreements among the Company, a Participant (or such Participant’s estate, heirs or beneficiaries) and other parties thereto in such form determined from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion, that include terms and conditions that provide the Company and/or other stockholders with (i) a right of first refusal or impose other restrictions with respect to the transfer of Shares, (ii) a voting agreement with respect to Shares, (iii) “drag-along” rights in favor of the stockholders owning a specified threshold of Shares of the Company, (iv) “market standoff” or “lock-up” conditions, and (v) such other reasonable terms and conditions as the Board may require, if any.

 

(aa)                           Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, subject to substitution or adjustment as provided in Section 3(c)  hereof.

 

(bb)                           Subsidiary ” means, in respect of the Company, a subsidiary company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

SECTION 2.                          Administration .

 

(a)                                  The Plan will be administered by the Board; provided, however , that the Board may at any time appoint a Committee to perform some or all of the Board’s administrative functions hereunder; and provided further , that the authority of any Committee appointed pursuant to this Section 2 will be subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the requirements of the Company’s By-Laws (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time), any Stockholders Agreement and any other agreement that governs the appointment of Board committees, any Committee established under this Section 2 will be composed of not fewer than one member, who shall serve for such period of time as the Board determines. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereto, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Directors who are eligible for Awards or have received Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Awards, except that no such member will act upon the grant of an Award to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the grant of Awards to himself or herself.

 

(d)                                  The Board will have full authority to grant Awards under this Plan.  In particular, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board will have the authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder (consistent with the eligibility conditions set forth in Section 4 );

 

4



 

(ii)                                   to determine the type of Award to be granted to any person hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number and type of Shares, if any, to be covered by each Award;

 

(iv)                               to establish the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement;

 

(v)                                  to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be exercised without a payment of cash under Section 5(b)(iv );

 

(vi)                               to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Shares and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant; and

 

(vii)                            to require that, upon exercise of any Award granted under the Plan, the Participant shall become party to (X) any Stockholder Agreement the Board may require and (Y) any other agreement the Board may require.

 

(e)                                   The Board will have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it, from time to time, deems advisable; to establish the terms of each Award Agreement; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of the Plan.

 

(f)                                    All decisions made by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates and Participants.  No Director or member of the Committee, nor any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and each of the foregoing shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 3.                          Shares Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Shares Subject to the Plan .  The Shares to be subject to or related to Awards under the Plan will be authorized and unissued Shares of the Company, whether or not previously issued and subsequently acquired by the Company.  The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Awards under the Plan is 17,981,300 (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 3(c) below), all of which may be issued in respect of Incentive Stock Options.  The Company will reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized and unissued Shares, such number of Shares.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Effect of the Expiration or Termination of Awards .  If and to the extent that an Option expires, terminates or is canceled or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares associated with that Option will again become available for grant under the Plan.  Similarly, if and to the extent any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit is canceled, forfeited or repurchased for any reason, or if any Share is withheld pursuant to Section 12(d)  in settlement of a tax withholding obligation associated with an Award, that Share will again become available for grant under the Plan.  Finally, if any Share is received in satisfaction of the exercise price payable upon exercise of an Option, that Share will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Other Adjustment .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Class B Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option and/or Restricted Stock Unit, and the number of Shares of Restricted Stock outstanding, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Class B Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option and/or Restricted Stock Unit, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Class B Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Class B Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Class B Common Stock subject to an Award hereunder.  With respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code or could be subject to 409A, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Plan or Award to fail to comply with Section 409A.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, upon or in anticipation of any Change in Control of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any Participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Change in Control: (i) cause any or all outstanding Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to become vested and immediately exercisable, in whole or in part; (ii) cause any or all outstanding unvested Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to be cancelled without consideration therefore; (iii) cause any or all outstanding vested Options held by Participants affected by the Change in Control to be cancelled without consideration therefore so long as such Participants are given no less than five (5) business days to exercise such vested Options prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (iv) cancel any early exercise rights related to any Option; (v) suspend and freeze the rights of any Participant to exercise any vested options for no more than five (5) business days prior to the consummation of such Change in Control if administratively necessary to facilitate the closing of such Change in Control; (vi) cause any or all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units held by

 

6



 

Participants affected by the Change in Control to become non-forfeitable, in whole or in part; (vii) cancel any Option in exchange for a substitute option in a manner consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) (notwithstanding the fact that the original Option may never have been intended to satisfy the requirements for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option); (viii) cancel any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for restricted stock of or restricted stock units in respect of the capital stock of any successor corporation; (ix) redeem any Restricted Stock held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an unrestricted Share on the date of the Change in Control; (x) cancel any Option held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to that Option, multiplied by (B) the difference, if any, between the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control and the exercise price of that Option; provided, that if the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control does not exceed the exercise price of any such Option, the Board may cancel that Option without any payment of consideration therefor; or (xi) cancel any Restricted Stock Unit held by a Participant affected by the Change in Control in exchange for cash and/or other substitute consideration with a value equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the Change in Control.

 

(e)                                   Additional Requirements .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or in an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control, each Participant shall, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board, be subject to substantially the same escrow, indemnification and similar obligations, contingencies and encumbrances contained in the definitive agreement relating to the Change in Control as other stockholders of the Company may be subject (including, without limitation, the requirement to contribute a proportionate number of Shares issued as a result of the exercise or vesting of an Award, or any cash or property that may be received upon exercise or exchange of an Award, to an escrow fund, or otherwise have a proportionate amount of such Shares, cash or other property encumbered by the indemnification, escrow and similar provisions of such definitive agreement).  By accepting an Award, a Participant agrees to execute such documents and instruments as the Board may reasonably require for the Participant to be bound by such obligations.  In the event that a Participant fails or refuses to execute such documents and instruments, such Participant’s Award (to the extent outstanding as of the date of the Change in Control) shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, be canceled and be of no further force and effect upon the consummation of a Change in Control.

 

SECTION 4.                          Eligibility .   Employees, Directors, consultants, and other individuals who provide services to the Company or its Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

SECTION 5.                          Options .

 

(a)                                  Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options or (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Any Option granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Board may at the time of such grant approve.

 

7


 

(b)                                  The Award Agreement evidencing any Option will incorporate the following terms and conditions and will contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

(i)                                      Option Price .  The exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Share on the date of the grant.  However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a Subsidiary will have an exercise price per Share of not less than 110% of Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

(ii)                                   Option Term .  The term of each Option will be fixed by the Board, but no Option will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted.  However, any Incentive Stock Option granted to any Participant who, at the time such Option is granted, owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a Subsidiary may not have a term of more than five years.  No Option may be exercised by any person after expiration of the term of the Option.

 

(iii)                                Exercisability .  Options will vest and be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Board at the time of grant. If the Board provides, in its discretion, that any Option is exercisable only in installments, the Board may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(iv)                               Method of Exercise .  Subject to the exercisability provisions of Section 5(b)(iii) , the termination provisions set forth in Section 6 and the applicable Award Agreement, Options may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares) at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option, by the delivery of written notice of exercise by the Participant to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased.  Such notice will be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by certified or bank check, or such other means as the Board may accept.  As determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, at or after grant, payment in full or in part of the exercise price of an Option may be made in the form of previously acquired Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Option is exercised.  Subject to the approval of the Board, Options may be exercised pursuant to such cashless exercise procedures as may be approved and implemented by the Board from time to time, including without limitation pursuant to broker-assisted exercise transactions and/or net exercise procedures.  No Shares will be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment therefor has been made.  A Participant will not have the right to distributions or dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to the Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 12(a)  hereof.

 

(v)                                  Incentive Stock Option Limitations .  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant

 

8



 

during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary will not exceed $100,000.  For purposes of applying the foregoing limitation, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order granted.  To the extent any Option does not meet such limitation, that Option will be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(vi)                               Termination of Service .  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, Options will be subject to the terms of Section 6 with respect to exercise upon or following termination of employment or other service.

 

(vii)                            Transferability of Options .  Except as may otherwise be specifically determined by the Board with respect to a particular Option: (i) no Option will be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; and (ii) all Options will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, in the event of his or her Disability, by his or her personal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Participant’s lifetime to one or more members of the Participant’s family or to a trust established exclusively for the Participant and/or one or more such family members or to Participant’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Participant’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Qualified Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the Option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Board may deem appropriate.

 

SECTION 6.                          Termination of Service Unless otherwise specified with respect to a particular Award, Options granted hereunder will remain exercisable after termination of employment or other service only to the extent specified in this Section 6 .

 

(a)                                  Termination by Reason of Death .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates by reason of death, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine, at or after grant, by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 6 months from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 12 months from the date of death, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(b)                                  Termination by Reason of Disability .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates by reason of Disability, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant or his or her personal representative, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 6 months from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by

 

9



 

the Board, then 12 months from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

(c)                                   Cause .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for Cause: (i) any Option not already exercised will be immediately and automatically forfeited as of the date of such termination, and (ii) any Shares for which the Company has not yet delivered share certificates will be immediately and automatically forfeited and the Company will refund to the Participant the Option exercise price paid for such Shares, if any.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If a Participant’s service with the Company or any Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause, any Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Board may determine at or after grant, for a period expiring (i) at such time as may be specified by the Board at or after the time of grant (which, in the event that the Participant resides in the State of California, shall be no less than 30 days from the date of termination), or (ii) if not specified by the Board, then 90 days from the date of termination of service, or (iii) if sooner than the applicable period specified under (i) or (ii) above, then upon the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

 

SECTION 7.                          Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  Issuance .  Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in conjunction with other Awards.  The Board will determine the time or times within which Restricted Stock may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of such Awards.

 

(b)                                  Awards and Certificates .  The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of any Restricted Stock will contain such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Board deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.  The prospective recipient of an Award of Restricted Stock will not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has executed an Award Agreement and has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.  The purchase price for Restricted Stock may, but need not, be zero.  A share certificate will be issued in connection with each Award of Restricted Stock.  Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant receiving the Award, and will bear the following legend and/or any other legend required by this Plan, the Award Agreement, Stockholders Agreement, if any, or by applicable law:

 

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.’S 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AND AN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE PARTICIPANT AND BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. (WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS MAY INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND

 

10



 

FORFEITURE CONDITIONS). COPIES OF THAT PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

Share certificates evidencing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Company or in escrow by an escrow agent until the restrictions thereon have lapsed.  As a condition to any Restricted Stock award, the Participant may be required to deliver to the Company a share power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions and Conditions .  The Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 7 will be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

 

(i)                                      During a period commencing with the date of an Award of Restricted Stock and ending at such time or times as specified by the Board (the “ Restriction Period ”), the Participant will not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.  The Board may condition the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock upon the continued employment or service of the recipient, the attainment of specified individual or corporate performance goals, or such other factors as the Board may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in this Paragraph (ii) or Section 7(c)(i) , once the Participant has been issued a certificate or certificates for Restricted Stock, the Participant will have, with respect to the Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the Shares, and the right to receive any cash distributions or dividends.  The Board, in its sole discretion, as determined at the time of award, may permit or require the payment of cash distributions or dividends to be deferred and, if the Board so determines, reinvested in additional Restricted Stock to the extent Shares are available under Section 3 of the Plan.  Any distributions or dividends paid in the form of securities with respect to Restricted Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid, including, without limitation, the same Restriction Period.

 

(iii)                                Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s service with the Company and its Affiliates terminates prior to the expiration of the Restriction Period, all of that Participant’s Restricted Stock which then remain subject to forfeiture will then be forfeited automatically.

 

(iv)                               If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period (or if and when the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock lapse pursuant to Sections 3(d) ), the certificates for such Shares will be replaced with new certificates, without the restrictive legends described in Section 7(b)  applicable to such lapsed restrictions, and such new certificates will be promptly delivered to the Participant, the Participant’s representative (if the Participant has suffered a Disability), or the Participant’s estate or heir (if the Participant has died).

 

11



 

SECTION 8.                          Restricted Stock Units .   Subject to the other terms of the Plan, the Board may grant Restricted Stock Units to eligible individuals and may impose conditions on such units as it may deem appropriate.  Each granted Restricted Stock Unit shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in the form that is approved by the Board and that is not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Each granted Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the Participant to whom it is granted a distribution from the Company in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (at the time of the distribution) of one Share.  Distributions may be made in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.  All other terms governing Restricted Stock Units, such as vesting, time and form of payment and termination of units shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                          Amendments and Termination .   The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan at any time.  However, except as otherwise provided in Section 3(d)  of the Plan, no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made which would adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to an Award, without that Participant’s consent, or which, without the approval of such amendment within one year (365 days) of its adoption by the Board, by the Company’s stockholders in a manner consistent with Section 1.422-5 of the Treasury Regulations, would: (i) increase the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of the Plan (except as otherwise provided in Section 3(c) ), or (ii) change the persons or class of persons eligible to receive Awards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, the Board may at any time (without the consent of a Participant) modify, amend or terminate any or all of the provisions of this Plan or an Award to the extent necessary to conform the provisions of the Plan or an Award with Section 409A of the Code other applicable law, the regulations issued thereunder or an exception thereto, regardless of whether such modification, amendment, or termination of the Plan and/or Award shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant.

 

SECTION 10.                   Unfunded Status of Plan The Plan is intended to be “unfunded.”  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein will give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.  In its sole discretion, the Board may authorize the creation of grantor trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Shares or payments in lieu of Shares or with respect to Awards.

 

SECTION 11.                   Substitute Options.   In the event that the Company, directly or indirectly, acquires another entity, the Board may authorize the issuance of stock options (“ Substitute Options ”) to the individuals performing services for the acquired entity in substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals in connection with their performance of services for such entity upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, taking into account the conditions of Code Section 424(a), as from time to time amended or superceded, in the case of a Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.  Shares of capital stock underlying Substitute Stock Options shall not constitute Shares issued pursuant to the Plan for any purpose.

 

12



 

SECTION 12.                   General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The Board shall condition any Award upon compliance with applicable securities laws.  The Board may require each Participant to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring securities of the Company for investment purposes and without a view to distribution thereof and as to such other matters as the Board believes are appropriate.  The certificate evidencing any Award and any securities issued pursuant thereto may include any legend which the Board deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer and compliance with applicable securities laws.  All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan will be subject to such share-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any other applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

(b)                                  Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(c)                                   Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the execution of any document in connection with the Plan will (i) confer upon any person any right to continued employment or engagement with the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

 

(d)                                  No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant will pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board regarding the payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the minimum required withholding obligations may be settled with Shares, including Shares that are part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditioned on such payment or arrangements and the Company will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

SECTION 13.                   Effective Date of Plan .   Subject to the approval of the Plan by the Company’ stockholders within 12 months of the Plan’s adoption by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board.  In the absence of such stockholder approval, any Incentive Stock Option granted prior to the expiration of such 12-month period shall be treated for all purposes as a Non-Qualified Option.

 

SECTION 14.                   Term of Plan .  The Plan will continue in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 9 ; provided, however, that no Award will be granted hereunder on or after the 10th anniversary of the earlier of: (a) the date of the Plan’s adoption by

 

13



 

the Board; or (b) the date of stockholder approval of the Plan (or, if the stockholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares subject to the Plan, the 10 th  anniversary of the date of such approval); but provided further, that Awards granted prior to such 10 th  anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

SECTION 15.                   Invalid Provisions .   In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein as invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions will be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

 

SECTION 16.                   Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards granted hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and judicial decisions of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the principles of conflicts of laws of Delaware or any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 17.                   Board Action .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan, any and all actions of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, taken under or in connection with the Plan and any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates or other writings entered into, executed, granted, issued and/or delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, will be subject to and limited by any and all votes, consents, approvals, waivers or other actions of all or certain stockholders of the Company or other persons required by:

 

(a)                                  the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time);

 

(b)                                  the Bylaws of the Company (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time); and

 

(c)                                   any other agreement, instrument, document or writing now or hereafter existing, between or among the Company and its stockholders or other persons (as the same may be amended from time to time).

 

SECTION 18.                   Notices .   Any notice to be given to the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be given by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and, addressed, if to the Company to its Secretary (or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time) at its principal executive office, and, if to a Participant, to the address given beneath his or her signature on his or her Award Agreement, or at such other address as such Participant may hereafter designate in writing to the Company.  Any such notice will be deemed duly given on the date and at the time delivered via personal, courier or recognized overnight delivery service or, if sent via telecopier, on the date and at the time telecopied with confirmation of delivery or, if mailed, on the date five (5) days after the date of the mailing (which will be by regular, registered or certified mail).  Delivery of a notice by telecopy (with confirmation) will be permitted and will be considered delivery of a notice notwithstanding that it is not an original that is received.

 

14



 

SECTION 19.                   Section 409A .   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any Award or benefit provided under this Plan is subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Award shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto (or disregarded to the extent such provision cannot be so administered, interpreted or construed).  The following provisions shall apply, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  For purposes of Section 409A, and to the extent applicable to any Award or benefit under the Plan, it is intended that distribution events qualify as permissible distribution events for purposes of Section 409A and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly. With respect to payments subject to Section 409A, the Company reserves the right to accelerate and/or defer any payment to the extent permitted and consistent with Section 409A. Whether a Participant has separated from service or employment will be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances and, to the extent applicable to any Award or benefit, in accordance with the guidance issued under Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  The grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options and other stock rights shall be granted under terms and conditions consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(5) such that any such Award does not constitute a deferral of compensation under Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   In no event shall any member of the Board, the Committee or the Company (or its employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other Person) due to the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

Adopted:        December      , 2016

 

15




Exhibit 10.4

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the following individual:

 

Name:                                                            [ · ] (the “ Optionee ”)

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Grant Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

 

The Optionee is granted an Option to purchase Class B Common Stock of the Company, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement, as follows:

 

A.                                     DATE OF GRANT :                                                                                   [ · ]

 

B.                                     TYPE OF OPTION :                                                                               Incentive Stock Option

 

To the extent designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.  However, notwithstanding such designation, if the Optionee becomes eligible in any given year to exercise ISO’s for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options (“ NSO’s ”).  In the previous sentence, “ISO’s” include ISO’s granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary.  For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, ISO’s shall be taken into account in the same order as granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.  Optionee hereby acknowledges that there is no assurance that the Option will, in fact, be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

C.                                     TOTAL SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK COVERED BY OPTION : [ · ] Shares

 

D.                                     EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTION :  [ · ] per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

E.                                      EXPIRATION DATE :  [ · ] (subject to earlier termination as provided herein and in the Plan).

 

F.                                       EXERCISE SCHEDULE :  Except as otherwise provided in this Grant Agreement, this Option (to the extent not previously exercised) may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the Shares (subject to the Optionee’s continuous service to the Company as a Service Provider through each respective vesting date) in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

(a)                                  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on [ · ] (the “ First Vesting Date ”), which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below); and

 

(b)                                  One thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on the last day of each full calendar month following the First Vesting Date.  For purposes of this Grant Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [ · ].

 

To the extent that the Option becomes exercisable, the Shares underlying the Option that become exercisable shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares underlying the Option shall first become exercisable after the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason.

 

G.                                     EXERCISE OF OPTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF SERVICE :  This Option shall terminate and be canceled to the extent not exercised within ninety (90) days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee, leased employee, member of the Board of Directors (including an advisory member) or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates (“ Service Provider ”), except that if such cessation is due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option shall terminate and be canceled twelve months after the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  To the extent not exercised within such period of time, the Option shall be canceled.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Service Provider’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the Option shall immediately terminate on the date of such termination of service and shall not be exercisable for any period following such date.  In no event, however, shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above and in no event shall this Option be exercised for more Shares than the Shares which otherwise have become exercisable as of the date of cessation of status as a Service Provider.

 

H.                                    RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT; STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT(S) .  As a condition precedent to the exercise of this Option, the Board may require the Optionee (or his

 



 

estate or heir, or other permitted person exercising on the Optionee’s behalf, if applicable) to execute and deliver a Stock Restrictions Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as the Board or Committee may require (the “ Restrictions Agreement ”), and/or such other Stockholders Agreement(s) (as defined in the Plan) as the Board or Committee may require..

 

I.                                         COVENANTS AGREEMENT .  This Option shall be forfeited, nonexercisable and of no force or effect in the event that the Optionee breaches any agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions and contributions and/or nondisclosure obligations of the Optionee.

 

J.                                         METHOD OF EXERCISE .  This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or such other form as the Committee may require, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Committee.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Exercised Shares shall be issued unless such exercise and issuance complies with the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans and other applicable equity plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Class B Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where stock grants or other applicable equity grants are made under the Plan; assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

K.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

 

1.                                       cash;

2.                                       certified or bank check; or

3.                                       such other form of consideration and/or pursuant to such method as the Committee shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that such form of consideration and/or method is permitted by the Plan and by applicable law.

 

Upon exercise of the Option by the Optionee and prior to the delivery of such Exercised Shares, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash in an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal and state tax withholding requirements (or to make such other provision for such tax withholding requirements permitted by the Plan and by applicable law).

 



 

L.                                           TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OPTION .  Some of the federal income tax consequences relating to the grant and exercise of this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE (AS THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE), AND ASSUMES THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THIS OPTION IS NO LESS THAN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE OPTION AT THE DATE OF GRANT.  MOREOVER, THIS SUMMARY ONLY ADDRESSES THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND DOES NOT ADDRESS WHETHER AND HOW THE TAX LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION MAY APPLY TO THIS OPTION OR TO THE OPTIONEE.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF ANY EXERCISED SHARES.

 

Circular 230 Disclaimer :  Nothing contained in this discussion of certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Option .  The grant of an Option generally will not result in the imposition of a tax under the federal income tax laws.

 

2.                                       Exercising the Option .

 

(a)   Non-Qualified Stock Option .  The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of an NSO.  The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.  If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a specified percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)   Incentive Stock Option .  If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified

 



 

Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

3.                                       Disposition of Shares .

 

(a)   NSO .  Upon disposition of the NSO Shares, the Optionee will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for the NSO Shares plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon exercise of the NSO.  If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain (or loss) realized on disposition of the NSO Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b)   ISO .  If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for more than one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or within two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.  Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

 

(c)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

M.                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION .  Unless otherwise consented to in advance in writing by the Committee, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

N.                                     SECURITIES MATTERS .  All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by Federal or state law.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this Grant Agreement unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder.

 



 

O.                                     OTHER PLANS .  No amounts of income received by the Optionee pursuant to this Grant Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any pension or retirement plan, insurance plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless otherwise provided in such plan.

 

P.                                       NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE .   THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT FOR THE EXERCISE PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Q.                                     ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Grant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Grant Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Grant Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Optionee has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Optionee initiates such arbitration, then the Optionee shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Optionee would have paid had the Optionee filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Optionee shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Optionee works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Optionee and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Grant Agreement

 



 

in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated herein.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

Attention:  Benjamin Singer, General Counsel and Secretary

 

1. Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                 , 201  , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                                 shares (the “Shares”) of the Class B Common Stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Grant Agreement dated                              , 201   (the “Option Agreement”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be $           , as required by the Option Agreement.  All of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2. Delivery of Payment, Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares and the applicable Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement(s) required by the Board, duly executed by Purchaser.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares covered by the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance.

 

4. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser.  This

 



 

Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict or choice of law principles.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that Purchaser has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if Purchaser initiates such arbitration, then Purchaser shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees Purchaser would have paid had Purchaser filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) Purchaser shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which Purchaser works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) Purchaser and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name/Title

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the         day of                             , 20   , by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                       (the “Shareholder”).

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  The Shareholder, pursuant to the exercise of options granted to him or her by the Company under the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has purchased on even date herewith, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,                             shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), at a purchase price of               per share (the “Shares”).  The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be paid by the Shareholder.  Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall issue to the Shareholder one or more certificates in the name of the Shareholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Shareholder.  The Shareholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement.  The Shareholder further agrees that any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), or Class C Capital Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (collectively, the “Common Stock”), acquired by the Shareholder with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.  The Shareholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Notice Requirement .  If at any time the Shareholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Shareholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company.  The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

 

(b)                                  Company Purchase .  For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Shareholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 



 

(c)                                   Settlement .  If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Shareholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Shareholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Shareholder is deferred accordingly.

 

(d)                                  Sales Free of Restrictions .  If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Shareholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Shareholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transactions .  The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

 

(i)                                      the Shareholder’s transfer of any or all of the Shareholder’s Shares, either during the Shareholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Shareholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Shareholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Shareholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination thereof (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided , however , that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2.  “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Shareholder, including in each case adoptive relations; or

 

(ii)                                   any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Shareholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

 



 

(f)                                    Termination of Restrictions on Transfer .  The foregoing restrictions on transfer shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

3.                                       Effect of Prohibited Transfer .  The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

 

4.                                       Company’s Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                  Upon the termination of the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell, all of the Shareholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised by the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the later of (i) such termination of employment or service, or (ii) the date the Shares are acquired, by giving written notice to the Shareholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be.  The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement.  Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice.  In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, payment of the purchase price will be made via cash, a promissory note, or a combination of the two.  Any such promissory note shall provide for substantially equal installments, payable at least annually, over a period not to exceed five years and shall accrue interest at the applicable Federal mid-term rate in effect under Code section 1274(d) as of the settlement date, compounded annually.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4:  (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(b)                                  The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value (determined as set forth below); provided, however, that if the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to the lesser of their Fair Market Value or the amount paid by the Shareholder to purchase the Shares.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without

 



 

limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factors relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

 

5.                                       Drag-Along Right .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time a shareholder of the Company, or group of shareholders, owning a majority or more of the capital stock of the Company (hereinafter, collectively the “Transferring Shareholders”) proposes to enter into any transaction involving a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5(b) below) that involves the sale, assignment, tender or transfer of capital stock, the Company may require the Shareholder to participate in such Change in Control transaction with respect to all or such number of the Shareholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Shareholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Shareholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the Transferring Shareholders in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquiror or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Shareholder in immediately available funds.  In addition, if at any time the Company and/or any Transferring Shareholders propose to enter into any Change in Control transaction, the Company may require the Shareholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Shareholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction.  If the Company requires such vote, the Shareholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 2, a “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned such term under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Shareholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Transferring Shareholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxy of the Shareholder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the Shareholder (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Shareholder’s Shares in favor of approval of any Change in Control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement.  The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right to Defer Payments .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement, or under any promissory note issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, that would cause the Company to violate any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed.  Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the

 



 

Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default.  Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time during the period of such deferral, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum.  The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legend .  All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws:

 

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement.  A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the Corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

 

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.”

 

8.                                       Investment Representations .  The Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for the Shareholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder has had such opportunity as the Shareholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)                                   Shareholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)                                  Shareholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 



 

(e)                                   Shareholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year (or, if the Shares were acquired in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, ninety days after an initial public offering of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company) and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Shares, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are met; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

9.                                       Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc .

 

(a)                                  If from time to time there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

(b)                                  If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

10.                                Market Stand-Off .  Following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, the Shareholder, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to a donee who agrees to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Shareholder at any time during such period except Class A Common Stock (or other securities) included in such registration, provided however, that:

 

(a)                                  such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Class A Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

 

(b)                                  all officers and directors of the Company and all persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements.

 



 

11.                                Withholding Taxes .  The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Shareholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase or disposition of the Shares by the Shareholder.

 

12.                                Invalidity or Unenforceability .  It is the intention of the Company and the Shareholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law.  In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Shareholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

13.                                Waiver .  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

14.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Shareholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.                                No Rights To Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Shareholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or consultant of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Shareholder’s employment or consulting relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

 

16.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Shareholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

 

17.                                Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

 

18.                                Shareholder .  Whenever the word “Shareholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Shareholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Shareholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

 



 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Shareholder.

 

21.                                Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Shareholder has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Shareholder initiates such arbitration, then the Shareholder shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Shareholder would have paid had the Shareholder filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Shareholder shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Shareholder works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Shareholder and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the following individual:

 

Name:                                                            [ · ] (the “ Optionee ”)

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in case of any conflict with this Grant Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan.

 

The Optionee is granted an Option to purchase Class B Common Stock of the Company, subject in all events to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement, as follows:

 

A.                                     DATE OF GRANT :                                                                                   [ · ]

 

B.                                     TYPE OF OPTION :                                                                               Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

To the extent designated as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.  However, notwithstanding such designation, if the Optionee becomes eligible in any given year to exercise ISO’s for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options (“ NSO’s ”).  In the previous sentence, “ISO’s” include ISO’s granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary.  For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that “exceed” the $100,000 limit, ISO’s shall be taken into account in the same order as granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.  Optionee hereby acknowledges that there is no assurance that the Option will, in fact, be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 



 

C.                                     TOTAL SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK COVERED BY OPTION : [ · ] Shares

 

D.                                     EXERCISE PRICE OF OPTION :  [ · ] per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

E.                                      EXPIRATION DATE :  [ · ] (subject to earlier termination as provided herein and in the Plan).

 

F.                                       EXERCISE SCHEDULE :  Except as otherwise provided in this Grant Agreement, this Option (to the extent not previously exercised) may be exercised, in whole or in part, with respect to the Shares (subject to the Optionee’s continuous service to the Company as a Service Provider through each respective vesting date) in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

(a)                                  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on [ · ] (the “ First Vesting Date ”), which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below); and

 

(b)                                  One thirty-sixth (1/36th) of the remaining Shares subject to such Option may be exercised on the last day of each full calendar month following the First Vesting Date.  For purposes of this Grant Agreement, “ Vesting Commencement Date ” shall mean [ · ].

 

To the extent that the Option becomes exercisable, the Shares underlying the Option that become exercisable shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part (provided that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shares underlying the Option shall first become exercisable after the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason.

 

G.                                     EXERCISE OF OPTION FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF SERVICE :  This Option shall terminate and be canceled to the extent not exercised within ninety (90) days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee, leased employee, member of the Board of Directors (including an advisory member) or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates (“ Service Provider ”), except that if such cessation is due to the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option shall terminate and be canceled twelve months after the Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  To the extent not exercised within such period of time, the Option shall be canceled.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Service Provider’s service with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the Option shall immediately terminate on the date of such termination of service and shall not be exercisable for any period following such date.  In no event, however, shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above and in no event shall this Option be exercised for more Shares than the Shares which otherwise have become exercisable as of the date of cessation of status as a Service Provider.

 

H.                                    RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT; STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT(S) .  As a condition precedent to the exercise of this Option, the Board may require the Optionee (or his

 



 

estate or heir, or other permitted person exercising on the Optionee’s behalf, if applicable) to execute and deliver a Stock Restrictions Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or such other form as the Board or Committee may require (the “ Restrictions Agreement ”), and/or such other Stockholders Agreement(s) (as defined in the Plan) as the Board or Committee may require..

 

I.                                         COVENANTS AGREEMENT .  This Option shall be forfeited, nonexercisable and of no force or effect in the event that the Optionee breaches any agreement between the Optionee and the Company with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions and contributions and/or nondisclosure obligations of the Optionee.

 

J.                                         METHOD OF EXERCISE .  This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or such other form as the Committee may require, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Committee.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Exercised Shares shall be issued unless such exercise and issuance complies with the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans and other applicable equity plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Class B Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where stock grants or other applicable equity grants are made under the Plan; assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

K.                                     METHOD OF PAYMENT .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof:

 

1.                                       cash;

2.                                       certified or bank check; or

3.                                       such other form of consideration and/or pursuant to such method as the Committee shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that such form of consideration and/or method is permitted by the Plan and by applicable law.

 

Upon exercise of the Option by the Optionee and prior to the delivery of such Exercised Shares, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company cash in an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal and state tax withholding requirements (or to make such other provision for such tax withholding requirements permitted by the Plan and by applicable law).

 



 

L.                                           TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OPTION .  Some of the federal income tax consequences relating to the grant and exercise of this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE (AS THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE), AND ASSUMES THAT THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THIS OPTION IS NO LESS THAN THE FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK UNDERLYING THE OPTION AT THE DATE OF GRANT.  MOREOVER, THIS SUMMARY ONLY ADDRESSES THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES, AND DOES NOT ADDRESS WHETHER AND HOW THE TAX LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION MAY APPLY TO THIS OPTION OR TO THE OPTIONEE.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF ANY EXERCISED SHARES.

 

Circular 230 Disclaimer :  Nothing contained in this discussion of certain federal income tax considerations is intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding tax-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing, or recommending to another party any transactions or tax-related matters addressed herein.

 

1.                                       Grant of the Option .  The grant of an Option generally will not result in the imposition of a tax under the federal income tax laws.

 

2.                                       Exercising the Option .

 

(a)   Non-Qualified Stock Option .  The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of an NSO.  The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.  If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from the Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a specified percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)   Incentive Stock Option .  If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified

 



 

Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

3.                                       Disposition of Shares .

 

(a)   NSO .  Upon disposition of the NSO Shares, the Optionee will recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for the NSO Shares plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon exercise of the NSO.  If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain (or loss) realized on disposition of the NSO Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b)   ISO .  If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for more than one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or within two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.  Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

 

(c)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

M.                                       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION .  Unless otherwise consented to in advance in writing by the Committee, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

N.                                     SECURITIES MATTERS .  All Shares and Exercised Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on sale, encumbrance and other disposition provided by Federal or state law.  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any Shares or Exercised Shares pursuant to this Grant Agreement unless, on the date of sale and issuance thereof, such Shares are either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws, or are exempt from registration thereunder.

 



 

O.                                     OTHER PLANS .  No amounts of income received by the Optionee pursuant to this Grant Agreement shall be considered compensation for purposes of any pension or retirement plan, insurance plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless otherwise provided in such plan.

 

P.                                       NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE .   THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE SHARES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE EXERCISE SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT FOR THE EXERCISE PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Q.                                     ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW; DISPUTE RESOLUTION .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Grant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This Grant Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Grant Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Optionee has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Optionee initiates such arbitration, then the Optionee shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Optionee would have paid had the Optionee filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Optionee shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Optionee works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Optionee and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Grant Agreement

 



 

in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  The Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated herein.

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

Attention:  Benjamin Singer, General Counsel and Secretary

 

1. Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                                 , 201  , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                                 shares (the “Shares”) of the Class B Common Stock of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Grant Agreement dated                              , 201   (the “Option Agreement”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be $           , as required by the Option Agreement.  All of the Shares shall represent Shares acquired by reason of the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2. Delivery of Payment, Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares and the applicable Restrictions Agreement and Stockholders Agreement(s) required by the Board, duly executed by Purchaser.

 

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares covered by the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance.

 

4. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser.  This

 



 

Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict or choice of law principles.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that Purchaser has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if Purchaser initiates such arbitration, then Purchaser shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees Purchaser would have paid had Purchaser filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) Purchaser shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which Purchaser works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) Purchaser and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name/Title

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK RESTRICTIONS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the         day of                             , 20   , by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                                       (the “Shareholder”).

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  The Shareholder, pursuant to the exercise of options granted to him or her by the Company under the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has purchased on even date herewith, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,                             shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), at a purchase price of               per share (the “Shares”).  The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be paid by the Shareholder.  Upon receipt of payment by the Company for the Shares, the Company shall issue to the Shareholder one or more certificates in the name of the Shareholder for that number of Shares purchased by the Shareholder.  The Shareholder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement.  The Shareholder further agrees that any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), or Class C Capital Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (collectively, the “Common Stock”), acquired by the Shareholder with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed Shares for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.  The Shareholder shall not transfer any of the Shares, except by a transfer that meets the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Notice Requirement .  If at any time the Shareholder proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or assign for cash, cash equivalents or any other form of consideration (including a promissory note) pursuant to a bona fide offer from any third party all or any part of his or her Shares (the “Offered Shares”), the Shareholder shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company.  The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee(s) and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

 

(b)                                  Company Purchase .  For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  In the event the Company elects to purchase all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of its election to the Shareholder within such 30-day period, and the settlement of the sale on such Offered Shares shall be made as provided below in Section 2(c) of this Agreement.

 



 

(c)                                   Settlement .  If the Company elects to acquire all or any lesser part of the Offered Shares, the Company shall so notify the Shareholder, and settlement shall be made at the principal office of the Company in cash within 60 days after the Company receives the Transfer Notice; provided, however, if the terms of payment set forth in the Shareholder’s Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for such Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement shall be controlling, to the extent applicable, regarding any payment due with respect to the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares and shall not preclude a determination that “settlement” of the Company’s purchase of the Offered Shares has been duly made pursuant to this Section 2(c) if any payment due the Shareholder is deferred accordingly.

 

(d)                                  Sales Free of Restrictions .  If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Shareholder may, not sooner than 35 or later than 120 days following delivery of the Transfer Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the transfer of the Offered Shares covered by the Transfer Notice within 30 days of the date such agreement is entered into on the same terms and conditions as those described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on different terms and conditions than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Shares, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the Company and shall require compliance by the Shareholder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

 

(e)                                   Exempt Transactions .  The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 2:

 

(i)                                      the Shareholder’s transfer of any or all of the Shareholder’s Shares, either during the Shareholder’s lifetime or on death by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to one or more members of the Shareholder’s immediate family, to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Shareholder or such immediate family members, to any other entity owned exclusively by the Shareholder or such immediate family members, or to any combination thereof (each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided , however , that no transfers made pursuant to any divorce or separation proceedings or settlements shall be exempt from this Section 2.  “Immediate family” shall mean spouse, children, grandchildren, parents or siblings of the Shareholder, including in each case adoptive relations; or

 

(ii)                                   any transfer pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 2, except with respect to a transfer pursuant to Section 2(e)(ii), any proposed transferee or Permitted Transferee of the Shareholder shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and, as a condition of such transfer, shall deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  There shall be no subsequent transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 2.

 



 

(f)                                    Termination of Restrictions on Transfer .  The foregoing restrictions on transfer shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

3.                                       Effect of Prohibited Transfer .  The Company shall not be required to (a) transfer on its books any of the Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends or other distributions to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

 

4.                                       Company’s Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                  Upon the termination of the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase, and the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the obligation to sell, all of the Shareholder’s Shares, which option may be exercised by the Company within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the later of (i) such termination of employment or service, or (ii) the date the Shares are acquired, by giving written notice to the Shareholder or personal representative, estate, heirs, legatees, or Permitted Transferees, as the case may be.  The purchase price for such Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement.  Settlement of the purchase shall be made at the principal office of the Company within 30 days after delivery of such written notice.  In the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, payment of the purchase price will be made via cash, a promissory note, or a combination of the two.  Any such promissory note shall provide for substantially equal installments, payable at least annually, over a period not to exceed five years and shall accrue interest at the applicable Federal mid-term rate in effect under Code section 1274(d) as of the settlement date, compounded annually.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the repurchase option of the Company described in this Section 4:  (i) shall not be exercisable with respect to Offered Shares when the Company has a right to purchase such Offered Shares pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Agreement nor, if the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, during the period set forth in Section 2(d) of this Agreement in which the Offered Shares are transferable pursuant to the terms of the Transfer Notice; and (ii) shall terminate upon the closing of the first public offering of securities of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(b)                                  The purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to their Fair Market Value (determined as set forth below); provided, however, that if the Shareholder’s employment or service with the Company is terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the Plan), then the purchase price for any Shares sold and purchased pursuant to this Section 4 shall be equal to the lesser of their Fair Market Value or the amount paid by the Shareholder to purchase the Shares.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Fair Market Value ” of Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In making such determination, the Board of Directors may take into account any valuation factors it deems appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion, including, without

 



 

limitation, profitability, financial position, asset value or other factors relating to the value of the Company, as well as discounts to account for minority interests and lack of marketability.

 

5.                                       Drag-Along Right .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time a shareholder of the Company, or group of shareholders, owning a majority or more of the capital stock of the Company (hereinafter, collectively the “Transferring Shareholders”) proposes to enter into any transaction involving a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5(b) below) that involves the sale, assignment, tender or transfer of capital stock, the Company may require the Shareholder to participate in such Change in Control transaction with respect to all or such number of the Shareholder’s Shares as the Company may specify in its discretion, by giving the Shareholder written notice thereof at least ten days in advance of the date of the transaction or the date that tender is required, as the case may be.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Shareholder shall tender the specified number of Shares, at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to the Transferring Shareholders in the transaction or, in the discretion of the acquiror or successor to the Company, upon payment of the purchase price to the Shareholder in immediately available funds.  In addition, if at any time the Company and/or any Transferring Shareholders propose to enter into any Change in Control transaction, the Company may require the Shareholder to vote in favor of such transaction, where approval of the shareholders is required by law or otherwise sought, by giving the Shareholder notice thereof within the time prescribed by law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for giving notice of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of approving such transaction.  If the Company requires such vote, the Shareholder agrees that he or she will, if requested, deliver his or her proxy to the person designated by the Company to vote his or her Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 2, a “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned such term under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Shareholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Transferring Shareholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxy of the Shareholder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the Shareholder (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Shareholder’s Shares in favor of approval of any Change in Control pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement.  The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right to Defer Payments .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no payment shall be made under this Agreement, or under any promissory note issued by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, that would cause the Company to violate any banking agreement or loan or other financial covenant or cause default of any senior indebtedness of the Company, regardless of when such agreement, covenant or indebtedness was created, incurred or assumed.  Any payment under this Agreement that would cause such violation or default shall be deferred until, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the

 



 

Company, such payment shall no longer cause any such violation or default.  Any payment deferred in consequence of the provisions of the preceding sentence shall bear simple interest from the date such payment would otherwise have been made to the date when such payment is actually made, at a rate which is equal to the prime rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal from time-to-time during the period of such deferral, but in no event shall such rate of interest exceed 10 percent per annum.  The Company shall pay interest at the same time as it makes the payment to which such interest relates.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legend .  All certificates representing Shares shall have affixed thereto a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other legends that may be required under federal or state securities laws:

 

The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer, an option to purchase and a market stand-off agreement set forth in a certain Stock Restriction Agreement between the corporation and the registered owner of this certificate (or his predecessor in interest), and no transfer of such shares may be made without compliance with that Agreement.  A copy of that Agreement is available for inspection at the office of the Corporation upon appropriate request and without charge.

 

The securities represented by this stock certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) or applicable state securities laws (the “State Acts”), and shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, donated, or otherwise transferred (whether or not for consideration) by the holder except upon the issuance to the corporation of a favorable opinion of its counsel and/or submission to the corporation of such other evidence as may be satisfactory to counsel for the corporation, to the effect that any such transfer shall not be in violation of the Act and the State Acts.”

 

8.                                       Investment Representations .  The Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a)                                  Shareholder is purchasing the Shares for the Shareholder’s own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder has had such opportunity as the Shareholder deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Shareholder to evaluate the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the Company.

 

(c)                                   Shareholder has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(d)                                  Shareholder can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 



 

(e)                                   Shareholder understands that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year (or, if the Shares were acquired in compliance with Rule 701 of the Securities Act, ninety days after an initial public offering of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company) and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Shares, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are met; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

9.                                       Adjustments for Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc .

 

(a)                                  If from time to time there is any stock split-up, stock dividend, stock distribution or other reclassification of the Class B Common Stock, any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholder is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

(b)                                  If the Shares are converted into or exchanged for, or shareholders of the Company receive by reason of any distribution in total or partial liquidation, securities of another corporation, or other property (including cash), pursuant to any merger of the Company or acquisition of its assets, then the rights of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor, and this Agreement shall apply to the securities or other property received upon such conversion, exchange or distribution in the same manner and to the same extent as the Shares.

 

10.                                Market Stand-Off .  Following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, the Shareholder, for the duration specified by and to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Class A Common Stock or other securities of the Company, shall not directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to a donee who agrees to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by the Shareholder at any time during such period except Class A Common Stock (or other securities) included in such registration, provided however, that:

 

(a)                                  such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers Class A Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering; and

 

(b)                                  all officers and directors of the Company and all persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s capital stock enter into similar agreements.

 



 

11.                                Withholding Taxes .  The Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Shareholder any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the purchase or disposition of the Shares by the Shareholder.

 

12.                                Invalidity or Unenforceability .  It is the intention of the Company and the Shareholder that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by law.  In the event that a court having jurisdiction holds any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Company and the Shareholder agree that, if allowed by law, that provision shall be reduced to the degree necessary to render it valid and enforceable without affecting the rest of this Agreement.

 

13.                                Waiver .  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

14.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Shareholder and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party, provided such assignee agrees to be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.                                No Rights To Employment .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Shareholder any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee or consultant of the Company for any period of time or to restrict the Company’s right to terminate the Shareholder’s employment or consulting relationship at any time with or without cause or notice.

 

16.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently made or given if hand delivered or mailed by certified mail, addressed to the Shareholder at the address contained in the records of the Company, or addressed to the Company for the attention of its Corporate Secretary at its principal office or, if the receiving party consents in advance, transmitted and received via telecopy or via such other electronic transmission mechanism as may be available to the parties.

 

17.                                Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

 

18.                                Shareholder .  Whenever the word “Shareholder” is used in any provision of this Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, to apply to the Shareholder’s estate, personal representative, beneficiary to whom the Shares may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, transferees, successors or assignees, the word “Shareholder” shall be deemed to include such persons.

 



 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

20.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Shareholder.

 

21.                                Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  Any dispute or claim arising out of this Agreement shall be submitted for resolution consistent with the terms of any arbitration agreement that the Shareholder has entered into with the Company (which, if applicable, is incorporated herein by reference), and otherwise: (a) all such disputes and claims shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association, which may be found on the Internet at www.adr.org (a printed copy of these rules is also available upon request to the Company’s Human Resources Department); (b) the Company shall pay all applicable arbitration fees, except, if the Shareholder initiates such arbitration, then the Shareholder shall be responsible for paying filings fees in an amount equal to the filing fees the Shareholder would have paid had the Shareholder filed a complaint in a court of law; (c) the Shareholder shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration; (d) such arbitration shall take place in the county in which the Shareholder works or worked for the Company at the time the arbitrable dispute or claim arose; (e) the arbitrator shall only have authority to hear claims brought by a party in its individual capacity, and not as a purported class, collective or representative proceeding; (f) the arbitrator shall provide for adequate discovery and shall issue a written opinion; and (g) the Shareholder and the Company hereby waive any right to a trial by jury.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

[Print]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.6

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

pursuant to the

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC. 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of [      ], by and between Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [      ] (the “ Recipient ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Blue Apron Holdings, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  The Recipient agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference and which control in the case of a conflict with this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Recipient agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Issuance of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to issue to the Recipient, and the Recipient accepts, [      ] shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Shares ”), in consideration for the future performance of services.

 

2.                                       Issuance. The issuance of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Recipient. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Recipient shall execute this Agreement and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Recipient, reflecting the Shares.

 

3.                                       Forfeiture.    In the event the Recipient ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company (a “ Service Provider ”) for any or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of the Recipient’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), “ Disability ”), resignation or involuntary termination, any Shares which have not yet vested (the “ Unvested Shares ”) shall immediately and automatically be forfeited to the Company in exchange for no consideration.  Upon forfeiture of the Unvested Shares, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being forfeited to the Company.

 

4.                                       Release of Shares from Forfeiture; Vesting.

 

A.                                     Vesting. So long as the Recipient’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not yet terminated in each such instance, the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3 on 1/4 th  of the total number of Shares shall lapse on [      ], and 1/36 th  of the total number of remaining Shares shall be released from the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3 on the last day of each calendar month after [      ], until all Shares have been released from the forfeiture provisions on [      ].

 

B.                                     Acceleration upon a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), 100% of the total number of Shares that have not been released from the forfeiture

 



 

provisions shall be immediately vested and released from the forfeiture provisions, provided that the Recipient’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not been terminated prior to such time.

 

C.                                     “Change in Control” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

D.                                     Delivery of Released Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 7, the Shares which have been released from the forfeiture provisions shall be delivered to the Recipient at the Recipient’s request.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer.

 

A.                                     Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Recipient hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares. The Recipient understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, LOCK-UP PERIOD AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

B.                                     Stop-Transfer Notices . The Recipient agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

C.                                     Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any Recipient or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 



 

D.                                     Lock-Up Period . The Recipient hereby agrees that the Recipient shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Recipient enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Recipient further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.

 

E.                                      Unvested Shares . No Unvested Shares subject to the forfeiture provisions contained in Section 3 of this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, gifted, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient, other than as expressly permitted or required by Section 3.

 

F.                                       Released Shares . No Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient or any subsequent transferee, other than in compliance with the Company’s right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 6 of this Agreement or any other restriction contained in the Plan or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws.

 

6.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares acquired by the Recipient pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient or any subsequent transferee (each a “ Holder ”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:

 

A.                                     Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed transferee; (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (v) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this section and on the same terms described in the notice.

 

B.                                     Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 6.C.

 

C.                                     Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this section shall be the price listed in

 



 

the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

 

D.                                     Payment . Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).

 

E.                                      Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee; provided that : (i) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (ii) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (iii) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; and (iv) the proposed transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this section.

 

F.                                       Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this section, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Holder’s lifetime or on the Holder’s death by will or intestacy to (i) the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner; (ii) the Holder’s lineal descendants or antecedents, siblings, aunts, uncles, cousins, nieces and nephews (including adoptive relationships and step relationships), and their spouses or domestic partners; (iii) the lineal descendants or antecedents, siblings, cousins, aunts, uncles, nieces and nephews of Holder’s spouse or domestic partner (including adoptive relationships and step relationships), and their spouses or domestic partners; and (iv) a trust or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of the Holder or any such person, shall be exempt from the provisions of this section; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section; and provided further , that without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three transfers may be made pursuant to this section, including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.  For purposes of this Agreement, a person will be deemed to be a “ domestic partner ” of another person if the two persons (1) reside in the same residence and plan to do so indefinitely, (2) have resided together for at least one (1) year, (3) are each at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (4) are not blood relatives any closer than would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they reside, (5) are financially interdependent, as demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company and (6) have each been the sole spouse equivalent of the other for the year prior to the transfer and plan to remain so indefinitely; provided that a person will not be considered a domestic partner if he or she is married to another person or has any other spouse equivalent.

 

G.                                     Termination of Right of First Refusal . The right of first refusal contained in this section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Class B Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the

 



 

Securities Act, and (ii) the closing date of a Change in Control pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

7.                                       Escrow.

 

A.                                     Deposit. As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, the Recipient agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with a stock power in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement, executed by the Recipient and by the Recipient’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”). These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Recipient set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the Closing.

 

B.                                     Rights in Escrow Shares. Subject to the terms hereof, the Recipient shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time while any of the Shares remain Unvested Shares, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which the Recipient is entitled by reason of the Recipient’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “ Shares ” for purposes of this Agreement and the vesting and forfeiture provisions.

 

8.                                       Tax Consequences. The Recipient has reviewed with the Recipient’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Recipient is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Recipient understands that the Recipient (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Recipient understands that Section 83 of the Code, taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price, if any, for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the forfeiture provisions set forth in Section 3. The Recipient understands that the Recipient may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when and as the forfeiture provisions lapse by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of grant. THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D AND THE RECIPIENT (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR APPROPRIATELY FILING SUCH FORM, EVEN IF THE RECIPIENT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE RECIPIENT’S BEHALF.

 

9.                                       General Provisions.

 

A.                                     Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.  Recipient hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, in New York City, New York, for any lawsuit arising under this Agreement.

 



 

B.                                     Integration . This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, and the Plan represent the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the issuance of the Shares to the Recipient and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.

 

C.                                     Notices . Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Recipient pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

D.                                     Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Recipient and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

E.                                      Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Recipient without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Recipient without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

F.                                       Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

 

G.                                     Recipient Investment Representations and Further Documents . The Recipient agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.

 

H.                                    Severability . Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

I.                                         Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Recipient shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from

 



 

and after the date that the Recipient delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement), and until such time as the Recipient disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Recipient shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so issued except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Recipient shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so issued to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

J.                                         Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.

 

K.                                     Service Provider at Will . THE RECIPIENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT WILL (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR BEING ISSUED SHARES HEREUNDER). THE RECIPIENT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, OR FOR ANY PERIOD AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE RECIPIENT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE RECIPIENT’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE OR NOTICE.

 

L.                                      Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Recipient acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Recipient is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

M.                                  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

 

The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Recipient agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her address below.

 

RECIPIENT

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Matthew Salzberg

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Address:

 

President & CEO

 

 

Print Title

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

RECIPIENT

:

[       ]

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

[      ] shares

 

 

 

DATE

:

[       ]

 

In connection with the issuance of the above-listed shares, I, the undersigned Recipient, represent to the Company as follows:

 

1.                                       The Company may rely on these representations . I understand that the Company’s issuance of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because the Company believes, relying in part on my representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such issuance. I understand that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations I am making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

 

2.                                       I am acquiring for investment . I am acquiring the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. My entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being acquired and shall be held solely for my account, except to the extent I intend to hold the shares jointly with my spouse. I am not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. My investment intent is not limited to my present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

 

3.                                       I can protect my own interests . I can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect my own interests in this regard, whether by reason of my own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom I have consulted, or my preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

 

4.                                       I am informed about the Company . I am sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. I have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information I deem appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

 



 

5.                                       I recognize my economic risk . I realize that the acquisition of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. I am able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and am able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.

 

6.                                       I know that the shares are restricted securities . I understand that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, I also understand and agree that:

 

A.                                     I must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by me is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);

 

B.                                     the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares by me; and

 

C.                                     the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

7.                                       I am familiar with Rule 144 . I am familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. I understand that my ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after my acquisition and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if I am an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

 

8.                                       I know that Rule 144 may never be available . I understand that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude me from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.

 

9.                                       I know that I am subject to further restrictions on resale . I understand that in the event Rule 144 is not available to me, any future proposed sale of any of the shares by me will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) my written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) my providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying me in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. I understand that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide me with any such opinion. I understand that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

2



 

10.                                I know that I may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares . I understand that the Board of Directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of my acquisition is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. I understand that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to me, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be my sole responsibility payable only by me, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse me for that tax liability.

 

11.                                Residence . The address of my principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

 

By signing below, I acknowledge my agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and my intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares to me.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recipient’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Address of Recipient’s principal residence:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3


 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated as of           , 201[   ], the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Corporate Secretary of Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”),            (        ) shares of Company Class B Common Stock, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate number         delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Corporate Secretary of Company as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print Name )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Spouse’s Signature, if any )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print Name )

 

This Assignment Separate From Certificate was executed in conjunction with the terms of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement between the above assignor and the above corporation, dated as of         , 201[   ].

 

INSTRUCTION:  PLEASE DO NOT FILL IN ANY BLANKS OTHER THAN THE SIGNATURE LINE.  THE PURPOSE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IS TO ENABLE THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE FORFEITURE OF THE SHARES AS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT WITHOUT REQUIRING ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES ON THE PART OF THE RECIPIENT.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10013

 

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

Dear Secretary:

 

As Escrow Agent for both Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [      ] (the “ Recipient ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [      ], to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1.                                       In the event that the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) determines that the Unvested Shares are subject to forfeiture, as set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to the Recipient and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be forfeited, and such forfeiture shall happen automatically. The Recipient and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

 

2.                                       At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company.

 

3.                                       The Recipient irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Recipient does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, the Recipient shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

4.                                       Upon written request of the Recipient after each successive one-year period from the date of the Agreement, unless the Unvested Shares have been forfeited, you will deliver to the Recipient a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock remaining in escrow as are not then subject to forfeiture. On the date that is 95 days after the date the Recipient’s status as a Service Provider (as defined in the Agreement) to the Company terminates, you will deliver to the Recipient a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares not forfeited to the Company or its assignees pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

5.                                       If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to the Recipient, you shall deliver all of same to the Recipient and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 



 

6.                                       Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

7.                                       You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Recipient while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

8.                                       The Company and the Recipient hereby jointly and severally expressly agree to indemnify and hold harmless you and your designees against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense incurred or suffered by you and your designees, directly or indirectly, as a result of any of your actions or omissions or those of your designees while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your judgment under the Agreement, these Joint Escrow Instructions, exhibits hereto or written instructions from the Company or the Recipient hereunder.

 

9.                                       You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

 

10.                                You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

 

11.                                You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall reimburse you for any such disbursements.

 

12.                                Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

13.                                You are expressly authorized to delegate your duties as Escrow Agent hereunder to the law firm of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP or any other law firm, which delegation, if any, may change from time to time and shall survive your resignation as Escrow Agent.

 

14.                                If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

15.                                It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such

 



 

disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

16.                                Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or four days following deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

 

New York, NY 10013

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

RECIPIENT:

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

Corporate Secretary

 

Blue Apron Holdings, Inc.

 

5 Crosby Street, 3rd Floor

 

New York, NY 10013

 

17.                                By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

 

18.                                This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 



 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

BLUE APRON HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECIPIENT:

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Joint Escrow Instructions]

 



 

IF YOU WISH TO MAKE A SECTION 83(B) ELECTION, THE FILING OF SUCH ELECTION IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

 

THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D.

 

YOU MUST FILE THIS FORM WITHIN 30 DAYS OF PURCHASING THE SHARES.

 

YOU (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING SUCH FORM WITH THE IRS, EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF AND EVEN IF THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS HAVE PREVIOUSLY MADE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF.

 

The election should be filed by mailing a signed election form by certified mail, return receipt requested to the IRS Service Center where you file your tax returns. See < www.irs.gov >

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in his or her gross income the amount of any compensation taxable to him or her in connection with his or her receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                       The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:                                             SPOUSE:                                

 

TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:

 

 

TAXPAYER ID #:                                                         SPOUSE’S ID #:                              

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                 (      ) shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Class B Common Stock of                      (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is:            , 20  .

 

4.                                       The taxable year for which the election is made is: 20  .

 

5.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions: The Shares may be forfeited to the Company, or its assignee, upon the occurrence of certain events. This forfeiture provision lapses with regard to a portion of the Shares over time.

 

6.                                       The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $       .

 

7.                                       The amount, if any, paid for such property: $       .

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned understand(s) that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[      ], Taxpayer

 

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

I,                                                                               , spouse of                           , have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Award Agreement, dated as of                   , 20  , together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Blue Apron Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s issuing to                                    (           ) shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint [Recipient] as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under any laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of Recipient

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name)